Всемирная организация здравоохранения (ВОЗ / WHO) · Journal articles

Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal [2010; Vol.16, Issue 12]

Всемирная организация здравоохранения
Открыть оригинал документа

Полный текст размещён на сайте публикующей организации. lawenc.com индексирует метаданные и ведёт на официальный источник.

Полный текст

طسوتلما قشرل ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنلم ةيميلقلإا ةنجللا ءاضعأ نادلبلا ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم . ةيبيللا ةيبرعلا ةييرهمالجا . سنوت . نيرحبلا . ناتسكاب . ةدحتلما ةيبرعلا تاراملإا . ناتسناغفأ . ندرلأا صرم . نانبل . تيوكلا . رطق . ينطسلف . نماُع . قارعلا . لاموصلا . نادوسلا . تيوبيج . ةينميلا ةيروهملجا . ةيروسلا ةيبرعلا ةيروهملجا ةيدوعسلا ةيبرعلا ةكلملما . برغلما Subscriptions and Distribution Enquiries regarding subscriptions and distribution of the print edition of EMHJ should be addressed to: Printing and Marketing of Publications at: email: pam@emro.who.int; tel: (+202) 2276 5000; fax: (+202) 2670 2492 or 2670 2494 Permissions Requests for permission to reproduce or translate articles, whether for sale or non-commercial distribution should be addressed to EMHJ at: emhj@emro.who.int Members of the WHO Regional Committee for the Eastern Mediterranean Afghanistan . Bahrain . Djibouti . Egypt . Islamic Republic of Iran . Iraq . Jordan . Kuwait . Lebanon Libyan Arab Jamahiriya . Morocco . Oman . Pakistan . Palestine . Qatar . Saudi Arabia . Somalia Sudan . Syrian Arab Republic . Tunisia . United Arab Emirates . Republic of Yemen Membres du Comité régional de l’OMS pour la Méditerranée orientale Afghanistan . Arabie saoudite . Bahreïn . Djibouti . Égypte . Émirats arabes unis . République islamique d’Iran Iraq . Jamahiriya arabe libyenne . Jordanie . Koweït . Liban . Maroc . Oman . Pakistan . Palestine . Qatar République arabe syrienne . Somalie . Soudan . Tunisie . République du Yémen Correspondence Editor-in-chief EMHJ WHO Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean P.O. Box 7608 Nasr City, Cairo 11371 Egypt Tel: (+202) 2276 5000 Fax: (+202) 2670 2492/(+202) 2670 2494 Email: sabrib@emro.who.int/emhj@emro.who.int EASTERN MEDITERRANEAN HEALTH JOURNAL IS the official health journal published by the Eastern Mediterranean Regional Office of the World Health Organization. It is a forum for the presentation and promotion of new policies and initiatives in health services; and for the exchange of ideas, con- cepts, epidemiological data, research findings and other information, with special reference to the Eastern Mediterranean Region. It addresses all members of the health profession, medical and other health educational institutes, interested NGOs, WHO Col- laborating Centres and individuals within and outside the Region. LA REVUE DE SANTÉ DE LA MÉDITERRANÉE ORIENTALE EST une revue de santé officielle publiée par le Bureau régional de l’Organisation mondiale de la Santé pour la Méditerranée orientale. Elle offre une tribune pour la présentation et la promotion de nouvelles politiques et initiatives dans le domaine des ser-vices de santé ainsi qu’à l’échange d’idées, de concepts, de données épidémiologiques, de résultats de recherches et d’autres informations, se rapportant plus particulièrement à la Région de la Méditerranée orientale. Elle s’adresse à tous les professionnels de la santé, aux membres des instituts médicaux et autres instituts de formation médico-sanitaire, aux ONG, Centres collabora- teurs de l’OMS et personnes concernés au sein et hors de la Région. EMHJ is a trilingual, peer reviewed, open access journal and the full contents are freely available at its website: http://www/emro.who.int/emhj.htm EMHJ is abstracted/indexed in the Index Medicus and MEDLINE (Medical Literature Analysis and Retrieval Systems on Line) and the ExtraMed-Full text on CD-ROM, the Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL), CAB International, Lexis Nexis, Scopus and the Index Medicus for the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region (IMEMR). ©World Health Organization 2010 All rights reserved Disclaimer The designations employed and the presentation of the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the World Health Organization concerning the legal status of any country, territory, city or area or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. Dotted lines on maps represent approximate border lines for which there may not yet be full agreement. The mention of specific companies or of certain manufacturers’ products does not imply that they are endorsed or recommended by the World Health Organization in preference to others of a similar nature that are not mentioned. All reasonable precautions have been taken by the World Health Organization to verify the information contained in this publication. However, the published material is being distributed without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. The responsibility for the interpretation and use of the material lies with the reader. In no event shall the World Health Organization be liable for damages arising from its use. The named authors alone are responsible for the views expressed in this publication. ISSN 1020-3397 Cover designed by Diana Tawadros Internal layout designed by Emad Marji and Diana Tawadros Printed by WHO Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean ميدقتل برنم ىهو .ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنمب طسوتلما قشرل ىميلقلإا بتكلما نع ردصت ىتلا ةيمسرلا ةلجلما ىه ةيئابولا تايطعلماو ميهافلماو ءارلآا لدابتلو ،اله جيوترلاو ةيحصلا تامدلخا فى ةديدلجا تاردابلماو تاسايسلا لك لىإ ةهجوم ىهو .طسوتلما قشر ميلقإب اهنم قلعتي ام ةصاخو ،تامولعلما نم كلذ يرغو ثاحبلأا جئاتنو زكارلماو ،ةينعلما ةيموكلحا يرغ تماظنلما اذكو ،ةيميلعتلا دهاعلما رئاسو ةيبطلا تايلكلاو ،ةيحصلا نهلما ءاضعأ .هجراخو ميلقلإا فى ةحصلاب ينمتهلما دارفلأاو ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنم عم ةنواعتلما طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلما Cover 6.indd 2 5/24/2010 11:46:47 AM Contents La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal Vol. 16 No. 12 12 ددع شرع سداسلا دلجلما•  2010  • Letter from the Editor ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1203 Research articles Assessment of core activities and supportive functions for the communicable diseases surveillance system in Khartoum state, Sudan, 2005–2007 N. Sahal, R . Reintjes, E.M. Eltayeb and A.R . Aro ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1204 Clinical spectrum and cytogenetic analysis of Down syndrome patients attending a referral clinic in Jordan M. Kawar, M. Dahabreh and A. Hawamdeh ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1211 Atopic profile of asthmatic children in Bahrain K.S. Tabbara, A. Ibrahim, R . Ajjawi and F. Saleh .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1214 Correction. Implementing the district health system in the framework of primary health care in Pakistan: can the evolving reforms enhance the pace towards the Millennium Development Goals? ..............................................................................................................................................................1220 Antimicrobial resistance of Staphylococcus species isolated from Lebanese dairy-based products O. Zouhairi, I. Saleh, N. Alwan, I. Toufeili, E. Barbour and S. Harakeh ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1221 Fluoroquinolone and macrolide co-resistance in clinical isolates of Campylobacter species: a 15-year study in Karachi, Pakistan S. Irfan, A. Ahmad, D. Guhar, E. Khan, F. Malik, S. Mahmood and A. Zafar....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1226 Multisectoral development for improved health outcomes: evaluation of community-based initiatives in the Islamic Republic of Iran M.R. Sheikh, M.M. Afzal, S.Z. Ali, A. Hussain and R . Shehzadi .................................................................................................................................................................................................................1231 Evaluation of capillary blood glucose versus a high-risk questionnaire for screening for undiagnosed diabetes mellitus in Eastern province, Saudi Arabia N.A. Al-Baghli, K.A. Al-Turki, A.J. Al-Ghamdi, K. Prasad, A.Z. Taha and S.M. Al-Almaie.........................................................................................................................................................1237 Prevalence of malocclusions in school-age children attending the orthodontics department of Shiraz University of Medical Sciences M. Oshagh, F. Ghaderi, H.R. Pakshir and A.M. Baghmollai .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1245 Medical interns’ knowledge of tuberculosis and DOTS strategy in northern Islamic Republic of Iran A.R. Charkazi, G. Kouchaki, M. Soleymani Nejad and A.H. Gholizade .................................................................................................................................................................................................1251 Transfusion audit of blood products using the World Health Organization Basic Information Sheet in Qazvin, Islamic Republic of Iran H. Sheikholeslami, C. Kani, P. Fallah-Abed, F. Lalooha and N. Mohammadi ........................................................................................................................................................................................1257 Language barriers in medical education and attitudes towards Arabization of medicine: student and staff perspectives S.M. Sabbour, S.A. Dewedar and S.K. Kandil ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1263 Difficulties facing first-year medical students at Umm Alqura University in Saudi Arabia H. Almoallim, S. Aldahlawi, E. Alqahtani, S. Alqurashi and A. Munshi .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1272 Level of physical activity among teaching and support staff in the education sector in Dohuk, Iraq S.Y. Agha and S.A. Al-Dabbagh ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1278 Reports Primary health care in the Eastern Mediterranean Region: from Alma-Ata to Doha S. Shawky ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1285 Experience of cyclone Gonu in the Islamic Republic of Iran: lessons learned F. Panahi, R . Asadollahi, M. Asadollahi and A. Hasani-Bafarani ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1290 Case report Abcès du psoas chez une femme enceinte : une observation à Bamako A. Togo, M. Traoré, B. Togo, G. Diallo et M. Keita ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1295 طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلما شرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1203 ررحلما نم ةلاسر Letter from the Editor ،ليالحا دلجلما نم يرخلأا ددعلا اذه انل حيتيو .ةيرهشلا اهتعبطو يصرعلا اهرهظمو ،ديدلجا ابهوث في ،طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلما رودص لىع ضىم ماع ةقرو 186 ـب ًةنراقم كلذو ،ناتسكاب لوح ًاقحلم تلمش ،ةلاقم 233 ةلجلما تشرن ،2010 ماع يفف .ةلجلما رّوـطت راسم راكذـتساو ضارعتسلا – ةصرفلا ينب ةينمزلا ةدلما طسوتم ضفخنا ذإ ،شرنلا رظتنتو لوبقلاب تيظح يتلا ثوحبلا مكارت نم ّدلحا في يربك وحن لىع اذه مهاس دقو .2009 ماع تشرُن ةيثحب انعضو دقف ،صلقتلا في ذخآ تقولا اذهو .2010 ماع ةيانه في رهشأ ةعبسو دحاو ماع لىإ ،2009 ماع ةيانه في رهشأ ةتسو ينماع نم اهشرنو ةلاقلما لوبق .للها ءاش نإ 2011 ماع في رهشأ ةينماث لىع ةدلما ديزت لا نأ اننيعأ بصن ةعجارم في نوثحابلا اهقرغتسي يتلا ةدلماب ًاضيأ رثأتي ،ةلجلما في اهشرن دعوم ينبو ةلاقلما ملاتسا دعوم ينب لصفي يذلا تقولا نأ لىإ انه ةراشلإا ُّدَوَنو ةلجلما تاسايس عم ةمدقلما ثوحبلا قباطت مدع ظحلان ام ًايرثك اننأ لىع ةولاع اذه .ينعجارلماو نيررحلما تاقيلعتو تاظحلام ءوض في متهلااقم صوصن ةطبترلما تاءارجلإا يرسيت ينثحابلا عسُو في نأ لىع ديكأتلا ماقلما اذه في ُّدَوَنو .عجارلما قيسنت ةقيرطو صنلا مجح ماَّيسلاو ،ابه ةصالخا ةيداشرلإا لئلادلا وأ ةولاع دلمج لك نم ددع لوأ في عبطُت لئلادلا هذهو ،طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماب ةصالخا ةيداشرلإا لئلادلاب ًاقيثو ًامازتلا اومزتلا ام اذإ ةم َّدقلما مهصوصنب :لياتلا نيورـتكللإا عقولما لىع اهرفاوت لىع http://www.emro.who.int/Publications/EMHJ/AuthorsGuidelines.htm بتكلما في عيزوتلاو ،ةعابطلاو ،ميمصتلا في ينلماعلاو ،ريرحتلا ةئيه ءاضعأو ،ينعجارلماو ،ينهماسلما عيجم لىإ ركشلا ءاجزلإ ةبسانلما هذه مانتغا ُّدَوَن ماك ىوتسم سفن ميدقت صخش لك لصاوي نأ لملأا انوديح ،قدصو ةنامأ لكب ،نحنو .ديدلجا ابهوث في ةلجلما رادصلإ ًادهج وأ ًاتقو اولأي لم نيذلا ،يميلقلإا ديزلماو ،شرنلاب عاسرلإاو ،ةدولجاب ءاقترلاا :في ةلثمتلماو ،طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجملل ةيلبقتسلما يمارلما غولب لىع انتدعاسلم لبقتسلما في لقلأا لىع معدلا دودلحا نم دعبأ وه ام لىإ لصتل ،ةلجلما للاخ نم ةرداصلا فراعلما ثبو شرن قاطن عيسوت عم ،ةيحصلا مظنلا ثوحبو ةيمومعلا ةحصلا لىع زيكرـتلا نم .ةدطوتلما ةيديلقتلا .دصقلا ءارو نم للهاو The redesigned EMHJ has now been running for one year with its new, fresh look and monthly publication. This final issue (no. 12) of the current volume provides us with an opportunity to look back and see how the Journal has further evolved. EMHJ published 233 articles in 2010, which included a supplement on Pakistan, as compared to 186 papers in 2009. This has helped to significantly  reduce the backlog of accepted papers awaiting publication; time from acceptance to publication has gone from an average of 2 years 6 months at the end of 2009 to 1 year 7 months at the end of 2010. It is continuing to decrease and in 2011 we aim to bring it to no  more than 8 months. The time from submission to publication of an article in EMHJ is, however, also affected by the time taken for authors to revise their manuscripts in the light of editorial and/or reviewers' comments. In addition, we commonly observe that submitted papers do not conform with the Journal policy/guidelines, in particular the size of the manuscript and formatting of the references! We would like to emphasize that authors can facilitate the processing of their submitted manuscripts if they strictly adhere to the EMHJ Guidelines. These are printed in the first issue of each volume as well on our website at http://www.emro.who.int/Publications/EMHJ/Authors- Guidelines.htm. We would like to take this opportunity to thank all our contributors, reviewers, Editorial Board members, as well as the graphics, printing and distribution staff of the Regional Office, who have all put substantial time and effort into producing this new look of the Journal. We sincerely hope that everyone will offer the same level of support in the future as this will help us fulfill the future goals of EMHJ: high quality, faster publication, more focus on public health and health systems research, and a greater reach and dissemina- tion of knowledge produced with the help of EMHJ beyond the established and conventional boundaries. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1204 Assessment of core activities and supportive functions for the communicable diseases surveillance system in Khartoum state, Sudan, 2005–2007 N. Sahal,1 R. Reintjes,2,3 E.M. Eltayeb 4 and A.R. Aro 1 ABSTRACT We conducted a descriptive, retrospective, cross-sectional study to assess the core activities and supportive functions of the communicable diseases surveillance system (CDSS) in Khartoum state, Sudan, for the period 2005–2007. This is the first assessment conducted for CDSS in Khartoum state. The CDSS was studied in terms of core activities and supportive functions. We found that knowledge of the system was 100% at all levels. Data reporting was over the recommended standard of 80% at all levels. Data analysis, epidemic preparedness and feedback were below the recommended standard. All assigned CDSS staff members were trained. Lower levels lacked modern technologies for data reporting and analysis. The CDSS system in Khartoum state is centralized; moreover, the system has not been updated, it is poorly documented and has a shortage of staff at lower levels. 1Unit for Health Promotion Research, Institute of Public Health, University of Southern Denmark, Esbjerg, Denmark (Correspondence to N. Sahal: nhsahal@health.sdu.dk). 2Department of Public Health, Faculty of Life Sciences, Hamburg University of Applied Sciences, Hamburg, Germany. 3Emerging Risks Unit, European Food Safety Authority, Parma, Italy. 4Acute Flaccid Paralysis Surveillance Programme, Federal Ministry of Health, Sudan. Received 13/03/09; accepted: 22/07/09 2007-2005 ،نادوسلا ،موطرلخا ةيلاو في ةيراسلا ضارملأا د ُّصرت ماظنل ةمعادلا فئاظولاو ةيسيئرلا ةطشنلأا مييقت ورأ ايرأ ،بيطلا بوجمح قداصلا ،زنتيجر فلار ،لهس مشاه ءلاجن ةيلاو في ةيراسلا ضارملأا د ُّصرت ماظنل ةمعادلا فئاظولاو ةيسيئرلا ةطشنلأا مييقتل ةَضِرْعَتْسُم ةيداعتسا ةيفصو ةسارد نوثحابلا ىرجأ :ةـصلالخا هفئاظوو هتطشنأ ثيح نم ماظنلا نوثحابلا سرد دقو .موطرلخا ةيلاو في ماظنلا اذله مييقت لوأ وهو ،2007 – 2005 ةرـتفلا في ،نادوسلا ،موطرلخا عيجم في %80 وهو هب صىولما رايعلما قوفي تايطعلما نع غلابلإا ناك ماك .%100 تايوتسلما عيجم في ماظنلا لوح فراعلما نأ اودجوو ،ةمعادلا ،ينب َّردم ماظنلا في ينلماعلا عيجم ناكو .ابه صىولما يرياعلما نم ىندأ تناك دقف تامولعلما عاتجراو ةئبولأل ب ُّهأتلاو تايطعلما ليلتح امأ .تايوتسلما نم نياعيو ،ث َّدمح يرغو ،ًايزكرم ماظنلا اذه نوثحابلا دجوو .اهليلتحو تايطعلما نع غلابلإل ةيصرعلا تاناقتلا دقتفي ىندلأا ىوتسلما ناك ينح في .تايوتسلما عيجم في ينلماعلا ددع ة َّلق نمو ،قيثوتلا فعض Évaluation des activités centrales et des fonctions d’appui du système de surveillance des maladies transmissibles dans l’État de Khartoum (Soudan) de 2005 à 2007 RÉSUMÉ Nous avons conduit une étude descriptive, rétrospective et transversale pour évaluer les activités centrales et les fonctions de soutien du système de surveillance des maladies transmissibles dans l’État de Khartoum (Soudan) de 2005 à 2007. Il s’agit de la première évaluation du système de surveillance des maladies transmissibles dans l’État de Khartoum. Le système de surveillance a été évalué en termes d’activités centrales et de fonctions de soutien. Nous avons observé que la connaissance du système atteignait 100 % à tous les niveaux. La notification des données était supérieure au pourcentage recommandé de 80 % à tous les niveaux également. L’analyse des données, la préparation aux épidémies et le retour d’information étaient insuffisants par rapport aux recommandations. Tous les membres du personnel du système de surveillance des maladies transmissibles en poste avaient reçu une formation. Aux niveaux inférieurs, les technologies modernes faisaient défaut pour la notifification et l’analyse des données. Le système de surveillance des maladies transmissibles de l’État de Khartoum est centralisé. En outre, il souffre d’un retard d’actualisation, d’une documentation médiocre et d’un manque de personnel aux niveaux inférieurs. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1205 Introduction Powerful disease surveillance is consid- ered a vital tool for a powerful response  system, which is needed to achieve the  goal of communicable diseases control  [1]. An effective surveillance system has  a major role in providing the necessary  information for prevention and control  of priority communicable diseases; it is  considered an important instrument in  public health decision-making [1]. The  data provided by a surveillance system  are important in monitoring the health  status of  the population and  in detect- ing, preventing and controlling diseases  in order  to  avert major public health  problems.  Strengthening  the  disease  surveillance  and  response  system  is  a  globally recognized need [2]. Monitoring  and  evaluation  are  considered major  components of  the  communicable  disease  surveillance  and  response  systems;  they  assist  in  determining whether  the  system has  achieved its target objectives. Moreover,  the results of monitoring and evaluation  in  terms of outcomes and  impact  are  important  for  better development of  core capacities  for  the surveillance and  response system [3]. Core activities and supportive func- tions  are  also considered major  com- ponents  of  a  communicable  disease  surveillance system [4]. Core activities  are  those dealing with case detection,  registration,  laboratory  confirmation,  data  reporting, data analysis,  feedback,  and  epidemic  preparedness  and  re- sponse [4], while,  supportive  functions  are coordination,  supervision,  training,  and mobilization of resources [4]. The communicable diseases surveil- lance  system  (CDSS)  in  Khartoum  State was  established  in 1994  for  the  collection, analysis and dissemination of  communicable diseases data, and is part  of the National Surveillance System, also  launched  in 1994. At first,  the  system  placed emphasis only on malaria with  weekly notification  from all health  fa- cilities using radio stations (n = 107). In  January 1999 the system was changed to  sentinel  sites surveillance (150 sentinel  sites), which  included 24 hospitals, 91  health centres and dispensaries and 35  nongovernmental organization clinics  [5]. The system depends on passive sur- veillance  for  communicable diseases,  which changes to an active system during  epidemics or outbreaks. Communicable  diseases  such  as HIV/AIDS,  sexually  transmitted  infections and tuberculosis  have separate surveillance systems out- side the integrated CDSS. This leads to  an overlap between the systems and to a  waste of resources [5]. The data collected are used for plan- ning and monitoring. Hence, there was  an urgent need  to  conduct  this  study  to  assess  the CDSS  and  its  response  capacity  to enable  the development of  a prioritized action plan. The aim of this  paper is to assess the core activities and  supportive  functions of  the CDSS  in  Khartoum state, Sudan,  from 2005  to  2007. This  is  the first assessment con- ducted for CDSS in Khartoum state as  an example for a developing country. Methods A descriptive, cross-sectional, retrospec- tive  study design was used. The study  population comprised all epidemiology  departments/units (n = 177)  from the  4  levels,  state  (n = 1),  locality  (n = 7),  health area (n = 19), and health facilities  (n = 150), participating in the CDSS. A  pilot  study was conducted  in Omdur- man  locality  to  test  the  reliability  and  validity of  the  survey. The CDSS core  activities  (case  detection,  case  regis- tration,  case  confirmation  reporting,  data analyses and feedback) and CDSS  supportive  functions (communication,  training,  supervision  and  resources)  were measured  using World Health  Organization (WHO) and Centers of  Diseases Control  (CDC)  standards  guide for integrated disease surveillance  and response  indicators  in  the African  Region [6]. We used a records review survey for  data  collection  for  the period 1  Janu- ary 2005–31 December 2007. At  the  locality  and health area  levels, weekly  surveillance  reports  submitted by  all  health  facilities,  report  tracking  tools,  case  investigation  forms, outbreak  re- ports,  results of data analysis, epidemic  preparedness plans, meeting minutes,  schedules and reports for health educa- tion and other activities were reviewed.  At  the health  facility  level, patient  reg- isters,  copies of weekly  reports,  results  of data analysis,  schedules and  reports  for community outreach activities, case  investigation  forms, and standard case  definitions were measured. At the state  level, weekly  reports  submitted by  all  localities were included. The survey was  conducted  for all CDSS  levels using 4  sets of modified generic WHO ques- tionnaires [6].  In 2008 a review of the records at the  central CDSS  level,  locality and health  area  levels was conducted by a  trained  medical doctor and health officer, while  14  experts  (7 medical  doctors  and 7  health officers) trained in research data  collection conducted  the  review at  the  health facilities level. The first author, us- ing a sample of the health facilities ques- tionnaire, randomly checked the quality  of  the  reviewers’ work. Data  from  the  records review were collected using the  standard WHO questionnaire [7]. The  analysis was done using SPSS,  version  10.0. We used 80% performance at all  CDSS levels as the standard benchmark  for each indicator, based on the WHO  and CDC guide for Africa [6].  Results Presence and objectives of the communicable disease surveillance system The  system  assessed  here,  the main  system  for  communicable diseases  in  the state, functioned on different CDSS  levels,  but  there were  also  4  parallel,  special  systems on  these  levels  such as  programmes  for  the  prevention  and  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1206 control of  tuberculosis,  leprosy, AIDS  and sexually transmitted infections and  poliomyelitis. These  systems were not  completely  integrated;  instead,  they  exchanged data with  the poliomyelitis  surveillance  system. The CDSS  had  clear,  specific, written objectives at  the  central  level. However,  the degree of  clarity was lower moving down the lev- els of the system. Assessment of core surveillance and response functions Case detection, registration and confirmation Case definition is vital for the communi- cable diseases case detection. A manual  of disease-specific case definitions has  been distributed  to  the health  facility  staff  in Khartoum. All  staff working at  the different CDSS levels knew the dis- eases under surveillance (Table 1). The  capacity for transferring communicable  disease  specimens was 100% at  lower  levels. However, there were no standard  written  guidelines  for  specimen  col- lection at  any  level. About 10% of  the  health areas had evidence of following- up or keeping specimen results (Table  1). Central hospitals had capacities  to  confirm by culture the cases of selected  priority diseases. The majority of health  facilities,  district hospitals  and health  centres, were not able  to perform cul- tures for any of the priority diseases.  Almost  all  health  facilities  had  a  functioning laboratory, all of which had  the ability  to collect blood, urine,  and  stool specimens while less than a quar- ter were able to collect sputum and cer- ebrospinal fluid  specimens. Almost all  laboratories had all  the  recommended  equipment  for  the collection of blood,  urine and stool samples. Over half of the  health facilities had the capacity to keep  specimens, while  less  than  a  quarter  were able to transfer the specimen to the  reference laboratories (Table 1).  Data reporting, analysis and management All health  facilities had  an outpatient  register, and hospitals had an  inpatient  register for recording of the cases. Data  on selected diseases were extracted and  reported  to  the  health  area  level. All  CDSS  levels  had  the  recommended  standard  reporting  form  for  the years  2005–2007 (Table 1). All CDSS per- sonnel  agreed  that  reporting was easy  and  was  not  time  consuming—the  average  time  for preparing  the weekly  reports was 1 hour at all levels. All CDSS  personnel at the lower levels, i.e. locality,  health area and health facility levels, were  trained in preparing the communicable  diseases surveillance weekly reports.  Existence of urgent notification  for  communicable diseases was  found at  nearly three quarters of the lower levels,  however,  there was no  evidence  that  these notifications were sent in the rec- ommended time at all levels (Table 1).  Further,  there was no evidence of  the  zero  reporting  system at  lower CDSS  levels except  in 1 health area. All  levels  used  the  standard  format  for weekly  CDSS reports, made at  the  state  level,  and all  lower  levels kept copies of  the  weekly CDSS reports. No analysis of  communicable dis- eases surveillance data was done at  the  health facilities level, and little was done  at other  lower  levels. All  lower  levels  except health  facilities had computers  for  data management  (Table  1).  All  health facilities recorded and processed  their data manually. All  localities had  an  epidemic  threshold  for  the  prior- ity diseases such as meningitis, malaria  and measles, while health areas had a  threshold only for meningitis, and none  of  the health  facilities had an epidemic  threshold  for priority diseases  such as  meningitis, malaria and measles.  Epidemic preparedness and response A case  investigation sheet was used by  almost  all  levels. However,  there was  no evidence on all recommended cases  having a special  investigation sheet, ex- cept for 1 area. None of the lower levels  had reports  for either  the acute watery  diarrhea outbreak in 2006 or the rift val- ley fever outbreak in 2007. The reports  for  these outbreaks were  available  at  the state  level only. None of  the  lower  levels were aware of the number of cases  during outbreaks or of  the case  fatality  rates at their level.  None of  the  lower  levels had  func- tioning  epidemic management  com- mittees  for  the years we studied as  the  outbreaks  were  managed  centrally.  There was no  standard,  regular  rapid  response  team at  any  level;  instead,  it  was activated when needed (Table 1).  Feedback At  the central CDSS  level, all  localities  and  health  areas  produced  a  regular  feedback  report  to  the  lower  level  (Table 1). There was no standard  for- mat for the feedback at lower levels, and  none had well formulated feedback. Communicable diseases surveillance supportive functions System guidelines and supervision The CDSS had standard guidelines  in  the  form of CDSS manuals,  and  these  were  found at  the central  (state)  level  and at some of  the  lower  levels (Table  2). However, only about half the lower  levels used  these  guidelines  to direct  their surveillance activities. The CDSS had a regular supervision  system at all levels. About half of the lo- calities and health areas had performed  the  recommended  supervision  visits  during  the  study years  (Table 2). All  CDSS  levels used  standard checklists  for the supervision. On the other hand,  no supervision feedback system existed  at lower levels. The system existed from  the central to local level in 2005. How- ever, none of the localities was there any  evidence of this supervision feedback. Human resources and communication Professional,  well-trained  staff  were  available  at  the  central  level, whereas  at  the  local  level  the  staff consisted of  a medical doctor  and a health officer,  and at the health area level 1 health of- ficer.  Furthermore,  the  staff  at  these  levels took care of the system as well as  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1207 other heavy duties for other preventive  medicine departments. At the health fa- cility level the system had only 1 trained  staff member conducting  surveillance  among other duties. Almost all CDSS  staff at all levels were trained in commu- nicable diseases surveillance (Table 2).  About 90 % of  the health  facilities had  functioning communication methods  (Table 2). The weekly epidemiological  reports were  sent manually/on paper  from all levels except for 1 remote health  facility, which sent them by phone. Discussion Objectives and guidelines of CDDS CDDS objectives  in Khartoum were  found to be clear and well documented  at  the  central  level only. None of  the  Table 1 Communicable diseases surveillance system (CDSS) core activities at different levels of CDSS in Khartoum state, 2005–2007 Core activity Locality (n = 7) Health area (n = 19) Health facility (n = 150) Standard benchmark No. % No. % No. % Case detection Knowledge of diseases under surveillance 7 100.0 19 100.0 150 100.0 80 Case confirmation Capacity to transport specimens to higher level 7 100.0 18 94.7 26 17.3 80 Presence of specimen collection guideline 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Follow-up of specimen results 0 0.0 2 10.5 - NA 80 Keeps the specimen result 0 0.0 0 0.0 - NA 80 Data reporting Availability of CDSS reporting form 7 100.0 19 100.0 150 100.0 80 Average time to prepare the weekly CDSS report (1 hr) 7 100.0 19 100.0 150 100.0 80 Forward urgent notification for list A diseases - NE - NE - NE 80 Submission of urgent notification within 24 hr - NE - NE - NE 80 Presence of zero reporting system 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Submission of case-based investigation reports for all recommended cases - NE - NE - NE 80 Data analysis Performing trend analysis 7 100.0 19 100.0 0 0.0 80 Use of appropriate source of denominators 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 Aggregate case data by demographic category 7 100.0 19 100.0 150 100.0 80 Epidemic preparedness and response Involved in an outbreak investigation 7 100.0 19 100.0 0 0.0 80 Implementation of community prevention and control measures based on local data 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Presence of written epidemic preparedness and response plan 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Presence of emergency stocks of drugs and supplies 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Existence of epidemic management committee 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Presence of health education material 0 0.0 0 0.0 - NA 80 Existence of vaccination strategy 7 100.0 19 100.0 - NA 80 Presence of epidemic rapid response team 0 0.0 0 0.0 - NA 80 Performance of mass vaccination campaign 7 100.0 19 100.0 - NA 80 Calculation of vaccination coverage 7 100.0 19 100.0 - NA 80 Feedback Received feedback from a higher level 7 100.0 19 100.0 150 100.0 80 Feedback seen as beneficial 1 14.3 12 63.2 10 10.0 80 NA = not applicable; NE = no evidence. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1208 localities or  health  areas had written  objectives  although most  of  the  re- spondents  at  these  levels were  fully  oriented about  them. This  shows  that  the  system was well  established  but  lacked  documentation  at  the  lower  levels.  In  this  respect  the CDDS  in  Khartoum was functioning better than  other  systems (e.g.  the Australian  sys- tem) where  the  objectives were  not  clear [8]. Most of the CDSS personnel  in Khartoum used  the  standard  state  guidelines, developed in 2001, to direct  their activities.  Case detection, registration and confirmation The  lack  of  the  manual  for  disease  specific case definitions in the most of  the studied health facilities implies that  the case detection quality faces serious  problems. On  the  other  hand,  con- tinuous  supervision  visits, which  are  regularly conducted at different  levels,  improve this situation. Khartoum state  seems  to  be  behind  the  other  states  in  Sudan,  where  the CDSS manual  was available in all health facilities [9],  however,  the  situation  in Khartoum  was better  than that of Uganda where  the system lacked standard case defini- tions [10].  Another  problem  found  in Khar- toum was that the CDSS case definition  manual  had  not  been  updated  since  2001. This means that it did not include  new emerging diseases  such as SARS  and avian  influenza.  In  this  respect  the  situation  is  similar  to  that  in Mozam- bique [6]. Although all health  facilities  had standard patient  registries  ,  in  line  with  8  other  states  in  Sudan  [9],  in  Khartoum it was not possible to check  whether all cases were  registered since  no  system  for double checking of  the  registration was in place.  Almost  all  sentinel  sites  had well  functioning laboratories and health cen- tres. Whereas peripheral hospitals were  capable of confirming only simple cases,  the central hospitals were much better  in confirming communicable diseases,  but  still  viral diseases were not within  their  capability  and confirmation was  done  at  the  state  referral  laboratory.  Only half of  the health  facilities were  capable  of  keeping  the  specimens;  this affects case confirmation and leads  to notification of more suspected cases  as well as  to overestimation of cases  in  the state. This was similar  to  the situa- tion in the other Sudanese states [9]. Table 2 Assessment of the communicable diseases surveillance system (CDSS) supportive functions at different levels of CDSS in Khartoum state, 2005–2007 Supportive functions Locality (n = 7) Health areas (n = 19) Health facility (n = 150) Standard benchmark No. % No. % No. % % CDSS manual Presence of the CDSS manual 5 71.4 14 73.7 20 13.3 80 Use of the CDSS manual to guide the surveillance activities 3 60.0 6 46.2 13 65.0 80 Training Training of the rapid response team - NA - NA - NA 80 Basic training on CDSS 7 100.0 19 100.0 131 87.3 80 Post basic training on CDSS 7 100.0 19 100.0 74.5 80 Supervision Presence of supervisory visits to the lower level 3 42.9 9 47.4 - NA 80 Review of CDSS activities during the supervisory visit 2 28.6 3 15.8 - NE 80 Existence of supervisory visit feedback system 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Implementation of supervisory visit recommendation - NE - NE - NE 80 Resources Presence of office 7 100.0 16 84.2 150 100.0 80 Presence of functioning telephone 7 100.0 19 100.0 134 89.3 80 Presence of functioning means of transportation 7 100.0 14 73.7 NA 80 Availability of functioning computer 7 100.0 19 100.0 22 14.7 80 Availability of functioning photocopier 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Availability of functioning spray pump 1 14.3 0 0.0 0 0.0 80 Availability of disinfection materials 1 14.3 0 0.0 98 65.3 80 Availability of protection materials 1 14.3 0 0.0 91 60.7 80 NA = not applicable; NE = no evidence. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1209 Surveillance data reporting and management The  cornerstone  of  the  surveillance  system,  registration  and  reporting of  priority diseases, was well  constructed  since all CDSS levels in Khartoum state  used  the standard data  reporting  form.  However, problems such as no update  of  the  standard  form  since  its  estab- lishment  and manual  data  reporting,  especially  at  lower  levels  (as  in other  Sudanese  states  [9]), which  leads  to  reduced data accuracy, weaken the sys- tem. On the other hand, the CDSS was  concerned with reporting of  important  communicable diseases only  and was  not overloaded with unnecessary data  as has been reported from the Armenian  surveillance system [11]. In the integrated disease surveillance  strategy  the data  collected  should be  analysed and used for action, especially  at the health facility level [1]. Poor data  analysis at the lower levels in Khartoum  actually  indicates a centralized system,  which  leads  to  the  absence of proper  scientific interpretation of the collected  data. In this respect the situation resem- bles  that of  the other Sudanese  states  [9],  South Africa  [12]  and Mali  and  Ghana  [13]. Continuous,  systematic  and more detailed analysis of all data re- ported at lower levels should be done to  keep track of the disease situation in the  area  and  to maximize  and  strengthen  CDSS effectiveness at lower levels. Another  failure of  the CDSS data  analysis  in Khartoum,  lack  of  an  ap- propriate denominator for data analysis,  e.g.  population per  area  in  the  lower  levels, means that none of the localities  or health areas had a clear idea about the  true magnitude of  the communicable  diseases  in  their area (except  for men- ingitis due  to  the special programme).  This negatively  affects  the use of  sur- veillance data  to perform  the  recom- mended actions  in  time,  and  it might  also affect early detection of epidemics.  Similarly,  proper  and early  action  for  epidemics  is hindered by  the  fact  that  neither health areas nor health facilities  had any epidemic threshold.  Epidemic preparedness and response Khartoum state has  experienced out- breaks of cholera and Hemorrhagic  fe- ver in the period 2005–2007. However,  neither  regular epidemic management  committees nor  rapid  response  teams  were  found at any  level as only during  epidemics were meetings and teams ar- ranged, and in most cases there were no  records of  the meetings. Furthermore,  the  lower  levels of CDSS had no writ- ten epidemic management plan, which  affects  the  effectiveness of  organized  response  to outbreaks.  In  this  respect  the Khartoum system was weaker than  that in the other states of Sudan [9] but  similar to those in Mozambique [6] and  Ghana [14].  Monitoring  and evaluation of  the  actions  taken suffers  from the absence  of epidemic management documenta- tion at lower levels of the CDSS system.  Further, not knowing the defects of the  epidemic  response system means  that  the defects  cannot be  corrected. The  problem seems  to be common also  in  other Sudanese states  [9].  In addition,  the  central,  state  level  stockpiling  of  drugs and vaccines might delay a quick  response  to epidemics  at other  levels.  This  seems  to be a common problem  in Sudan [9], Mozambique [6] and  in  most African countries [14]. Addition- ally, stopping of the regular vaccination  campaign  for  communicable diseases  such as meningitis  in 2005 breaks  the  disease prevention chain and will  lead  to outbreaks  in  the coming years. This  shows that the CDSS (in African coun- tries)  lacks proper planning as the cost  of epidemics will be much greater than  the cost of campaigns.  Feedback, supervision, human resources and training It  seems  that  the  absence  of  stand- ardization  and  regularity of  feedback  in  the CDSS  in Khartoum  results  in  half of the CDSS personnel rating it as  non-beneficial,  as  extra workload and  a waste of time. In the absence of feed- back,  regular  standardized  supervision  provides quality checks and job training  but  it hampers achievement of the rec- ommended goals and is also a waste of  resources within CDSS. The problems  in  this  respect  seems  to be  similar  to  those  in other Sudanese states [9] and  in Ethiopia [15]. The CDSS system  in Khartoum as  well as elsewhere  in Sudan [9] has well- trained professional staff at the state level.  However, in Khartoum the system is fac- ing shortages of staff at lower levels where  the  staff conduct  surveillance activities  along witho other preventive medicine  activities. High work overload at  those  levels  affects  the  quality  of  the CDSS  activities. It has been pointed out that par- ticipants in the surveillance system should  be properly trained for their surveillance  tasks  through both  initial  and ongoing  in-service  training [16].  In  this  respect  the situation  in Khartoum is better than  in Tanzania [4] and Uganda [10].  Based on our findings, the CDSS in  Khartoum state needs to strengthen the  core and support  functions of  surveil- lance at all  levels of  the health  system.  Formulation of clear written objectives  for CDSS  at  all  levels  should  be  the  first priority. CDSS data are often not  adequately analysed or used to evaluate  the  effectiveness of  intervention pro- grammes. Thus, urgent  intervention  is  needed  to build an updated, advanced  data  analysis  system, both  for  routine  surveillance and for outbreaks, to make  use of the large amount of data collected  at different levels. Furthermore, the sys- tem  should  implement proper docu- mentation methods  for  all  the CDSS  data  collected, mainly  for  the urgent  notification of communicable diseases  and outbreaks data as well  as  for  zero  reporting.  In addition,  the  surveillance  system needs  to  develop  a  standard,  regular,  effective  feedback system. The  challenge  is  to  respond  quickly  and  properly  to epidemics,  thus  the  forma- tion of a standard rapid response team  at all levels is the very first step in build- ing effective epidemic preparedness  in  Khartoum state. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1210 Strengthening of CDSS supportive  functions  in Khartoum state  is needed.  Adequate  human  resources  at  lower  levels of the surveillance system as well  as  the creation of an  incentive  system,  which would maintain commitment to  CDSS among the personnel, is needed.  Provision of  supported, documented  supervisory  visits  to  the different  lev- els  and  timely  feedback might  create  additional  support  to  sustain an effec- tive CDSS  that  guides  public  health  decision-making in Khartoum state. In conclusion, well-functioning core  activities and supportive  functions are  the basis of the CDSS to achieve its aim  in  communicable disease prevention  and control. The CDSS  in Khartoum  state is an old system that adopts the idea  of  integrated  communicable diseases  surveillance  [17]. The  system  seems  to  be  functioning well  as  it  has  clear  objectives  and guidelines  at  the  state  level but it still has many defects and is  facing many challenges. Although  the  system appears decentralized, there are  a number of items, such as data analysis  and epidemic management, which are  centralized. The Khartoum system was  poorly documented at the lower levels,  References Pan American Health Organization. An integrated approach 1. to communicable disease surveillance. Epidemiological Bul- letin, 2000, 21(1):1–4 (http://www.paho.org/English/SHA/ EB_v21n1.pdf, accessed 1 September 2007). Communicable disease surveillance and response systems, a 2. guide to planning. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2006 (WHO/CDS/EPR/LYO/2006.1). Technical review on monitoring and evaluation protocol for com-3. municable disease surveillance and response systems. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2004 (http://whqlibdoc.who. int/hq/2004/WHO_CDS_CSR_LYO_2004.15_eng.pdf, ac- cessed 18 October 2010). Nsubuga P et al. Structure and performance of infectious disease 4. surveillance and response, United Republic of Tanzania, 1998. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 2002, 80(3):196–203 (http://www.who.int/bulletin/ archives/80(3)196.pdf, ac- cessed 1 September 2007). A report of strategic plan for National Communicable Disease 5. Surveillance in Sudan. Khartoum, Ministry of Health, Epidemi- ology Department, 1996. Guide for the use of core integrated disease surveillance and re-6. sponse indicators in the African Region. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2005 (http://www.cdc.gov/idsr/files/guide. pdf, accessed 1 September 2008). Protocol for the assessment of national communicable disease 7. surveillance and response systems, annex 12: Generic question- naires. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2001 (WHO/ CDS/CSR/ISR/2001.2) (http://www.who.int/csr/resources/ publications/surveillance/whocdscsrisr20012a.pdf, accessed 14 October 2010). Miller M et al. Evaluation of Australia’s National Notifiable 8. Disease Surveillance System. Communicable Diseases Interna- tional, 2004, 28:311–323. Mahdi TF. 9. An interventional study to strengthen the national com- municable disease surveillance and response systems in Sudan. Khartoum, Khartoum State Ministry of Health (research docu- ments), 2003. Assessment of Infectious Disease Surveillance Uganda. 10. Mor- bidity and Mortality Weekly Reports, 2000, 49:687–691. Tadesse W et al. Assessment of the infectious diseases sur-11. veillance system of the Republic of Armenia: an example of surveillance in the Republics of the former Soviet Union. BMC Public Health, 2002, 2(3) (http://www.biomedcentral. com/1471–2458/2/3, accessed 14 October 2010). Weber IB, Matjila MJ, Harris BN. Evaluation of the notifiable 12. disease surveillance system in Gauteng Province, South Africa. The Afrihealth post-conference information, 2007 (http://upetd.up.ac.za/thesis/available/etd-07302008- 141155/unrestricted/dissertation.pdf, accessed 18 October 2010). The implementation of integrated disease surveillance and 13. response in the African and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, 2003. Atlanta, Georgia, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2003 (http://www.cdc.gov/idsr/focus/surv_ sys_strengthening/doc_idsr_implement.pdf, accessed 18 October 2010). Integrated Disease Surveillance and Response. Integrated Disease 14. Surveillance and Response Update Bulletin 2003. Washing- ton DC, Support for Analysis and Research in Africa (SARA) Project, 2003 (http://www.cdc.gov/idsr/focus/advocacy/ policy_briefsENG.pdf, accessed 17 October 2010). Assessment of the national communicable disease surveil-15. lance and response system, Ethiopia. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 2001, 76:9–16. Integrated approach to communicable disease surveillance. 16. Ottawa, Public Health Agency of Canada, 2000 (http://www. phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/00vol26/dr2607eb. html, accessed 14 October 2010). Sahal N, Reintjes R, Aro AR. Communicable diseases sur-17. veillance lessons learned from developed and develop- ing countries. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 2009, 37(2):187–200. the system was not updated, and it lacked  a proper feedback system for both data  reporting and supervision. The system  also faced the problem of staff shortages  at  lower  levels.  In  addition,  epidemic  preparedness was  centrally organized  and was  functioning  poorly  at  lower  levels. Laboratory capacity was poor at  lower levels.  Overall, the existing CDSS in Khar- toum  state needs  to be  strengthened  with more-effective  coordination  so  that it can work at its optimum capacity  to achieve the global goal of prevention  and control of communicable diseases. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1211 Clinical spectrum and cytogenetic analysis of Down syndrome patients attending a referral clinic in Jordan M. Kawar,1 M. Dahabreh1 and A. Hawamdeh1 ABSTRACT The spectrum of medical conditions and the cytogenetic profile in all children with Down syndrome attending a referral clinic in Amman, Jordan over a 1-year period was described. A total of 33 patients (18 females, 15 males) attended, aged from day 1 to 14 years. Median maternal age at the time of delivery was 31.5 years. Eleven (33%) children had a mild to moderate conductive hearing loss, 5 (15%) had sensorineural hearing loss. 9 (27%) had refractive error and 3 (9%) showed Brushfield spots. Primary hypothyroidism was documented in 10 (30%) children. Congenital cardiac defects were found in 22 (67%) children; the most common was atrial or ventral septal defect. Cytogenetic testing results revealed that 28 (85%) had trisomy 21 (3 had translocation and 2 showed mosaic pattern). The clinical profile of Down syndrome patients at our centre varies from reports from other centres. 1Department of Paediatrics, King Hussein Medical Centre, Amman, Jordan (Correspondence to M. Dahabreh: munamd@gmail.com). Received: 23/03/09; accepted: 26/07/09 ندرلأا في ةلاحلإل ةدايع لىع نيددرـتلما نواد ةمزلاتمب ينباصلما ىدل ةيوللخا تايثارولاو يريسرلا فيطلا ليلتح ةدماولحا ليع ،ةرباحد لبقم ىنم ،راوعق ليمإ ىنم نيددرـتلما نواد ةمزلاتمب ينباصلما لافطلأا عيجم ىدل ةيوللخا تايثارولا مسترمو ةيريسرلا تلاالحا فيط ةقرولا هذه في نوثحابلا فصي :ةـصلالخا ينب حوارـتت رماعأ في ةدايعلا لىع اوددرت نمم )ًاركذ 15و ىثنأ 18( ًاضيرم 33 ةساردلا تلمشو .دحاو ماع للاخ ،ندرلأا ،ن َّاماع في ةلاحلإل ةدايع لىع ناكو ،طسوتم لىإ فيفخ ليقن عمس دقف )%33( ًلافط 11 ىدل ناكو .ًاماع 31.5 ةدلاولا تقو تاهملأل يطسولا رمعلا ناك دقو .ًاماع 14و ٍدحاو ٍموي قيثوت نكمأو .دليفشرب عَقُب )%9( مهنم 3 ىدلو ،ةيؤرلا في يراسكنا للخ )%27( مهنم 9 ىدل ناكو .سيح يبصع عمس دقف )%15( مهنم 5 ىدل زجالحا بيع ًاعويش اهرثكأ ناكو ؛)%67( مهنم 22 ىدل ةيبلق ةيدلاو بويع دوجو ظحول ماك .)%30( مهنم 10 ىدل ليولأا ةيقردلا روصق ثودح مهنم 3 ىدلو ،21 يغبصلا ث ُّلثت )%85( ًلافط 28 ىدل ترهظأ دقف ةيوللخا ةيثارولا تارابتخلاا جئاتن امأ . ْنينَنْنيَطُبلا ينب زجالحا بيعو ْنينَنْنيَذُلأا ينب يذلا زكرلما في نواد ةمزلاتمب ينباصملل يريسرلا مسترلما نأ نوثحابلا جتنتساو .يئافسيسف جذومن مهنم يننثا ىدلو )عقاولما في ًايرغت( ًايغبص ًءافزإ .ىرخلأا زكارلما نع تردص يتلا ريراقتلا نع فلتيخ هيف نولمعي Spectre clinique et analyse cytogénétique des patients atteints du Syndrome de Down en consultation dans une clinique de recours en Jordanie RÉSUMÉ Le spectre des affections médicales et le profil cytogénétique de tous les enfants atteints du Syndrome de Down consultant dans une clinique de recours à Amman (Jordanie), pendant un an, ont été décrits. Au total, 33 patients (18 filles, 15 garçons), âgés d’un jour à 14 ans, ont été vus en consultation. L’âge médian de la mère à l’accouchement était de 31,5 ans. Onze enfants (33 %) souffraient d’une surdité de transmission légère à modérée et cinq enfants (15 %) étaient atteints d’une surdité neurosensorielle. Neuf enfants (27 %) étaient porteurs d’un vice de réfraction et trois enfants (9 %) présentaient des taches de Brushfield. Une hypothyroïdie primaire a été observée chez dix enfants (30 %). Des malformations cardiaques congénitales ont été diagnostiquées chez 22 enfants (67 %), la communication interauriculaire ou interventriculaire étant la pathologie la plus fréquente. Les résultats des analyses cytogénétiques ont révélé que 28 enfants (85 %) étaient porteurs de trisomie 21 (trois cas par translocation et deux cas en mosaïque). Le profil clinique des patients atteints du Syndrome de Down dans notre centre diffère des rapports issus des autres centres. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1212 Introduction Down  syndrome  is  one  of  the most  common  chromosomal  disorders  in  children and  is considered  the  leading  cause of noninherited mental  retarda- tion  [1]. The prevalence has been  re- ported in some studies to be 1/800 [1].  Down syndrome  involves different  body systems [1,2]. Not only do  these  children  have  characteristic  physical  features, they also have multiple medical  conditions  and malformations  [3,4].  The occurrence of these malformations  varies across different studies [4].  The genetics clinic at King Hussein  Medical Centre was the first in Amman.  It accepts patients from different centres  and hospitals from all over Jordan. This  study was  important  to check  the pat- tern of referred cases and to compare it  with that of other centres.  The purpose of  this case series was  to  describe  the  spectrum of medical  conditions  and cytogenetic profile of  children with Down syndrome referred  to a genetic clinic in Amman, Jordan. Methods A prospective study was conducted on  all children with the diagnosis of Down  syndrome who were  referred  to  the  genetics clinic at King Hussein Medical  Centre, Amman,  Jordan,  from January  2004  to  January  2005.  A  total  of  33  patients were included, aged from 1 day  to 14 years.  The  data  collected  included ma- ternal  and  paternal  age  at  diagnosis.  Thyroid  function  tests, ophthalmology  examination  and hearing  assessment  tests were performed  for  all  patients.  All  children had a  cardiac  review and  echocardiography examination. Chro- mosomal testing was done for all those  included.  Ethical committee approval  for  the  study was obtained. Results There  were  33  children  with Down  syndrome  who  attended  the  genet- ics  clinic during  the  study period: 18  (55%)  females  and 15 (45%) males).  The median maternal  age  at  the  time  of delivery was 31.5  years;  10  (30%)  mothers  were  aged  17–20  years,  15  (45%) were 20–35 years and 8 (25%)  were 36–46 years.  Normal hearing results were  found  in 17  (52%)  children,  11  (33%) had  mild  to moderate  conductive hearing  loss, while 5 (15%) had sensorineural  hearing loss. Eye examinations showed  that 9 (27%) had refractive error and 3  (9%) had Brushfield spots.  Primary hypothyroidism was docu- mented in 10 (30%) children; 2 of our  patients  developed  hypothyroidism  at  an older age but none of  them had  autoimmune  antibodies. Congenital  cardiac defects were found in 22 (67%)  children. Cyanotic congenital heart dis- ease was found in less than 5%: the most  common was atrial or ventricular septal  defect in 20/22 of these cases (90%).  Cytogenetic testing results revealed  that 28 (85%) had trisomy 21; 3 (9%)  had  translocation, 1 of which was a de novo  21,21  translocation,  and 2  (6%)  showed mosaic pattern.  Discussion There  is  a  well  established  relation- ship between older maternal  age  and  increased incidence of Down syndrome  in the offspring [5]. In our study the me- dian maternal age at the time of delivery  was 31.5 years. This  is  consistent with  a  study  in Dubai where  the mean age  was 33.5 years [6]. The mean maternal  age in a study by Kava et al. in India was  26.8 years [5]. This may be explained by  the higher  fertility  rate  in  this younger  reproductive age group. A high propor- tion of  the mothers  in our case  series  (45%) were between 20 and 30 years  of  age. These mothers  are  considered  to  be  at  low  risk  and  do  not  usually  undergo antenatal  screening. Mothers  who would  usually  be  considered  as  high risk (above 35 years of age) formed  only 25% of our study group. Nondisjunction (trisomy 21) is the  most  common  genetic  defect  found  in Down syndrome [7] and we  found  this  in  85%  of  cases; mosaic  pattern  was  found  in 2 patients  (6%). This  is  higher than that reported worldwide (<  1%) [7,8]. This may be explained by the  small number of patients studied. One  of our patients had de novo 21,21 trans- location. There  is a well known risk of auto­ immune  diseases  in  these  children,  involving both  the endocrine and  the  nonendocrine systems [3,4]. The most  common autoimmune disease in Down  syndrome is related to the thyroid gland  [9]. The current  recommendations are  to screen annually  for  thyroid  function  in children with Down syndrome [9].  Congenital hypothyroidism has been  reported  to  be  about  30  times more  common  in Down syndrome [9] and  8/33 patients  in  our  study  had  con- genital hypothyroidism, while 2 patients  acquired hypothyroidism at  an older  age. In contrast to our findings, Karlsson  in Sweden had no cases of congenital  hypothyroidism  in his  study group of  85 patients [10]. He also demonstrated  a gradual increase in the concentrations  of  thyroid autoantibodies  from the age  of 8 years.  All children with Down syndrome,  even  if clinically asymptomatic,  should  undergo 2D echocardiography  [11].  We found congenital cardiac defects in  22/33 (67%) of our children. Cyanotic  congenital heart disease was  found  in  less  than 5%. The most  common was  atrial or ventricular  septal defect  in 20  of these cases. This is higher than figures  reported worldwide (50%) [11]. Kava  et al. in a study of 524 Down syndrome  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1213 patients  in India reported an incidence  of congenital heart disease of 18%, with  25% of  these  cases having ventricular  septal defect [5].  In general most patients with Down  syndrome have Brushfield spots during  eye examination. In our case series 9% of  patients had Brushfield spots.  Interest- ingly, none of  the patients with Down  syndrome  in a Hong Kong University  study had Brushfield  spots  [12]. This  is  also consistent with  the  results  in  a  Korean population  [13]. This  can be  explained by the high prevalence of dark  eyes  in our population. Wallis has sug- gested that there  is a  low prevalence of  Brushfield spots in blue or light­coloured  eyes that darken with age [14]. Refrac- tive errors have been demonstrated  in  70% of Down syndrome patients [14].  We  found such errors  in 27% of cases,  which is less than what was reported in  Hong Kong (58%) [12].  Disorders of the ear, nose and throat  may hinder  children with Down syn- drome  from  reaching  their  develop- mental potential [8]. Mild to moderate  conductive hearing loss was seen in 11  children (33%) in our study. This is less  than  the 50%  reported  in 26 patients  screened in Saudi Arabia [15]. Hearing  loss in Down syndrome patients may be  due to recurrent otitis media, eustachian  tube dysfunction or middle ear ciliary  defects [15]. Balkany et al. reported that  78% of patients with Down syndrome  had evidence of hearing  loss [16]. Five  (15%) of our  studied group had  sen- sorineural hearing  loss. None of  these  patients  showed  other  neurological  deficits. Down syndrome  is a predisposing  factor  for  sleep­related breathing dis- orders, and up to 80% of children were  found  to have  sleep apnoea disorders  [17]. Such disorders were not  studied  in our  study group as we have  limited  access  to  sleep  studies  in  addition  to  financial limitations.  Conclusions The  clinical  profile  of Down  syn- drome patients at our centre varies, and is  quite different from many other centres.  The complexity of  the medical  condi- tions  requires a multidisciplinary  team  approach and structured protocols.  References Jorgenson RJ. 1. Down syndrome. Medicineonline. (http://www. medicineonline.com/topics/D/2/Down-Syndrome.html, ac- cessed 19 October 2010). Bianca S. Non congenital heart disease aspects of Down syn-2. drome. Images in Paediatric Cardiology, 2002, 13:3–11. Chen MH et al. Thyroid dysfunction in patients with Down 3. syndrome. Acta Paediatrica Taiwanica, 2007, 48:191–195. Dzurova D, Pikhart H. Down syndrome, paternal age and edu-4. cation: comparison of California and the Czech Republic. BMC Public Health, 2005, 5:69. Kava MP et al. Down syndrome: clinical profile from India. 5. Archives of Medical Research, 2004, 35:31–35. Murthy SK et al. Incidence of Down syndrome in Dubai, UAE. 6. Medical Principles and Practice, 2007, 16:25–28. Hindley D, Medakkar S. Diagnosis of Down syndrome in ne-7. onates. Archives of Disease in Childhood: Fetal and Neonatal, 2002, 87:F220–F221. Mitchell RMD, Call EMS, Kelly J. Ear, nose and throat disor-8. ders in children with Down syndrome. Laryngoscope, 2003, 113:259–263. Roizen NJ. The early interventionist and the medical problems 9. of the child with Down syndrome. Infants and Young Children, 2003, 16(1):88–95. Karlsson B et al. Thyroid dysfunction in Down’s syndrome: 10. relation to age and thyroid autoimmunity. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 1998, 79:242–245. Behrman RE, Kliegman R, Jenson B. 11. Nelson textbook of pediat- rics, 16th ed. Philadelphia, WB Saunders, 2000. Wong V, Ho D. Ocular abnormalities in Down syndrome: an 12. analysis of 140 Chinese children. Pediatric Neurology, 1997, 16:311–314. Kim JH et al. Characteristic ocular findings in Asian children 13. with Down syndrome. Eye (London, England), 2002, 16:710– 714. Wallis HRE. The significance of Brushfield’s spots in the diag-14. nosis of mongolism in infancy. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 1951, 26:495–500. Kattan HA, Jarrar RF, Mahasin ZZ. A pilot study of the relation-15. ship between Down’s syndrome and hearing loss. Saudi Medi- cal Journal, 2000, 21:931–933. Balkany T et al. Hearing loss in Down’s syndrome. A treatable 16. handicap more common than generally recognized. Clinical Pediatrics, 1979, 18:116–118. Fitzgerald DA, Paul A, Richmond C. Severity of obstructive 17. apnoea in children with Down syndrome who snore. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 2007, 92:423–425. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1214 Atopic profile of asthmatic children in Bahrain K.S. Tabbara,1 A. Ibrahim,2,3 R. Ajjawi 3 and F. Saleh 1,4 ABSTRACT This study aimed to define the profile of asthmatic children in Bahrain and the prevalence of sensitization to aeroallergens and foods. A total of 95 children who were clinically diagnosed with asthma were enrolled: 71.6% mild, 20.0% moderate and 8.4% severe asthma (NIH criteria). Serum IgE concentrations were elevated (> 200 kU/L) in 21.1% of patients and highly elevated (> 400 kU/L) in 9.5%. Absolute eosinophil counts were elevated (> 350 × 106/L) in 54.8%. Overall, 67.4% of children were atopic; 56.8% were sensitive to inhalant allergens and 39.0% to foods. The atopic profile was generally similar to asthmatic children in the region and worldwide. Conditions significantly associated with atopic asthma included food allergies, allergic rhinitis and eczema. 1Department of Microbiology, Immunology and Infectious Diseases; 2Department of Paediatrics, College of Medicine and Medical Sciences, Arabian Gulf University, Manama, Bahrain (Correspondence to K.S. Tabbara: kst1@batelco.com.bh; khaledst@agu.edu.bh). 3Department of Paediatrics; 4Department of Pathology, Salmaniya Medical Complex, Ministry of Health, Manama, Bahrain. Received: 15/03/09; accepted: 27/05/09 نيرحبلا في وبرلاب ينباصلما لافطلأل يب ّـُ تأتلا مسترلما حلاص لضاف ،يواجع مير ،ميهاربإ ليع ،ةرابط ديعس دلاخ ةيئاولها تاجرؤتسملل سسحتلا راشتنا لّدعمو ،نيرحبلا في وبرلاب ينباصلما لافطلأا مَسَترم لىع فرعتلا ةساردلا هذه فدهتست :ةـصلالخا ىدلو ًاطسوتم مهنم %20 ىدلو ًافيفخ مهنم %71.6 ىدل وبرلا ناكو ؛ًايريسر وبرلا ميهدل ص ِّخُش نَّمم ًلافط 95 ةساردلا تلمش دقو .ةمعطلألو 200 نم رثكأ( ةعفترم اهودجوف ،لصلما في IgE يعانلما ينلوبولغلا زيكارت نوثحابلا ساق ماك .)ةحصلل ينطولا دهعلما يرياعم قفو( ًاديدش مهنم %8.4 تاينيزويلأل قلطلما دادعتلا نأ اودجو ماك .مهنم %9.5 ىدل )رـتل/ةدحو وليك 400 نم رثكأ( ًايرثك ةعفترمو ،ضىرلما نم %21.1 في )رـتل/ةدحو وليك تاجرأتسملل ينس ِّسحتم مهنم %56.8 ناكو ،ينبتأتم لافطلأا نم %67.4 ناك لاجملإا هجو لىعو .%54.8 ىدل )رـتل/6 10 × 350 نم رثكأ( ًاعفترم دقو .لماعلا قطانم ىتش فيو ميلقلإا في وبرلاب ينباصلما لافطلأل ًابهاشم ماع لكشب يب ّـُ تأتلا مَسَترلما ناكو .ةمعطلأل ينس ِّسحتم %39و ،ةقشنتسلما .ًايئاصحإ ابه ُّدَتْعُي ةبسنب ةيماعطلا تايجَرلأاو ةميزكلإاو يجَرلأا فنلأا باهتلاب يب ّـُ تأتلا وبرلا تلااح تقفارت Profil atopique des enfants asthmatiques à Bahreïn RÉSUMÉ La présente étude avait pour objectif de définir le profil des enfants asthmatiques à Bahreïn et la prévalence de la sensibilisation aux aéroallergènes et à certains aliments. Au total, 95 enfants ayant fait l’objet d’un diagnostic clinique d’asthme ont été inclus dans l’étude. Selon les critères du National Institute of Health, 71,6 % d’entre eux souffraient d’asthme léger, 20,0 % d’asthme modéré et 8,4 % d’asthme sévère. Les concentrations sériques d’IgE étaient élevées (> 200 kU/l) chez 21,1 % des patients et très élevées (> 400 kU/l) chez 9,5 % des enfants. Le nombre absolu d’éosinophiles était élevé (> 350 × 106/l) chez 54,8 % des patients de l’étude. Globalement, 67,4 % des enfants étaient atopiques ; 56,8 % présentaient une sensibilité aux allergènes inhalés et 39,0 % à certains aliments. Le profil atopique des enfants asthmatiques dans la région était généralement similaire au profil des enfants des autres pays dans le monde. Les affections fortement associées à un asthme atopique étaient les allergies alimentaires, la rhinite allergique et l’eczéma. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1215 Introduction Bronchial  asthma  is  one of  the  com- monest multifactorial chronic diseases.  The worldwide incidence of asthma has  been increasing in frequency and sever- ity  in  recent years, particularly  among  children and young adults [1], and it has  become a  leading cause of emergency  department  admissions  and  school  absenteeism  in  children. Atopy  is  the  major predisposing  factor  for  asthma  in  children.  It  seems  likely  that  atopy  results from a deviation of the immune  response  towards  the activation of T- helper  type 2  lymphocytes,  resulting  in  a  chronic  inflammatory  response  associated with  the  induction of  IgE  class antibodies and eosinophilia [2].  The main route of allergen exposure  in  asthma  is by  inhalation. Common  aeroallergens  reflect both  the  indoor  as well  as  the outdoor flora and  fauna  of a country. Substances that are gener- ally  recognized as  important  inhalant  allergens include pollens, mould spores,  house dust mites and insect and animal  proteins [3–5]. Food allergy, which has  been shown to account for 2% to 8.5%  of  the underlying allergies  in asthmatic  children  [6],  is  frequently overlooked  in  asthma. The prevalence of  food al- lergies  seems  to have  increased  in  the  last decade and an accurate history  is  important  in  identifying  food allergies  in patients. Diagnostic  tests  for  food  allergies  include skin  testing and  food- specific  IgE assay, while oral challenge  may be  indicated  in certain  situations.  Symptoms of  food allergies vary  from  atopic  dermatitis  or  gastrointestinal  symptoms  to  violent  anaphylaxis  [7].  Foods that are often implicated in food  allergies  include egg, milk, nuts, wheat,  soya and fish. Sensitization  to  these  is  usually acquired in childhood [8]. The desert nature of the Gulf region,  coupled with  the hot, humid weather  predisposes  the population  to  indoor  living  in  an  air-conditioned  environ- ment  for a major part of  the year. Re- ported prevalence  rates of  asthma  in  the Gulf Cooperative Council (GCC)  population range between 8% and 23%  [9–12], higher than rates reported in the  USA [1] or Europe  [13]. Despite  the  desert environment, pollen  is  reported  to constitute a major sensitizing allergen  in  several GCC countries  [14,15],  fol- lowed by  indoor  allergens,  including  house dust, animal dander and moulds  [15–18]. There  are  no  published  studies  defining  the profile of  asthmatic  chil- dren  in Bahrain  and  the contribution  of  aeroallergens  and  food  allergy  to  the development of  this  condition  in  the residents of Bahrain. This study ex- plored  the  sociodemographic profile  and the environmental living conditions  of  a  sample  of  asthmatic  children  in  Bahrain,  including  the  prevalence  of  atopic asthma and  its association with  other atopic diseases in these patients. Methods Sample All  95  consecutive  children  referred  to  the  Salmaniya Medical  Complex  (the principal government hospital  in  Bahrain with a capacity of 1300 beds)  between  January and December 2000  who  were  clinically  diagnosed  with  asthma  were  enrolled  in  the  study.  Ethical approval  for  the  study was ob- tained  from  the  research  committees  of  both  the Arabian Gulf University  and Salmaniya Medical Complex. Oral  consent was obtained from the parents  of children participating in the study.  Data collection Demographic,  clinical,  allergic  and  therapeutic  histories  were  collected  from the records and the parents of all  participants and a questionnaire check- list was filled by the interviewer. Two 5 mL samples of blood were  collected from each patient by venepunc- ture. Total white blood cell count was  carried  out  using  a  Coulter  counter  (Beckman Coulter). A differential count  was carried out using routine procedures  and  absolute  eosinophil  counts were  calculated. The cutoff  for elevated eosi- nophils was > 350 × 106/L.  Serum was  separated  and  frozen  at –80  °C until  assayed  for  total  and  allergen-specific  IgE. Total  serum IgE  concentrations  were  determined  by  sandwich enzyme-linked immunoassay  (ELISA) using a commercial kit (Bethyl  Laboratories). Allergen-specific  IgE as- says were determined on the Pharmacia  UniCap system (Pharmacia Diagnos- tics),  a  fully  integrated and automated  ELISA system for measurement of total  and allergen-specific IgE. The cutoff for  elevated IgE was > 200 kU/L.  The determination of  sensitivity  to  inhaled  allergens was  carried  out  by  in vitro  quantitative  inhalant  allergen- specific  IgE  test  using  Phadiatop®  (ImmunoCAP),  a  balanced mixture  of common allergens, while  sensitivity  to  food allergens was carried out by a  quantitative  food allergen-specific  IgE  using fx5® (ImmunoCAP), a food aller- gen mixture which  includes egg white,  milk, fish, wheat, peanut and soy bean.  The manufacturer’s recommended cut- offs were used. Asthma was defined according  to  National  Institutes of Health  (NIH)  guidelines  as  mild  (intermittent  or  persistent) asthma, moderate or severe  [19]. Atopy was defined as positivity to  either aero- or food allergens or both. Analysis Data compilation,  tabulation,  and sta- tistical  analysis were performed using  Windows Excel and SPSS, version 14.  The mean values of atopy-positive and  atopy-negative patients were compared  (atopy being defined  as  positivity  to  either Phadiatop or  fx5 or both)  and  significance was  calculated using  the  Student t-test. Mean values of IgE/eosi- nophil  counts  for  the  various  clinical  groups were  compared  by ANOVA.  Other variable were analysed using the  chi-squared test. A P value of < 0.05 was  considered significant.  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1216 Results Background characteristics The 95 children  included  in  this  study  had  been  clinically  diagnosed  with  recurrent  asthma.  At  the  visit  when  blood was collected  for  this study 88%  were seen at the pulmonary outpatient  paediatric clinic, 9% were admitted  for  exacerbated asthma and 3% were seen  at  the accident and emergency depart- ment.  The study group  included 61 boys  and  34  girls  (ratio  of  1.8:1)  with  a  mean age of 6.8 (SD 3.8) years, range 6  months to 18 years. Most of the patients  (82.1%) were Bahraini nationals  and  the majority  were  from  low-income  families (Table 1). Asthma profile Among  the children 41.0% developed  their  first  episode  of  asthma  within  the first 1  year of  life,  58% within  the  first 2 years and 86% within  the first 5  years. The majority of  cases  (71.6%)  were classified as mild (intermittent or  persistent)  asthma, while 20.0% were  moderate  and 8.4% severe  (Table 2).  Asthma severity  increased significantly  with age (P = 0.001);  the mean age of  children with mild intermittent asthma  was  4.78  (SD 2.97)  years, moderate  asthma was 8.63 (SD 4.63) years and  severe asthma was 9.25 (SD 3.73) years.  There were no differences between Bah- rainis  and non-Bahrainis with  respect  to severity or prevalence of atopy (data  not  shown)  (P  = 0.751  and P  = 0.46  respectively).  Atopic profile Of  the 95 asthmatic  children  studied,  56.8% were sensitized  to aeroallergens  and 39.0% to food allergens; 28.4% were  sensitive only to aeroallergens and 10.6%  only to foods but not aeroallergens. The  overall  rate of  atopy  (sensitization  to  aeroallergens or  foods or both)  in our  sample was 67.4%. The rate of atopy ap- peared to be higher in girls (76.4%) than  boys (62.2%), but  this was not statisti- cally  significant (P = 0.771), while  the  rate of  food allergy was similar  in both  boys  and  girls  (39.3%  versus  38.2%)  (Table 3).  Risk factors for atopy We  investigated  various  risk  factors  that are associated with atopy: 22.1% of  asthmatic children were the product of  consanguineous marriages and 81.1%  had  a  family history of  atopy  (Table  4). Around half of  the  study  children  (51.6%) were  exposed  to  animals  at  home,  the majority  (92.6%)  lived  in  carpeted homes and one-third (31.6%)  had a parent who smoked.  Almost one-third  (31.6%) had  at  least 1 other associated atopic disease  (eczema,  allergic  rhinitis,  allergic  con- junctivitis) and 25.3% reported a history  of known food allergies. (Table 4) Aller- gic rhinitis was the most prevalent atopy  (24.2%),  followed by eczema (15.8%),  while allergic conjunctivitis (4.2%) was  the least prevalent among our sample.  Allergic  rhinitis  was  significantly  associated with  laboratory-confirmed  sensitivity  to aeroallergens (P = 0.004),  while eczema was significantly associated  with both sensitivity to aeroallergens (P = 0.048) and to foods (P = 0.018). The  only  risk  factors  investigated  that were  significantly correlated with atopy (sen- sitivity  to either  food or  aeroallergens  or both) were history of  known  food  allergies and allergic  rhinitis (P = 0.015  and 0.021 respectively) (Table 4). Table 1 Demographic data of asthmatic children Variable Boys Girls Total No. % No. % No. % Total 61 64.2 34 35.8 95 100.0 Nationality Bahraini 49 51.6 29 30.5 78 82.1 Non-Bahraini 12 12.6 5 5.3 17 17.9 Household income (US$ /year)a < 10 000 – – 45 47.4 10–20 000 – – 28 29.5 > 20 000 – – 16 16.8 Mean (SD) age (years) 6.6 (3.8) 7.0 (3.9) 6.8 (3.8) aNo income data available for 6 families. SD = standard deviation. Table 2 Clinical classification of asthmatic children in Bahrain Severity of attacksa Boys (n = 61) Girls (n = 34) Total (n = 95) Age (years) No. % No. % No. % Mean (SD) Mild intermittent 24 39.3 7 20.6 31 32.6 4.78 (3.0) Mild persistent 21 34.4 16 47.0 37 38.9 6.92 (3.4) Moderate 10 16.4 9 26.5 19 20.0 8.63 (4.6) Severe 6 9.8 2 5.9 8 8.4 9.25 (3.7) aNational Institutes of Health criteria [19]. SD = standard deviation. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1217 Laboratory data Serum IgE concentrations were elevated  (> 200 kU/L) in 21.1% of patients and  highly elevated (> 400 kU/L)  in 9.5%,  with an overall mean of 113 [standard  deviation  (SD  171)]  kU/L  (range  0–1000 kU/L) (Figure 1A). Absolute  eosinophil counts were elevated (> 350  × 106/L)  in 54.8% of patients, with  a  mean absolute  level of 432 (SD 364) × 106/L (range 0–1600 × 106/L) (Fig- ure 1B).  There was  a  significant difference  between  the means of atopy-positivity  and  atopy-negative patients  for  both  total  serum IgE concentration and ab- solute eosinophil count (P < 0.001 and  P = 0.037 respectively). When analysed  separately  (sensitization  to  aeroaller- gens or  to  food allergens),  the differ- ence in means was significant for those  who were sensitive  to aeroallergens (P <  0.001  and P  =  0.002  respectively)  but not to food allergens (P = 0.07 and  P = 0.302  respectively). There was no  significant relationship between clinical  severity of asthma and  IgE concentra- tion or absolute eosinophil count (P = 0.966 and 0.793, respectively). Discussion This study was undertaken to define the  profile of asthmatic children in Bahrain  with  respect  to  clinical  presentation  and allergen laboratory parameters and  to determine  the  frequency of  atopic  asthma among our sample.  Our  sample  included  a  predomi- nance of boys compared to girls (ratio  of 1.8:1), a finding  that agrees with  in- ternational  [20,21], as well as  regional  reports  [22–24]. The age of onset of  asthma  in our patients was consistent  with  those  reported  from  the  region  [22], but earlier than those reported in  industrialized counties, as 58% of our pa- tients, as compared to one-third in Swe- den [25], developed  their first episode  within their first 2 years of life. Extended  enclosed living in air-conditioned build- ings, living in carpeted homes (92.6% of  our patients) and contact with animals  at home (51.6% of patients) might be  contributing factors.  Severity of  asthma  in our patients  followed  worldwide  trends  [26,27],  with  r  exseverity  increasing with  age  (P  < 0.001),  although  the percentage  of  affected  children  in  each  category  decreased, and there were no significant  differences between boys  and girls or  Bahrainis and non-Bahrainis, suggesting  a  greater  role  for  environmental  than  genetic factors. Table 3 Distribution of sensitization to aeroallergens and foods among asthmatic children Sensitivity to: Boys (n = 61) Girls (n = 34) Total (n = 95) Aero-allergensa Foodb No. % No. % No. % – – 23 37.7 8 23.5 30 31.6 + – 14 22.9 13 38.2 27 28.4 – + 4 6.5 6 17.6 10 10.6 + + 20 32.8 7 20.6 27 28.4 aPhadiatop® positive; bfx5® positive. Table 4 Risk factors for atopy and the significance of their correlation with various sensitization groups for asthmatic children in Bahrain Risk factor Total Correlation (P-values) with sensitivity to: No. (n= 95) % Aero-allergensa (n = 54 ) Foodsb (n = 37 ) Either aero-allergens or foodsc (n = 64) Consanguinous marriage 21 22.1 0.975 0.166 0.653 Carpeted home 88 92.6 0.60 0.02 0.38 Exposure to animals at home 49 51.6 0.899 0.398 0.694 Smoker in house 30 31.6 0.169 0.78 0.674 Family history of atopy 77 81.1 0.685 0.473 0.062 Other atopic conditions Known food allergies 24 25.3 < 0.001 0.789 0.015 Allergic rhinitis 23 24.2 0.004 0.642 0.021 Eczema 15 15.8 0.048 0.018 0.256 Allergic conjunctivitis 4 4.2 0.454 0.548 0.739 aPhadiatop® positive; bfx5® positive; cPhadiatop® or fx5® positive. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1218 The majority of participants (81.1%)  had  a  family  history  of  atopy, which  agrees with other  international  studies  [20]. The overall  rate of  atopy (sensi- tization  to  aeroallergens  or  foods  or  both) in our sample was 67.4%, which is  consistent with reports from industrial- ized countries such as the USA [20]. Of  these, 56.4% were sensitized  to aeroal- lergens and 39.0% to foods. Food allergy  has been  reported  to be prevalent  in  asthmatic children [28,29],  to be a risk  factor  for  asthma  [29]  and  to  trigger  or  exacerbate bronchoconstriction  in  2%–8.5% of children with asthma [6].  Although  we  observed  a  significant  association between  food allergy  and  atopic asthma, the actual impact of food  allergies  in  triggering or  exacerbating  asthma was not assessed in this study.  A high degree of consanguinity has  been  reported  in  the parents of  asth- matic  children  in  our  region  (52%)  [23]. Although Bahrain is an island and  marriage within  families  is  common,  our data showed a  low rate of consan- guineous marriage among  the parents  of asthmatic children (22.1%). The rate  of consanguinity in 1990 in a sample of  500 people was 39.4% [30] Figure 1 (A) Total serum IgE concentrations and (B) absolute eosinophil counts of children with atopic asthma 6 طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1219 Atopic diseases  including  allergic  rhinitis  and eczema, which are known  to be highly associated with asthma  in  children [31–33], were similarly preva- lent  in our  study population. Allergic  rhinitis was most prevalent, followed by  eczema, while allergic conjunctivitis was  least prevalent among our sample. Aller- gic  rhinitis was  significantly associated  with  sensitivity  to aeroallergens, while  eczema was significantly associated sen- sitivity to aeroallergens and to foods. Reference  values  for  total  IgE  for  non-atopic adults vary in different coun- tries  [34–36], with high values being  reported  in  the Gulf  region [34] com- pared with Europe [34,36]. These val- ues are generally lower in children than  adults  and  increase with  age  [37,38].  The  range of  serum  IgE values of our  patients was 0–1000 kU/L, mean 113  kU/L. A significant correlation existed  between IgE concentrations and atopy,  but not with severity of asthma.  The  range  of  absolute  eosinophil  count was  0–1600  × 106/L and was elevated in 54.8% of our patients. There  was  a  positive  relationship  between  increased  absolute  eosinophil  count  and atopy, particularly to aeroallergens;  however  this did not correlate with se- verity  of  asthma.  Blood  eosinophilia  is  seen  in  atopy  and  is  influenced by  several  conditions  including parasitic  infections  and corticosteroid  therapy  [39,40]. In many ways health provision  in Bahrain shares many of the character- istics of health services in the advanced  industrial countries. The  infant mortal- ity rate is among the lowest in the Mid- dle East [41] and parasitic infections are  uncommon. In conclusion, 67.4% of  asthmatic  children  in Bahrain were atopic and a  high proportion (58%) had  their first  episode of  asthma within  their first 2  years. A  significant number were  sen- sitized  to  foods and had other associ- ated atopic diseases,  including allergic  rhinitis  and  eczema,  but  their  atopic  profile was  generally  similar  to other  asthmatic  children  in  the  region  and  worldwide. The prevalence of  asthma  and  the  identity  of  specific  allergens  in  asthmatics  in Bahrain  are  still  un- known. We  are  investigating  these  parameters.  Acknowledgement This work was  supported  by  a  grant  from the Arabian Gulf University. References Arif AA et al. Prevalence and risk factors of asthma and wheez-1. ing among US adults: an analysis of the NHANES III data. Euro- pean Respiratory Journal, 2003, 21(5):827–833. Elias JA et al. New insights into the pathogenesis of asthma. 2. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 2003, 111(3):291–297. Burge HA, Rogers CA. Outdoor allergens. 3. Environmental Health Perspectives, 2000, 108(Suppl. 4):653–659. Platts-Mills TA et al. Determinants of clinical allergic disease. 4. The relevance of indoor allergens to the increase in asthma. American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, 2000, 162(3 Pt 2):S128–133. Vervloet D, Charpin D, Birnbaum J. Extrinsic asthma and environ-5. mental allergens. Allergie et Immunologie, 1991, 23(7):281–283. Baena-Cagnani CE, Teijeiro A. Role of food allergy in asthma in 6. childhood. Current Opinion in Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 2001, 1(2):145–149. Ramesh S. Food allergy overview in children. 7. Clinical Reviews in Allergy and Immunology, 2008, 34(2):217–230. Anderson JA. Milestones marking the knowledge of adverse 8. reactions to food in the decade of the 1980s. Annals of Allergy, 1994, 72(2):143–154. Behbehani NA et al. Prevalence of asthma, allergic rhinitis, 9. and eczema in 13– to 14-year-old children in Kuwait: an ISAAC study. International Study of Asthma and Allergies in Childhood. Annals of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology, 2000, 85(1):58–63. Al-Maskari F et al. Asthma and respiratory symptoms among 10. school children in United Arab Emirates. Allergie et Immunolo- gie, 2000, 32(4):159–163. Al-Dawood KM. Epidemiology of bronchial asthma among 11. school boys in Al-Khobar city, Saudi Arabia. Saudi Medical Journal, 2001, 22(1):61–66. Al Frayh AR et al. Increased prevalence of asthma in Saudi 12. Arabia. Annals of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology, 2001, 86(3):292–296. Lau S et al. The development of childhood asthma: lessons 13. from the German Multicentre Allergy Study (MAS). Paediatric Respiratory Reviews, 2002, 3(3):265–272. Ezeamuzie CI et al. Asthma in the desert: spectrum of the sen-14. sitizing aeroallergens. Allergy, 2000, 55(2):157–162. Lestringant GG et al. A clinical study of airborne allergens 15. in the United Arab Emirates. Allergie et Immunologie, 1999, 31(8):263–267. Al-Nahdi M, Al-Quorain AA. Sex distribution and common 16. allergens of bronchial asthma in a Saudi Arabian (eastern province) population. Allergologia et Immunopathologia, 1987, 15(6):389–391. Khadadah M et al. The association of skin test reactivity, total 17. serum IgE levels, and peripheral blood eosinophilia with asthma in Kuwait. Journal of Asthma, 2000, 37(6):481–488. Ezeamuzie CI et al. IgE-mediated sensitization to mould al-18. lergens among patients with allergic respiratory diseases in a desert environment. International Archives of Allergy and Im- munology, 2000, 121(4):300–307. National Heart Lung and Blood Institute, National Asthma 19. Education and Prevention Program. Expert panel report 2: guidelines for the diagnosis and management of asthma. Bethesda, Maryland, US Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, 1997 (publication no. 97-4051). Guilbert TW et al. Atopic characteristics of children with recur-20. rent wheezing at high risk for the development of childhood asthma. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 2004, 114(6):1282–1287. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1220 Schatz M et al. Sex differences among children 2–13 years of age 21. presenting at the emergency department with acute asthma. Pediatric Pulmonology, 2004, 37(6):523–529. Dawod ST, Hussain AA. Childhood asthma in Qatar. 22. Annals of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology, 1995, 75(4):360–364. Hijazi Z et al. Characteristics of asthmatic children in Kuwait. 23. Journal of Asthma, 2002, 39(7):603–609. Al-Ghamdy YS et al. Socioclinical profile of children with 24. asthma in Al-Majmaah health province. Saudi Medical Journal, 2000, 21(9):847–851. Croner S, Kjellman NI. Natural history of bronchial asthma in 25. childhood. A prospective study from birth up to 12–14 years of age. Allergy, 1992, 47(2 Pt 2):150–157. Buffum WP, Settipane GA. Prognosis of asthma in childhood. 26. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 1966, 112(3):214–217. Dey AN, Bloom B. Summary health statistics for U.S. children: 27. National Health Interview Survey, 2003. Vital Health Statistics 10, 2005, Oct(223):1–78. Aba-Alkhail BA, El-Gamal FM. Prevalence of food allergy in 28. asthmatic patients. Saudi Medical Journal, 2000, 21(1):81–87. Leung TF et al. Sensitization to common food allergens is a risk 29. factor for asthma in young Chinese children in Hong Kong. Journal of Asthma, 2002, 39(6):523–529. Al-Arrayed, SS. Review of the spectrum of genetic diseases in 30. Bahrain. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 1999, 5(6):1114– 1120. Levesque B et al. Asthma and allergic rhinitis in Quebec chil-31. dren. Canadian Respiratory Journal, 2004, 11(5):343–348. Sole D et al. Is rhinitis alone or associated with atopic eczema 32. a risk factor for severe asthma in children? Pediatric Allergy and Immunology, 2005, 16(2):121–125. Kocabas CN et al. Burden of rhinitis in children with asthma. 33. Pediatric Pulmonology, 2005, 40(3):235–240. Zetterstrom O, Johansson SG. IgE concentrations measured by 34. PRIST in serum of healthy adults and in patients with respiratory allergy. A diagnostic approach. Allergy, 1981, 36(8):537–547. Ezeamuzie CI et al. Reference values of total serum IgE and their 35. significance in the diagnosis of allergy among the young adult Kuwaiti population. Clinical and Experimental Allergy, 1999, 29(3):375–381. Simoni M et al. The Po River Delta epidemiological survey: ref-36. erence values of total serum IgE levels in a normal population sample of north Italy (8–78 yrs). European Journal of Epidemiol- ogy, 2001, 17(3):231–239. Dutau G, Enjaume C, Rochiccioli P. Valeurs normales des IgE 37. seriques totales chez l’enfant de la naissance a 16 ans [Normal values of total serum IgE in children from birth to 16 years of age]. Archives Francaises de Pediatrie, 1979, 36(8):795–800. Liappis N, Schlebusch H, Niesen M. [Reference values for IgE 38. concentration in serum of children. Method: ImmunoCAP– FEIA system]. Referenzbereiche fur die IgE-Konzentration im Serum von Kindern. Methode: ImmunoCAP-FEIA-System. Monatsschrift fur Kinderheilkunde, 1992, 140(5):300–302. Klion AD, Nutman TB. The role of eosinophils in host defense 39. against helminth parasites. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immu- nology, 2004, 113(1):30–37. Laitinen LA, Laitinen A. Inhaled corticosteroid treatment for 40. asthma. Allergy Proceedings, 1995, 16(2):63–66. 2010 world population data sheet41. . Population reference bureau [website] (http://www.prb.org/Publications/ Datasheets/2010/2010wpds.aspx, accessed 19 October 2010). Correction Implementing the district health system in the framework of primary health care in Pakistan: can the eveolving reforms enhance the pace towards the Millennium Development Goals? F. Sabih, K.M. Bile, W. Guehler, A. Hafeez, S. Nishtar and S. Siddiqi. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2010, 16(Suppl.):S132–S144. On page S136, column 3, under “Health workforce”, on lines 9 and 12, “Lady Health Visitors” should read “Lady Health Workers”. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1221 Antimicrobial resistance of Staphylococcus species isolated from Lebanese dairy-based products O. Zouhairi,1 I. Saleh,1 N. Alwan,1 I. Toufeili,2 E. Barbour 3 and S. Harakeh1 ABSTRACT The study evaluated the antimicrobial resistance of molecularly characterized strains of Staphylococcus aureus and S. saprophyticus isolated from 3 Lebanese dairy-based food products that are sometimes consumed raw: kishk, shanklish and baladi cheese. Suspected Staphylococcus isolates were identified initially using standard biochemical tests, then strains that were confirmed by polymerase chain reaction (29 S. aureus and 17 S. saprophyticus) were evaluated for their susceptibility to different antimicrobials. The highest levels of contamination with staphylococci were in baladi cheese. Resistance rates ranged from 67% to gentamicin to 94% to oxacillin and clindamycin. The results suggest that these locally made dairy-based foods may act as vehicles for the transmission of antimicrobial-resistant Staphylococcus spp. 1Department of Biology; 2Department of Nutrition and Food Science; 3Department of Animal and Veterinary Sciences, American University of Beirut, Beirut, Lebanon (Correspondence to S. Harakeh: sharakeh@gmail.com). Received: 31/03/09; accepted: 03/06/09 ةينانبللا نابللأا تاجتنم نم ةدرفتسلما تايدوقنعلا عاونأ في ميثارلجا تاداضلم ةمواقلما هكرح فيتس ،روبرب لييإ ،لييفط دماع ،ناولع نيسرن ،حلاص نمايإ ،ييرهز رمع تايدوقنعلاو ةيبهذلا تايدوقنعلا نم ةفورعم ةيئيزج تافصاوم تاذ يرارذ ىدل ميثارلجا تاداضلم ةمواقلما ةساردلا هذه في نوثحابلا مِّيقي :ةـصلالخا نوثحابلا ناكو .يدلبلا نبلجاو ،شيلكنشلاو ،كشكلا يهو ،ةئين كلهتست دق يتلا نابللأا نم ةينانبل ةيماعط تاجتنم ةثلاث نم ةدرفتسلما ةي ِّم ِّرلا د ِّكؤي يتلا يارذلا نومِّيقي مث ،ةيرايعم ةيويح ةيئايميك تارابتخا مادختساب يئدبم لكشب تايدوقنعلا نم انهوكب ةهبتشلما تادَرفتسلما لىع نوفّرعتي تاداضم فلتخلم اهتّيساسح ثيح نم )ةيمرلا ةيدوقنعلا يرارذ نم 17و ةيبهذلا ةيدوقنعلا يرارذ نم 29 يهو( زايرميلوبلل ليسلسلا لعافتلا ينسيماتنلجا هاتج %67 ينب ةمواقلما تلاّدعم تحوارت دقو .يدلبلا نبلجا في تناك تايدوقنعلاب ثولتلا تايوتسم لىعأ نأ نوثحابلا َّنينبتو .تابوركلما ةمواقلما تايدوقنعلا عاونلأ لقانلا رود ي ِّدؤت دق نابللأا نم ًايلمح ةَجَتنلما ةيذغلأا نأ لىع جئاتنلا ّلدتو .ينسيمادنيلكلاو ينليساسكولأا هاتج %94و .ميثارلجا تاداضلم Résistance aux antimicrobiens des espèces du genre Staphylococcus isolées dans des produits libanais dérivés du lait RÉSUMÉ La présente étude a évalué la résistance aux antimicrobiens, après caractérisation moléculaire, de souches de Staphylococcus aureus et S. saprophyticus isolées à partir de trois produits libanais dérivés du lait, parfois consommés crus : le kishk, le shanklish et le fromage baladi. Des isolats suspects de Staphylococcus ont d’abord été identifiés par l’analyse biochimique classique, puis les souches confirmées par amplification en chaîne par polymérase (29 isolats de S. aureus et 17 isolats de S. saprophyticus) ont été analysées pour déterminer leur sensibilité aux différents antimicrobiens. Les taux de contamination par staphylocoques les plus élevés ont été retrouvés dans le fromage baladi. Les taux de résistance allaient de 67 % pour la gentamicine, à 94 % pour l’oxacilline et la clindamycine. Les résultats suggèrent que ces denrées dérivées du lait et produites localement pourraient être des vecteurs de la transmission des espèces Staphylococcus résistantes aux antimicrobiens. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1222 Introduction Milk  and milk-based  food  products  are highly  susceptible  to microbial  at- tack because of  their rich composition,  which provides  a  favourable medium  for growth of a host of  spoilage agents  [1]. Unpasteurized milk may become  contaminated  with  enterotoxigenic  coagulase-positive Staphylococcus spp.  [2],  either  through  contact with  the  cow’s udder during milking or by cross- contamination during processing  [3].  Symptoms  such  as nausea,  vomiting,  abdominal cramps and diarrhoea usually  appear 1–6 hours after ingestion of the  enterotoxins produced in contaminated  milk  [4]. Consequently,  enumeration  and  identification of  staphylococci  in  dairy products is a priority in developing  public health measures to reduce food- borne disease outbreaks [5,6].  The  uncontrolled  application  of  antimicrobials  in  the  environment  is  leading  to  a  constant  increase  in  the  rate of antimicrobial  resistance among  community-acquired  staphyloco- cci  [7,8].   Staphylococcus   spp.  can  rapidly  acquire  resistance  to  a  broad  range of antimicrobials,  thereby posing  a major  concern  in  the  treatment  of  staphylococcal  infections  [9].  Study- ing antimicrobial  resistance  in humans  and animals  is  important  for detecting  changing patterns of  resistance,  imple- menting control measures on the use of  antimicrobial agents and preventing the  spread of multidrug-resistant strains of  bacteria [10]. In  Lebanon,  Ministry  of  Public  Health data showed an  increase  in  the  number of  reported cases of  food poi- soning, from 43 in 2002 to 373 in 2004.  Some  of  these  cases were  related  to  the consumption of homemade cheese  [11]. The  Lebanese  Bekaa  valley  is  known for its production of a wide range  of dairy products that are consumed all  over Lebanon. Most of these foods are  produced  in  “cottage  industry” condi- tions using  traditional  techniques with  little emphasis on hygiene practices. The  most  common Lebanese dairy prod- ucts are baladi cheese (white, semi-soft  cheese), kishk  (dried,  fermented milk– wheat mixture) and  shankleesh  (cheese  balls). The objective of this preliminary  study was  to assess  the prevalence and  antimicrobial resistance of S. aureus and S. saprophyticus in baladi  cheese, kishk and shankleesh.  Identification of  these  pathogens is important for surveillance,  prevention and control of milk-borne  diseases. Methods Baladi cheese, shankleesh and kishk were collected randomly from the Bekaa val- ley area of north-east Lebanon. Samples  were collected on 4  trips between  the  months of August and December 2004.  Target  locations  for  sample collection  included markets,  houses  and  small  family farms. In total, 164 samples were  collected  (83 kishk,  45 baladi  cheese  and 36  shankleesh). All  samples were  packaged  in  sterile  bags  and kept on  ice  in  a  refrigerator  until  brought  to  the  laboratory. Samples were analysed  within 24 hours. Samples were diluted and macerated  in a stomacher for 3 minutes. Further se- rial dilutions of samples were inoculated  on duplicate plate count agar (for aero- bic plate  counts), McConkey agar or  violet-red bile agar plates (Oxoid) (for  total  coliform counts)  [12],  and man- nitol  salt agar (for Staphylococcus  spp.)  (Oxoid)  [7]. Plates were  incubated at  37 °C for 24 hours. Identification was  carried  out  us- ing  standard methods [13]. All purple  colonies on McConkey agar were con- sidered as coliforms. Golden-yellow col- onies surrounded by a yellow halo and  white mucoid colonies were considered  possible S. aureus and S. saprophyticus respectively, and were selected  for  fur- ther biochemical and molecular testing.  Positive  controls were  performed  by  inoculating  sterile milk with S. aureus,  and S. saprophyticus  obtained  from  the American  type  culture  collection  (ATCC), cultured, plated and incubated  for 24 hours at 37 °C. Based on Staphylococcus spp. counts,  all  samples were  classified  according  to Public Health Laboratory  Service  guidelines  [14] as  satisfactory,  accept- able,  unsatisfactory  and  potentially  hazardous. In the case of Staphylococcus spp.,  a  sample was  considered poten- tially hazardous  if  the bacterial  count  exceeded 103 colony forming units/g. Suspected colonies were character- ized biochemically.  Presumptive  sta- phylococcal  colonies were  confirmed  by Gram  staining. All Gram-positive  cocci were divided  into species on  the  basis of the type of haemolysis on blood  agar. Colonies  showing no haemolysis  were  suspected  to be S. saprophyticus and  subjected  to PCR  confirmation.  Isolates  showing  α-haemolysis  were  further  tested using  a  latex  agglutina- tion test (Pastorex Staph-Plus, BioRad),  which  is  indicative of  the presence of  S. aureus [15]. PCR was used for further  molecular confirmation of  the positive  isolates [16]. Extraction of DNA from both spe- cies of Gram-positive staphylococci was  performed  using  the GFX Genomic  Blood DNA Purification Kit  (Amer- sham Biosciences). Amplification was  performed  from  purified  genomic  DNA. Two sets of primers were used for  the detection of Staphylococcus spp. For  S. aureus detection, the nucA primer pair,  designed by Palomares et al. was used  to amplify a 279-bp fragment within the  nucA gene. For S. saprophyticus, a primer  pair yielding a 380-bp product was used  [17]. Negative controls (no DNA tem- plate added) and positive controls (con- taining template DNA from S. aureus, or  S. saprophyticus) were  included  in each  PCR reaction performed. An aliquot of  10 μL of  each PCR-amplified  sample  was mixed with 2 μL of 6× loading dye  (BioRad) and  loaded onto a 1.5% aga- rose gel  stained with 0.25 μg ethidium  bromide. Electrophoresis of  the ampli- fied DNA fragments was carried out in  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1223 0.04 M Tris-acetate/0.001 M EDTA  at  a  constant  voltage of 90 V  for 100  minutes. The gel was visualized by UV  illumination and photographed [8]. Positively  identified Staphylococcus strains were tested for their susceptibil- ity to different antimicrobials using the  disk diffusion method with  incubation  at 37 °C overnight [18]. Six different an- timicrobials were used: oxacillin (1 μg),  teicoplanin  (30  μg),  gentamicin  (10  μg),  clindamycin (2 μg),  vancomycin  (30 μg) and methicillin  (5 μg) (disks  supplied by BioMerieux). Isolates were  described either as resistant (not inhib- ited), or sensitive (appropriately  inhib- ited) based on the size of the inhibition  zone [18]. Statistical analysis Statistical analyses were carried out us- ing SPSS, version 11.0. The chi-squared  test was used  to compare  the percent- ages of contamination of the 3 different  dairy products tested. Results A  total  of  321  colonies were  identi- fied  morphologically  as  suspected  Staphylococcus spp. and were  subjected  to Gram staining; 254 were  identified  as Gram-positive cocci. Of these, 78 iso- lates  showed no haemolysis on blood  agar and were presumed to be S. sapro- phyticus. A total of 146 isolates showed  complete lysis on blood agar, which is a  typical of S. aureus. Of these, 41 isolates  were  positive  by  latex  agglutination  test and were presumed to be S. aureus.  Isolates  showing partial haemolysis on  blood agar were discarded. Presumed  S. saprophyticus and S. aureus isolates  were kept and subjected to PCR using  specific primers. Of  the 41  suspected S. aureus  iso- lates, 29 were confirmed by PCR. All 29  isolates gave a clear 279 bp band, with  the nucA  primer pair  (Figure 1).  For  S. saprophyticus, 17 of  the 78 suspected  isolates were confirmed using PCR. All  17 gave a 380 bp band with the sta-sap primer pair. Of  the 46 PCR-confirmed staphy- lococci  isolates,  45  (97.8%)  showed  resistance  to 1 or more antimicrobials  while 61.0%, mostly S. aureus,  showed  resistance  to  all  6  antimicrobials. The  isolates  showed  highest  resistance  to  oxacillin  (93.5%)  and  clindamy- cin  (93.5%),  followed  by methicillin  (84.8%), teicoplanin (76.1%), vancomy- cin (71.7%) and gentamicin (67.4%). Microbiological quality of the tested dairy products Bacterial counts All  the  cheese,  shankleesh and kishk samples had high aerobic plate counts;  76% of baladi  cheese  samples, 67% of  shankleesh  samples  and  64% of kishk samples were  contaminated with Sta- phylococcus spp. According to the guide- lines  provided  by  the  Public Health  Laboratory Service (PHLS),  a  sample  is  considered unfit  for consumption  if  it  contains only 1  colony of Staphylo- coccus  spp.  in 25g of sample. Therefore,  all baladi  cheese,  shankleesh and kishk samples  that  showed  the presence of  Staphylococcus  spp. were graded as po- tentially  hazardous. Cheese  samples  were of  significantly  lower microbio- logical quality compared with the other  2 dairy products (P < 0.05). PCR confirmation Out of the 45 baladi cheese samples, 19  (42.2%) were positive for S. aureus and 3  (6.7%) were contaminated with S. sapro- phyticus based on PCR analysis. Only 1  baladi cheese sample was contaminated  with both Staphylococcus  spp. With  re- spect  to  the 36  shankleesh  samples,  2  (5.6%) tested positive  for S. aureus and 9 (25.0%)  for S. saprophyticus. Only 8  (9.6%) of  the  83 kishk  samples were  contaminated with S. aureus, whereas  S. saprophyticus was isolated from only 5  samples (6.0%). Discussion Traditional handmade dairy products  may be produced from raw milk heated  for only a few minutes to temperatures  that are not enough to kill many patho- genic bacteria. The continuous increase  in  food  poisoning  cases  reported  around Lebanon has highlighted  the  need  to monitor  the manufacturing of  food products  in order  to avoid  future  health hazards [11]. Milking operations,  1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1000 bp 279 bp 100 bp Figure 1 Staphylococcus aureus-specific PCR products with the nucA primer pair as analysed on a 1.5% agarose gel. Lane 1: DNA ladder (EZ load 100 bp ruler); lane 2: S. aureus positive strain; lanes 3–4: positives with nucA primer taken from shankleesh samples; lanes 6–8, 12–16 and 19–21: positives with nucA primer taken from cheese samples; lane 22: negative control EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1224 including storage, handling and  trans- port  of milk  to  the  consumer  or  the  factory,  are  considered  critical points  where contamination may occur. The  use of mechanical milking equipment  and  improved  sanitary  practices  has  reduced the opportunity for contamina- tion of milk by humans [19]. If raw milk  is not rapidly refrigerated, then S. aureus can  grow  and  produce  a  heat-stable  enterotoxin that is usually not destroyed  by pasteurization  [20]. Staphylococci  are halophilic bacteria  and are able  to  survive in conditions of very  low mois- ture content. This microorganism grows  best  on proteinaceous  foods  such  as  meat, poultry, milk and their products. With  respect  to  the  3  dairy  food  types  studied,  contamination  could  have occurred at any step of production.  One of the crucial steps in the produc- tion of kishk and shankleesh  is drying  in  the open  air. At  this point, microbial  contamination  is  likely  to occur. Pro- duction of kishk involves rubbing of the  mix by hand which provides ample op- portunity  for bacterial  contamination.  The major sources of contamination in  production of baladi cheese are the milk  and manual handling  at  the different  stages of processing. The 3 tested dairy products showed  variability in their microbiological quali- ties that may be attributed to differences  in their chemical and physical composi- tions. Shankleesh  is usually coated with  thyme, which has been demonstrated  to show inhibitory effects against bacte- ria [21]. Moreover,  shankleesh  is  stored  in olive oil, which makes  the medium  anaerobic  thus  inhibiting  the  growth  of all  aerobic pathogens [22]. The  low  moisture content of kishk  (< 10%),  its  acidic nature  (pH ~ 3.8)  and  its high  salt  level  (~ 2.8  g NaCl/100 g of  the  dried product) prevent  the growth of  most bacterial species [23]. Cheese, on  the other hand,  is highly susceptible  to  microbial attack due to its high moisture  content and moderate levels of salt.  Foodborne  diseases,  and  espe- cially milk-related  infections,  are not  limited  to  poorer  countries.  Even  in  industrialized  countries  it  has  been  reported  that  around  2%–6%  of  the  bacterial outbreaks  in which  the  food  vehicle  is known were  related  to milk  and dairy  products  [1].  In Lebanon,  no  previous  studies were  conducted  to evaluate  the contamination  level of  dairy-based foods. Most of the previous  studies  in Arab countries have  investi- gated clinical  isolates. However,  recent  research  conducted  in Egypt on 152  samples of dairy-based products result- ed in the identification of 16 Cronobacter strains, of which 3 showed resistance to  trimethoprim and/or neomycin  [24].  The results of  that  study  together with  our results show that dairy-based foods  might act as  sources of contamination  for different bacterial strains. Therefore  more  studies  and continuous  evalua- tion of  the microbiological quality of  dairy products in the region are needed. The  emergence  of  antimicrobial- resistant bacteria  is  common  to areas  where antimicrobials are carelessly ap- plied. One of  the main reasons  for  the  increase  in  environmental multi-drug  resistant bacteria  is  the  indiscriminate  use  of  antimicrobials  during  animal  husbandry. Because of  the emergence  of  such bacteria,  antimicrobials  used  in fighting  infections are  less effective.  It  is  important  to  note  that S. aureus can  easily  acquire  resistance  to most  antimicrobials [9]. In Lebanon,  the antimicrobial  sus- ceptibility of Gram-negative bacteria  has been  largely determined  for  clini- cal  isolates [25]. However, very  little  is  known about antimicrobial  resistance  patterns of  environmental  isolates.  In  our  study,  it was  striking  to note  that  97.8%  of  the  tested  staphylococcal  isolates were resistant to at least 1 anti- microbial. Resistance patterns  ranged  from 67.4%  for gentamicin and 93.5%  for both oxacillin and clindamycin. The  high  resistance  towards oxacillin  can  be explained by  the  fact  that  resistance  to oxacillin might be  either  chromo- some- or plasmid-encoded;  therefore,  it  can easily be  acquired  in nature by  horizontal gene  transfer  [26]. The  fact  that resistance is high in environmental  isolates  is mainly because antimicrobi- als are  frequently prescribed by veteri- narians as treatment for Gram-negative  bacterial  infections on  farms. Thus,  the  indiscriminate use of  those antimicro- bial  agents might  account,  at  least  in  part, for such a high resistance.  This study provides some important  baseline data about  the contamination  status of dairy-based  food products  in  Lebanon and the patterns of resistance  of Staphylococcus spp. towards common- ly used antimicrobials. The presence of  multi-drug resistant strains  is alarming,  because  such  strains  are  considered a  serious  danger  to  public  health.  Ad- ditional  research  is  required  to better  define the ecology and evolution of bac- terial resistance to antimicrobial agents  in the environment as a whole. Further  research and subsequent management  of  this problem  is  vital  to help ensure  that  the  emergence of  drug-resistant  bacteria  is  limited and  that antimicro- bial agents remain effective.  References De Buyser ML et al. Implication of milk and milk products in 1. food-borne diseases in France and in different industrialised countries. International Journal of Food Microbiology, 2001, 67:1–17. Simeão do Carmo L et al. Food poisoning due to enterotoxi-2. genic strains of Staphylococcus present in Minas cheese and raw milk in Brazil. Food Microbiology, 2002, 19:9–14. Ramesh A et al. Application of a convenient DNA extraction 3. method and multiplex PCR for the direct detection of Sta- phylococcus aureus and Yersinia enterocolitica in milk samples. Molecular and Cellular Probes, 2002, 16:307–314. Asao T et al. An extensive outbreak of staphylococcal food poi-4. soning due to low-fat milk in Japan: estimation of enterotoxin طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1225 A in the incriminated milk and powdered skim milk. Epidemiol- ogy and Infection, 2003, 130:33–40. Ercolini D et al. PCR-based detection of enterotoxigenic 5. Sta- phylococcus aureus in the early stages of raw milk cheese mak- ing. Journal of Applied Microbiology, 2004, 96:1090–1096. Palomares C et al. Rapid detection and identification of 6. Sta- phylococcus aureus from blood culture specimens using real- time fluorescence PCR. Diagnostic Microbiology and Infectious Disease, 2003, 45:183–189. Harakeh S, Yassine H, El-Fadel M. Antimicrobial-resistant 7. patterns of Escherichia coli and Salmonella strains in the aquatic Lebanese environments. Environmental Pollution, 2006, 143:269–277. Harakeh S et al. Isolation, molecular characterization and anti-8. microbial resistance patterns of Salmonella and Escherichia coli isolates from meat-based fast food in Lebanon. Science of the Total Environment, 2005, 341:33–44. Bozdogan B et al. Derivatives of a vancomycin-resistant 9. Sta- phylococcus aureus strain isolated at Hershey Medical Center. Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2004, 48:4762–4765. van Duijkeren E et al. Antimicrobial susceptibilities of 10. Salmo- nella strains isolated from humans, cattle, pigs, and chickens in the Netherlands from 1984 to 2001. Journal of Clinical Microbi- ology, 2003, 41:3574–3578. Ministry of Public Health in Lebanon [website] (11. http://www. public-health.gov.lb, accessed 12 September 2010). Hayes MC et al. Identification and characterization of elevated 12. microbial counts in bulk tank raw milk. Journal of Dairy Science, 2001, 84(1):292–298. Downes FP, Ito K, eds. 13. Compendium of methods for the micro- biological examination of foods, 4th ed. Washington, DC, American Public Health Association, 2002. Gilbert RJ et al. PHLS Advisory Committee for Food and Dairy 14. Products. Guidelines for the microbiological quality of some ready-to-eat foods sampled at the point of sale. Communicable Disease and Public Health, 2000, 3:163–167. Rodrigues AG et al. Expression of plasma coagulase among 15. pathogenic Candida species. Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 2003, 41:5792–5793. Cocolin L et al. Direct identification in food samples of 16. Liste- ria spp. and Listeria monocytogenes by molecular methods. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 2002, 68:6273– 6282. Martineau F et al. Development of a rapid PCR assay specific 17. for Staphylococcus saprophyticus and application to direct de- tection from urine samples. Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 2000, 38:3280–3284. Wikler MA. . 18. Performance standards for antimicrobial disk sus- ceptibility test. Approved standard, 10th ed. Wayne, Pennsyva- nia, Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, 2008. Kyozaire JK et al. Microbiological quality of goat’s milk ob-19. tained under different production systems. Journal of the South African Veterinary Association, 2005, 76:69–73. Bennett RW. Staphylococcal enterotoxin and its rapid identifi-20. cation in foods by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay-based methodology. Journal of Food Protection, 2005, 68:1264–1270. Jugl-Chizzola M et al. Effects of 21. Thymus vulgaris L. as feed addi- tive in piglets and against haemolytic E. coli in vitro. Berliner und Munchener Tierarztliche Wochenschrift, 2005, 118:495–501. Toufeili I et al. Ripening changes and sensory properties of bo-22. vine, carpine, and ovine shankleesh. International Dairy Journal, 1995, 5:179–189. Tamime AY, McNulty D. 23. Kishk—a dried fermented milk/cereal mixture. 4. Microbiological quality. Le Lait, 1999, 79:449–456. El-Sharoud WM et al. Characterization of 24. Cronobacter recov- ered from dried milk and related products. BMC Microbiology, 2009, 9:24. Araj GF. Available laboratory tests to guide antimicrobial 25. therapy. Lebanese Medical Journal, 2000, 48:199–202. Fluit AC, Verhoef J, Schmitz FJ. European SENTRY Participants. 26. Frequency of isolation and antimicrobial resistance of Gram- negative and Gram-positive bacteria from patients in intensive care units of 25 European university hospitals participating in the European arm of the SENTRY Antimicrobial Surveillance Program 1997–1998. European Journal of Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases, 2001, 20:617–625. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1226 Fluoroquinolone and macrolide co-resistance in clinical isolates of Campylobacter species: a 15-year study in Karachi, Pakistan S. Irfan,1 A. Ahmad,1 D. Guhar,1 E. Khan,1 F. Malik,1 S. Mahmood 1 and A. Zafar 1 ABSTRACT Fluoroquinolone and macrolide antibiotics are generally considered as first-line drugs for the treatment of severe campylobacteriosis. This study was conducted to analyse the trend of erythromycin and ofloxacin resistance among Campylobacter spp. isolated from stool specimens over a period of 15 years (1992– 2007) at The Aga Khan University clinical laboratory in Karachi, Pakistan. A total of 83 396 stool specimens were processed, with a 14% isolation rate for enteric pathogens. The isolation rate of Campylobacter spp. was low during 1992–93 (6%–13%), peaked in 1996 (46%), then ranged from 20% to 40%. We report a rising trend in ofloxacin resistance, re-emergence of erythromycin resistance and indications of co-resistance to both drugs in clinical isolates of Campylobacter spp. 1Department of Pathology & Microbiology, Aga Khan University, Karachi, Pakistan (Correspondence to S. Irfan: seema.irfan@aku.edu). Received: 15/01/09; accepted: 05/03/09 ًاماع 15 تقرغتسا ةسارد :فئاطعلا عاونأ نم ةيريسرلا تادَرفتسلما في ديلوركالماو نولونيكورولفلا تابكرلم ةكرـتشلما ةمواقلما ناتسكاب ،شيتاراك في رفظ دهع ،دوممح داش ،كلام لصيف ،ناخ موريإ ،رهوج ناشخرد ،دحمأ ليدع ،نافرع مايس نع ةجمانلا ةيرطلخا ضارملأا ةلجاعلم لولأا طلخا ةيودأ ماع لكشب ديلوركالماو نولونيكورولفلا تابكرم نم ةيويلحا تاداضلما برتعت :ةـصلالخا نم ةدَرفتسلما فئاطعلا عاونأ ىدل ينساسكولفولأاو ينسيمورثيرلإل ةمواقلما هاتجا ليلحتل ةساردلا هذه نوثحابلا ىرجأ دقو .فئاطعلاب ىودعلا ةنيع 83 396 ةساردلا تلمش دقو .ناتسكاب في ،شيتاراك في ناخ اغأ ةعمالج يريسرلا برتخلما في )2007-1992( ًاماع 15 ىدم لىع ةيزارب تانيع لصوو ،)%13 - %6( ًاضفخنم 1993 – 1992 ْنينَماعلا للاخ فئاطعلا عاونأ دارفتسا لدعم ناكو ؛%14 يوعم ضرمم لماع دارفتسا لدعم ناك ،زارب ةمواقلما غوزب ةدوعو ،ينساسكولفولأل ةمواقلما هاتجا في عافترا نع نوثحابلا غ ِّلبيو .%40و %20 ينب حوارـتيل داع مث ،)%46( 1996 ماع هتورذ لىإ .فئاطعلا عاونأ نم تادَرفتسُمـلا في نْنيَءاودلا لاكل ةكرـتشم ةمواقم لىإ يرشت لئلادو ،ينسيمورثيرلإل Co-résistance aux fluoroquinolones et aux macrolides des isolats cliniques de Campylobacter : une étude sur 15 ans à Karachi (Pakistan) RÉSUMÉ Les antibiotiques tels que les fluoroquinolones et les macrolides sont généralement indiqués dans le traitement de première ligne des cas sévères de campylobactériose. La présente étude a été conduite pour analyser la tendance de la résistance à l’érythromycine et à l’ofloxacine des isolats des espèces du genre Campylobacter dans des échantillons de selles recueillis sur une période de quinze ans (de 1992 à 2007) au laboratoire clinique de l’Université Aga Khan à Karachi (Pakistan). Au total, 83 396 échantillons de selles ont été analysés, avec un taux d’isolement de 14 % pour les agents pathogènes intestinaux. Le taux d’isolement de l’espèce Campylobacter est resté faible entre 1992 et 1993 (de 6 % à 13 %), a atteint un pic en 1996 (46 %), puis s’est stabilisé de 20 % à 40 %. Nous avons observé une tendance à l’augmentation de la résistance à l’ofloxacine, une réémergence de la résistance à l’érythromycine et des indications de co-résistance des isolats cliniques de Campylobacter aux deux substances. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1227 Introduction Campylobacter spp. are the leading cause  of enteritis in both developing countries  and the developed world [1–3]. While  a majority of Campylobacter  infections  are  mild  self-limiting  diarrhoeal  ill- nesses,  in a proportion of cases  severe  infections occur,  including prolonged  enteritis, septicaemia and other extrain- testinal  infections  [4]. Milder cases of  campylobacteriosis do not  require an- timicrobial drugs but serious infections  need  therapy.  In  addition,  immuno- compromised  travellers might  require  prophylaxis and  treatment  for enteritis  [5]. Erythromycin and fluoroquinolone  are  generally  considered  as  first-  and  second-line drugs  for  the  treatment of  Campylobacter infections.  Unfortunately antimicrobial  resist- ance  against  these  2  groups  of  drug  continues to rise throughout the world,  especially  against  fluoroquinolone,  resistance  to  which  is  rising  at  an  alarming  rate  [6].  Fluoroquinolone-  or macrolide-resistant Campylobacter strains  are  associated with  increased  risk  of  death  and  invasive  disease  as  well as longer durations of illness in the  immunocompetent population [7–9].  Data  about  the  antimicrobial  resist- ance of Campylobacter  spp.  is  sparse  in  the developing world,  especially  from  Pakistan. A study  from The Aga Khan  University reported Campylobacter spp.  as the third most common pathogen in  stool specimens [10].  The present study was conducted to  analyse the rates of isolation of Campylo- bacter spp. isolated from stool specimens  and  the  trend of fluoroquinolone and  macrolide resistance over a period of 15  years at a referral laboratory in Karachi,  Pakistan. Methods A retrospective  study of  stool  culture  data from January 1992 to June 2007 was  conducted at  the clinical microbiology  laboratory of  the Aga Khan University  hospital, a  tertiary  referral centre based  in Karachi, Pakistan. The laboratory re- ceives  specimens  from both  inpatients  and outpatients from all over the coun- try via its satellite collection centres.  The American Society of Microbiol- ogy (ASM) guidelines were used for the  culture of stool samples throughout the  study period [11]. For  the  isolation of  Campylobacter spp.,  stool  samples were  inoculated onto agar-based Campylo- bacter medium, supplemented with 40%  haemolysed  sheep blood with  added  antibiotics: trimethoprim, polymyxin B  and vancomycin. Plates were incubated  for 48 hours  in a microaerophilic envi- ronment at 42 ºC for selective isolation  of Campylobacter spp. Seagull-shaped  Gram-negative  rods with  the ability  to  produce oxidase and catalase enzymes  were  identified  as Campylobacter  spp.  and further tested for hippurate hydrol- ysis and cephalothin susceptibility.  All  isolated  strains  of  Campylo- bacter  spp. were  tested  for  antimicro- bial  susceptibility by  the Kirby–Bauer  disk diffusion method against 5 drugs:  erythromycin (a macrolide), ofloxacin  (a  fluoroquinolone),  ampicillin,  gen- tamicin  and  tetracycline. The  zone  diameter breakpoints of each antimicro- bial  agent were determined according  to  the Clinical  and Laboratory Stand- ards Institute established guidelines for  bacteria isolated from animals [12–15].  The same procedure for Campylobacter spp. isolation and antimicrobial suscep- tibility testing was followed throughout  the  study period. Campylobacter jejuni ATCC  33291 was  used  as  a  quality  control strain for identification and sus- ceptibility testing.  Results During the 15-year study period (Janu- ary 1992–June 2007) a total of 83 396  stool  samples were processed, with  a  14% isolation rate for enteric pathogens  (n  = 11 653). Vibrio cholerae was  the  most  frequently  isolated  (32%) over  this period,  followed by Campylobacter spp. (30%). The isolation rates of Salmo- nella spp. and Shigella spp. were 18% and  15% respectively.  Figure 1 shows the annual isolation  rate of Campylobacter spp. from 1992 to  2007. The  rate of  isolation of Campy- lobacter  spp. was  low (6.3%)  in 1993,  peaked in 1996 (46%) and then for the  next 10 years ranged from around 20%  to over 40%.  C. jejuni (89.5%) was the main spe- cies isolated, followed by C. coli (6.4%),  C. laridis  (3.2%)  and other Campylo- bacter spp. (0.8%).  The age distribution  showed  that  the majority of  the Campylobacter  spp.  isolates over  the 15-year period (70%)  came from children aged < 5 years (Fig- ure 2).  The annual antimicrobial  suscepti- bility data showed that ofloxacin resist- ance  first  emerged  in  1994,  rising  to  25.4% in 2000 and continued to rise to  reach a peak of 47.5% by 2004 (Figure  3). Ofloxacin  resistance was  highest  in C. jejuni  (21%),  followed by C. coli (9%).  Erythromycin  resistance  was  9.5%  in 1993,  gradually decreasing  to  0% in 2000 but re-emerged in 2001 and  gradually  rose  to  reach 2.9%  in 2005  (Figure  3).  Erythromycin  resistance  was highest in C. coli (5%), followed by  C. jejuni (3%). Co-resistance  to both  erythromycin and ofloxacin was 0.5%.  The overall  rates of  resistance  against  ampicillin,  tetracycline and gentamicin  were 22%, 13% and 4% respectively.  Discussion This  study  reviewed  the  isolation  rate  and trend of antimicrobial resistance of  Campylobacter spp. in Karachi, Pakistan  over a period of 15 years. To  the best  of our knowledge this is the longest pe- riod of  reporting  from this  region. The  isolation rate of Campylobacter spp. was  lowest during  the first 2 years, peaked  in 1996 and since  then has fluctuated  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1228 between 20% and 40%. A  study  from  this centre has previously reported this  organism  to  be  the  third most  com- monly  isolated organism (24%) after  V. cholerae  (31%) and Salmonella  spp.  (26%). However, current data showed  a very  similar  isolation  rate of  this or- ganism as for V. cholerae over the study  period, i.e. 30% versus 32%. The reason  for  the change  in  this epidemiology  is  not clear. A study published from Bang- ladesh  also  found Campylobacter  spp.  with the highest frequency among stool  pathogens [16]. C. jejuni was  the most  common  species  found  (89.5%),  as  reported in other studies [17].  In our study, the rate of isolation of  Campylobacter  spp. was highest among  children aged < 5 years, which is consist- ent with a previous study reported from  this region [18].  Our findings showed a gradual  rise  of fluoroquinolone  resistance  from  its  emergence in 1994 to 25.4% in 2000 and  47.5% in the year 2004. The rising trend is  comparable with other studies published  from different parts of the world [19,20].  Fluoroquinolones are among the most  commonly used agents to treat Campy- lobacter  enteritis  in  the  community.  However,  since  the early 1990s  resist- ance against this group of drugs has been  reported from several countries [20–22].  The prophylactic use of fluoroquinolo- nes  in  veterinary medicine  as well  as  their use as a growth promoter in animal  husbandry was recognized as a cause of  resistance in the developed world [23]. A  study published from Australia reported  a  significant  fall  in fluoroquinolone re- sistance after restricting  its use  in  food- producing animals [24]. However,  in a  developing country such as Pakistan, the  major issue is injudicious use of antibiot- ics  in humans especially when there is a  high rate of self-medication.  Another  important  finding of  this  study  is  the re-emergence of macrolide  resistance. The literature shows that resist- ance to macrolides is already high in Far  East countries such as Singapore (51%),  Figure 1 Annual Campylobacter spp. isolation rate from stool samples at a referral hospital in Karachi, January 1992–June 2007 Figure 2 Isolation of Campylobacter spp. in different age groups from stool samples at a referral hospital in Karachi, January 1992–June 2007 (n = 3384) طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1229 Thailand (31%) and Taiwan (18%) [25].  However, our rates are closer to the rates  of developed countries [26]. An  important finding of our  study  was the demonstration of co-resistance  to  the macrolide and fluoroquinolone  agents  tested by  a  few Campylobacter spp.  isolates 0.5%). The emerging co- resistance must be considered alarming  as  these 2 classes are generally consid- ered  as  first-  and  second-line  agents.  Moreover, most of these isolates showed  resistance to other groups of antibiotics,  thus limiting the choice for treatment of  life-threatening  infections. Recent stud- ies have  compared  the  clinical  symp- toms, duration of  illness and mortality  rates between fluoroquinolone-/mac- rolide-sensitive and resistant isolates and  concluded  that  drug-resistant  strains  had a significant relationship to disease  severity and mortality [27].  As our study was  laboratory-based,  the clinical outcome of these cases could  not be evaluated. However,  the  study  highlights  the need  for  future  clinical  studies based on clinical outcome, along  with genetic analysis and epidemiologi- cal  typing of  these multidrug  resistant  Campylobacter spp. isolates. Conclusion In view of  the minimum resistance of  Campylobacter  spp.  against  the mac- rolide  group  of  antibiotics,  they  can  be continued as empirical  therapy  for  Figure 3 Annual rate of resistance to erythromycin and ofloxacin of Campylobacter spp. isolated from stool samples at a referral hospital in Karachi, January 1992–June 2007 severe campylobacteriosis  in both  the  paediatric and adult population  in Ka- rachi, Pakistan. However,  the empirical  use of  fluoroquinolones  is  debatable  due to rising resistance of Campylobacter spp. to this group of antibiotics. Acknowledgements This  study was  supported  through  a  grant from the Joint Pakistan–US Aca- demic  and Research Program HEC/ MoST/USAID.  We would  like  to  thank  the  faculty  and  staff of  the  clinical microbiology  laboratory of  the Aga Khan University  hospital, Karachi  for  their  support and  help in this study. References Allos BM 2001: 1. Campylobacter jejuni infections: update on emerging issues and trends. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 32:1201–1206. Friedman CR et al. Epidemiology of 2. Campylobacter jejuni infec- tions in the United States and other industrialized Nations. In: Nachamkin I, Blaser MJ, eds. Campylobacter. Washington DC, ASM Press, 2000:121–139. Miller M et al. Australia’s notifiable disease status 2003: annual 3. report or the National Notifiable Diseases Surveillance System. Communicable Diseases Intelligence, 2005, 29:1–61. Helms M et al. Short and long term mortality associated with 4. foodborne bacterial gastrointestinal infections: registry based study. British Medical Journal, 2003, 326:357 (doi:10.1136/ bmj.326.7385.357). Norrby SR: Principles of chemoprophylaxis. In: Finch RG, et al., 5. eds. Antibiotic and chemotherapy, 8th ed. New York, Elsevier Science, 2003:120–122. Nachamkin I, Ung H, Ming I. Increasing fluoroquinolone resist-6. ance in Campylobacter jejuni, Pennsylvania, USA, 1982–2001. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 2002, 8:1501–1503. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1230 Nelson JM et al. Prolonged diarrhea due to ciprofloxacin-7. resistant Campylobacter infection. Journal of Infectious Diseases, 2004, 190:1150–1177. Engberg J. Quinolone-resistant 8. Campylobacter infections: risk factors and clinical consequences. Emerging Infectious Dis- eases, 2004, 10:1056–1063. McCellan J et al and NARMS working group9. . Prevalence and consequences of floroquinolone-resistant Campylobacter in- fection: NARMS 1997–2000 (slide session 48). In: Proceedings of the International Conference on Emerging Infectious Diseases Atlanta, Georgia, February 29 to March 3, 2004. (http://www. cdc.gov/narms, accessed 4 May 2010). Ibrahim NG, Zafar A, Hasan R. Evaluation of frequency of isola-10. tion and trends in antibiotic resistance among Campylobacter isolates over 11-year period. Journal of the Pakistan Medical As- sociation, 2004, 54:291–294. York MK et al. Fecal and other gastrointestinal cultures and 11. toxin assays. In: Isenberg HD, ed. Clinical microbiology proce- dures handbook. Washington DC, American Society for Micro- biology Press, 2004:3.8.1.1–3.8.2.19. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 12. National anti- microbial resistance monitoring system: enteric bacteria, 2001 annual report. Atlanta, Georgia, National Antimicrobial Resist- ance Monitoring System, 2003. Andrews JM. BSAC standardized disc susceptibility testing 13. method (version 6). Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy, 2007, 60:20–41. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. 14. Per- formance standards for antimicrobial disk and dilution suscepti- bility tests for bacteria isolated from animals approved standard M31-A2. Wayne, Pennsylvania, National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, 2002. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. 15. Per- formance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing, 12th informational supplement M100-S12. Wayne, Pennsylvania, Na- tional Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, 2002. Hoque SS et al. Infectious agents causing acute watery diar-16. rhoea in infants and young children in Bangladesh and their public health implications. Journal of Tropical Pediatrics, 1994, 40(6):351–354. Sack DA, Lyke C, McLaughlin C. 17. Antimicrobial resistance in shig- ellosis, cholera and campylobacteriosis. World Health Organiza- tion, Department of Communicable Disease Surveillance and Response, 2001 (HO/CDS/CSR/DRS/2001.8). Ali AM et al. Antibiotic resistance in 18. Campylobacter jejuni in Rawalpindi and Islamabad—a preliminary study. Pakistan Jour- nal of Medical Sciences, 2003, 19:272–276. Luber P et al Antimicrobial resistance in 19. Campylobacter jejuni and Campylobacter coli strains isolated in 1991 and 2001–2002 from poultry and humans in Berlin, Germany. Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2003, 47:3825–3830. Gaudreau C, Giblert H. Antimicrobial resistance of 20. Campylo- bacter jejuni subspecies Jejuni strains isolated from humans in 1998 to 2001 in Montreal, Canada. Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2003, 47:2027–2029. Iovine N, Blaser MJ. Antibiotics in animal feed and spread of 21. resistant Campylobacter from poultry to humans. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 2004, 10:1158–1159. Gaudreau C, Michaud S. Cluster of erythromycin and cipro-22. floxacin-resistant Campylobacter jejuni subspecies from 1999 to 2001 in men who have sex with men, Quebec, Canada. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2003, 37:131–136. Unicomb LE et al. Low level fluoroquinolone resistance among 23. Campylobacter jejuni isolates in Australia. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2006, 42:1368–1374. Cooper DC. Emerging mechanisms of floroquinolone resist-24. ance. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 2001, 2:337–341. Hees V et al. Regional and seasonal differences in incidence 25. and antibiotic resistance of Campylobacter from a nationwide surveillance study in the Netherlands: an overview of 2000– 2004. Clinical Microbiology and Infection, 2007, 13:305–310. Engberg J et al. Quinolone and macrolide resistance in 26. Campy- lobacter jejuni and C. coli: resistance mechanisms and trends in human isolates. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 2001, 1:24–33. Mølbak K. Human health consequences of antimicrobial drug-27. resistant Salmonella and other foodborne pathogens. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2005, 41:1613–1620. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1231 Multisectoral development for improved health outcomes: evaluation of community-based initiatives in the Islamic Republic of Iran M.R. Sheikh,1 M.M. Afzal,1 S.Z. Ali,2 A. Hussain 2 and R. Shehzadi 2 ABSTRACT Community-based initiatives (CBI) are based on integrated multisectoral socioeconomic development with community participation and intersectoral support to improve the health and quality of life of the people. During 2005–06 the World Health Organization supported an evaluation of CBI in the Islamic Republic of Iran by collecting information from intervention villages on social capital and other indicators, with validation of the findings. The data showed some positive changes in the intervention areas compared with control villages. The evaluation suggests that the CBI approach is a useful tool for improving health and social indicators and providing mechanisms for community-based participation and intersectoral collaboration for health and development at the local level. 1Global Health Workforce Alliance, World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland (Correspondence to M.R. Sheikh: sheikhm@who.int). 2Aga Khan Health Services, Karachi, Pakistan. Received: 01/03/09; accepted: 25/05/09 ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم في ةيعمتجلما تاردابملل مييقت :ةن َّس َ ُحم ةيحص لئاصح قيقحتل تاعاطقلا ةددعتلما ةيمنتلا يدازهش انامور ،ينسح ديبع ،ليع راقفلا وذ ديس ،لضفأ دوممح دممح ،خيش ضاير شربم تاعاطقلا ينب نواعتلاو ،عمتجلما ةكراشم عم ،تاعاطقلا ةد ِّدعتلما ةلماكتلما ةيعماتجلااو ةيداصتقلاا ةيمنتلا لىع ةيعمتجلما تاردابلما دنتست :ةـصلالخا ناريإ ةيروهجم في ةيعمتجلما تاردابلما مييقتل اهمعد ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنم تم َّدق 2006 – 2005 ةدلما فيو .اتهَدْوَجو سانلا ةايح ةحص ينستح ةَيْغُب نم ق ُّقحتلا عم ،تاشرؤلما نم هيرغو يعماتجلاا لالما سأر مييقتلا لوانتو ،تلاخدتلاب تَيظح يتلا ىرقلا نم تامولعلما عجم للاخ نم ةيملاسلإا بولسأ نأ لىع مييقتلا َّلدو .ةدهاشلا ىرقلاب ةنراقلماب تلاخدتلاب تيظح يتلا قطانلما في ةيبايجلإا تا ُّيرغتلا ضعب جئاتنلا ترهظأ دقو .جئاتنلا ةحص ينب نواعتلاو عمتجلما ةكراشم قيقحتل ةحجان تايلآ م ِّدقيو ،ةيعماتجلاا تا ِّشرؤلما رئاسو ةحصلا ينسحتل ةعفان ةليسو لِّثمي ةيعمتجلما تاردابلما .ليحلما ديعصلا لىع ةيمنتلاو ةحصلا لجأ نم تاعاطقلا Développement multisectoriel pour des résultats sanitaires améliorés : évaluation d’initiatives communautaires dans la République islamique d’Iran RÉSUMÉ Pour obtenir une amélioration de la santé et de la qualité de vie des populations, les initiatives communautaires s’appuient sur le développement socio-économique multisectoriel et intégré, la participation de la communauté et le soutien intersectoriel. En 2005 et 2006, l’Organisation mondiale de la Santé a soutenu une évaluation des initiatives communautaires en République islamique d’Iran, en collectant des informations sur le capital social ainsi que d’autres indicateurs, dans les villages bénéficiant d’interventions. Les données recueillies ont ensuite été validées. Elles ont révélé des changements positifs dans les zones d’intervention, par rapport aux villages témoins. Il ressort de cette évaluation que les initiatives communautaires constituent une approche utile pour améliorer les indicateurs sanitaires et sociaux ainsi que pour mettre en place des mécanismes permettant la participation communautaire et et la collaboration intersectorielle pour la santé et le développement au niveau local. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1232 Introduction The  globally  accepted  definition  of  health—“a  state  of  complete  physi- cal, mental  and  social well-being  and  not merely  the  absence of disease or  infirmity”  [1]—highlights  the need  to  address all  the determinants of health  in a comprehensive manner. Acknowl- edging  this  fact,  the  World  Health  Organization’s Regional Office  for  the  Eastern Mediterranean (EMRO) has  since  the 1980s been advocating  and  actively  supporting community-based  initiatives (CBI) for health and human  development in its Member States [2].  Improved quality of  life has been  recognized  as  the  essential  prerequi- site  to attain optimum levels of health.  CBI aims  to achieve  this  through  inte- grated  socioeconomic developments  that address the determinants of health  collectively  through  community  em- powerment  rather  than  through a nar- row  focus on health care  services  [2].  It  is  based  on  the  principles  of  self- reliance,  self-financing  and  self-man- agement  by  communities  who  are  organized,  empowered  and  actively  participating,  supported  through coor- dinated  intersectoral  actions  [3]. This  approach  facilitates  access  to essential  social  services,  appropriate  technolo- gies,  information and financial  credit,  with  the explicit aim of promoting  fair  distribution  of  resources  to  achieve  equity at  the grassroots  level  [4]. CBI  represent a conceptual shift away  from  implementing conventional but isolated  development activities  towards a more  holistic development where  the com- munity  itself assesses and prioritizes  its  needs, plans  and  implements  feasible  solutions and monitors  and evaluates  the outcomes,  actively  supported and  assisted by  the related government de- partments [5]. CBI  encompass  other  initiatives  such  as  basic  development  needs  (BDN),  the  healthy  city  programme  (HCP),  the healthy village programme  (HVP)  and  women  in  health  and  development (WHD). BDN and HVP  are implemented primarily in rural areas  with common objectives, structures and  processes [6]. HCP operates  in urban  areas and aims to improve health and the  environment by putting health on  the  local development agenda  [7]. WHD  are cross-cutting  initiatives  implement- ed  through  the  existing  structures  of  community-based programmes [8]. Currently  in  the Eastern Mediter- ranean  Region,  the  BDN  approach  has been implemented in 14 countries,  HCP in 16, HVP in 6 and WHD in 21;  the programmes are at various stages of  development [9]. The Islamic Republic  of Iran initiated the HCP in Tehran dur- ing 1996 and established  the National  Coordination Council for Healthy Cit- ies  and Healthy Villages Programme  (NCCHCHVP)  in  1999. The BDN  approach was  introduced during 2000  [10]. Currently, HCP is actively imple- mented  in 16  cities,  covering  a  com- bined population of around 4.2 million;  HVP covers 39 areas with a population  of around 73 000; and BDN operates in  34 areas with a population 58 000, with  some overlap with HVP areas.  EMRO has conducted evaluations  of CBI  in different countries,  including  Djibouti,  Jordan, Pakistan, Sudan, Syr- ian Arab Republic  and Yemen. With  a view to  further expansion of  the pro- gramme in the Islamic Republic of Iran,  especially  its  institutionalization  in  the  health and development sectors, WHO  commissioned an evaluation of CBI to  assess  the  inputs, process, outputs and  impact of the initiative. Methods Study design The evaluation and  its validation were  carried out in 3 stages:  An  evaluation of  the  development • of  the CBI programme at national,  district and grassroots levels through  interviews with key stakeholders and  a review of programme records.  A cross-sectional  survey of  selected • social and health  indicators compar- ing CBI programme and control sites,  with  the emphasis on  social  capital.  Social  capital  refers  to  the  connec- tions among  individuals,  social net- works and norms of  reciprocity and  trustworthiness [11].  Validation of  the findings of  the first • 2  stages  through  interviews  with  randomly  selected  key  informants,  on-site field visits and a review of pro- gramme documents.  Evaluation framework The evaluation was carried out using the  CBI guidelines developed by EMRO  [12] with  some adaptation of  the  in- dicators and questions. The guidelines  include advice about  the composition  of  evaluation  teams,  data  collection  tools and procedures to follow. For the  assessment of social capital, instruments  were used from the toolkit developed by  the social development department of  the World Bank [13]. Evaluation teams and study dates The multidisciplinary evaluation  team  was  selected  from relevant disciplines  according  to  their  roles  and expertise  and was led by an epidemiologist from  Tehran University of Medical Sciences  as  the  principal  investigator.  Team  members were  trained on  the objec- tives, tools and methodology for 4 days  during November 2005. Field visits and  data  collection were  from November  2005 to February 2006. The validation  of  the findings was conducted during  April 2006 by 2  international consult- ants from the Aga Khan Health Service,  Pakistan  to  provide  evidence-based  confirmation of the evaluation results.  Sampling of study sites and population According  to  the  EMRO  guidelines  for evaluation of CBI [12],  the evalua- tion was carried out only  in areas with  about 5 years’ experience of programme  intervention. Among the list of suitable  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1233 programme areas,  5 were  selected by  stratified random sampling: Hammam- lar, Mohammadsalehi,  Shole, Hureh  and Savadjan.  The study groups for the first stage— the evaluation of  the development of  the CBI programme—included repre- sentatives of community groups such as  city and village Islamic councils, village  development committees,  cluster  rep- resentatives  (community  representa- tives, 1 selected by the community from  its  residents  in  each  cluster of 25–30  houses)  and  local  or  national  non- governmental organizations (NGOs);  members  of  the  general  public  and  beneficiaries of projects; policy-makers,  government managers, health  system  officials, members of intersectoral teams  (from health  and  related  sectors  and  departments  such  as  education,  agri- culture,  livestock,  social welfare,  local  government/municipality, women and  youth etc.), CBI programme managers  and staff at national and local level; and  representatives of  international organi- zations engaged in similar programmes.  In  the  second  stage of  the  evalua- tion—the survey of selected social and  health indicators—a comparative study  was made between 5 selected interven- tion villages and 5 control villages, with  40 households  chosen by  systematic  random sampling in each village (social  capital indicators were evaluated only in  3 CBI and 3 control villages). Members  of 401 households were interviewed by  the evaluation team (240 households in  the 3 CBI and control villages where so- cial capital indicators were studied). The  sampling  frames were obtained  from  the household records of health houses,  which are present  in almost all villages  across the Islamic Republic of Iran.  Data collection Data were collected by  the evaluation  teams  by  reviewing CBI  programme  documents at all levels, interviewing key  informants  and  collecting  data  from  available data sources such as: the health  horoscope  (a  tool  for  compiling  vital  events of communities in the catchments  area of each health house); surveillance  data; and before and after surveys.  Qualitative  data  on  the  develop- ment of  the programme was collected  in CBI  areas  through 47  focus group  discussions  (FGDs)  and 58  indepth  interviews with key  stakeholders. The  recordings of interviews and FGDs were  transcribed by public health students.  Available baseline data on selected  social  and health  indicators  for 2000  were compared with  the  relevant data  for 2005  through a  review of  the pro- gramme documentation in CBI areas.  The  social  capital  assessment  tool  (SOCAT)  [13] was  extensively used  to collect social capital data from a total  of  240 households  in 6  villages  (118  households  in  3 CBI  areas  and  122  households in 3 control villages). Con- trol villages were  selected based upon  the  criteria  of  having  similar  demo- graphic,  geographic and  social  condi- tions as the case villages. The percentage  of household members affiliated with at  least 1 local association and the frequen- cy with which  they  faced  problems/ limitations  accessing different public  services  were  compared  in CBI  and  control areas. For the validation stage various tools,  including  questionnaires,  checklists  and  interviews, were used to assess  the  evaluation methodology and  tools. A  validation matrix was developed based  on the programme evaluation standards  of  the  Joint Committee on Standards  for Educational Evaluation [14].  Analysis For  the  qualitative  data  analysis  the  written  texts were  carefully  read  and  coded by the evaluation team. Statistical  analysis of quantitative data was carried  out using STATA, version 8.0 [15]. Evaluation findings The key findings of the CBI evaluation  are presented as: qualitative findings of  the interviews and FGDs; baseline and  follow-up data; and quantitative data on  social capital.  Qualitative findings of interviews and FGDs Table  1  summarizes  the  qualitative  evaluation of  selected programme ele- ments based on the FGDs and indepth  interviews with key  stakeholders. Five  important  elements  were  addressed  with key findings based upon selective  indicators  for each element,  including  links with national developmental plans,  political commitment and intersectoral  collaboration,  community  participa- tion, capacity building and needs-based  developmental projects.  Baseline and follow-up data in CBI areas Table 2 summarizes the findings of the  review of programme documentation in  the sample of 5 CBI villages, comparing  baseline data  from 2000 with  the data  from 2005 after 5 years of  experience  of the intervention. The average house- hold size ranged from 3.7 to 7.2 persons  per household  in 2000  and  from 3.5  to 6.5  in 2005. The total population  in  these 5 villages declined 4%, from 8137  in 2000 to 7780 in 2005. The under-1- year-old population as a percentage of  the total population of the CBI villages  decreased from 1.9% in 2000 to 1.8% in  2005. After 5 years of  implementation  of CBI  in the 5 villages,  the percentage  of households owning their own house  increased from 86.0% to 94.3%, having  a  sanitary  latrine  from 79.7% to 97.1%  and having a bathroom increased from  73.3% to 92.4%.  Quantitative data on social capital in CBI and control villages As part of the evaluation of social capital  the proportion of household members  affiliated with at least 1 local association  was assessed. Table 3 shows this indica- tor  for  3 CBI  and  3  control  villages.  The mean rate of affiliation  in  the CBI  villages  was  26.3%  [95%  confidence  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1234 interval  (CI):  21.0%–31.7%]  and  in  the  control  villages  22.7%  (95% CI:  17.3%–28.2%). Respondents were asked  if  they or  other  household members  had  ever  faced  any  limitations or  problems  in  accessing  essential  public  services. A  smaller  proportion of  households  in  CBI villages compared with the control  villages  reported  difficulty  in  access- ing employment,  loans, drinking water,  solid waste management  and agricul- tural consultation (Figure 1). Discussion According to WHO “The right approach  for attaining the target of optimum level  of health for all lies in the totality of hu- man needs that can be achieved through  integrated community development”  [5]. This  theme paved  the way  for  the  development of the innovative approach  of  CBI  introduced  by  EMRO  in  its  member states. The present evaluation  of CBI  in  the  Islamic Republic of  Iran  has shown some promising results. The  continuity of  activities of  the national  coordinating council,  especially  its ex- pert group and the district intersectoral  committees, for about a decade is proof  of strong positive political commitment  Table 2 Key findings in randomly selected community-based initiatives (CBI) programme areas in the Islamic Republic of Iran in 2000 and 2005 Indicator Hammamlar Shole Mohammad Salehi Hureh Savadjan 2000 2005 2000 2005 2000 2005 2000 2005 2000 2005 No. of households 131 145 217 218 271 259 800 791 387 391 Total population 938 939 1236 1200 1433 1499 2971 2755 1559 1467 No. of children under 1 year old 33 22 7 10 28 27 59 59 26 21 No. of households with ownership of house 126 145 198 205 235 247 607 717 388 388 No. of houses with sanitary latrine 30 145 129 218 240 254 738 743 303 391 No. of houses with bathroom 26 135 110 210 253 254 639 699 296 367 Table 1 Key findings of selected programme elements in the community-based initiatives (CBI) programme areas in the Islamic Republic of Iran Serial no. Element Indicators Key findings 1 Links with national developmental plans CBI approach is linked with relevant programmes and partners Ministry of Welfare considering CBI approach in future programmes Fourth 5-year national plan has adopted CBI approach as one strategy for social justice 2 Political commitment and intersectoral collaboration Sufficient degree of political commitment is available. Intrasectoral support mechanisms are in place National council formed 1996 National expert groups from 15 ministries and organizations continuously provide support Intersectoral committees and teams are functionala at district levels 3 Community participation Community is organized, empowered, and participates in local development All CBI villages have functionala village development committees Communities voluntarily participate in different developmental activities 4 Capacity building Capacity building of concerned stakeholders on programme processes and essential skills Since 2001, around 50 training workshops, with almost 1500 participants were organized in 25 districts across the country Specialized training has been conducted on health, nutrition, environment, school health, life skills, social issues and income generation 5 Needs-based developmental projects Evidence-based planning and interventions carried out All CBI areas have had baseline surveys and determination of their priority needs All CBI areas have established a community development fund CBI areas have established various kinds of ‘pro-poor’ projects to address the development needs of the poor aFunctional means that committees or teams are performing CBI functions normally as planned in the programme. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1235 and ownership of  the  initiative. Estab- lishment of  community organizations  and the active participation of the com- munity  in programme activities  is  the  foundation of CBI. The rate of affiliation  of household members with local asso- ciations was higher in CBI villages than  control villages,  suggesting  that people  in CBI areas in the Islamic Republic of  Iran have become more proactive. This  is one of the aims of CBI: for people to  understand  their priority needs and  to  strive  for  solutions  through develop- mental  activities. People  in CBI areas  also had better access  to many public  services. Our findings  indicate positive  changes  in  the  intervention  areas  in  many of the health, social and economic  indicators. For  example,  although  the  data were not compared with control  villages  the  rise  in  the  proportion  of  households with  sanitary  latrines  and  bathrooms  in CBI villages  is  indicative  of an improved quality of life. Despite  some positive  shifts  in  the  health  and  development  indicators,  there are various critical challenges and  constraints  that need  to be addressed  when  consolidating  the  programme  in existing areas and scaling up and ex- panding  it  into new areas. A common  problem with CBI  is  that coordination  mechanisms need  to be  formalized  to  ensure effective  inter- and  intrasectoral  collaborations for planning, implemen- tation and monitoring.  In addition  to  the  institutionalization of  the CBI ap- proach within health and development  sectors, another issue for CBI in general  is  that partnerships with  stakeholders  need  to be strengthened to  reduce  the  financial burden that is at present main- ly  in  the health  sector. The processes  needs  to be more decentralized with  streamlining of  supervision and moni- toring mechanisms, reforming informa- tion  system  to  cater  for  the  changing  needs of programme areas and efficient  Table 3 Percentage of household members in the community-based initiatives (CBI) villages and control villages affiliated with at least 1 local association Village type and name Mean % SD Percentile 25th 50th 75th CBI villages Hurrah 22 26 0 20 33 Savadjan 26 29 0 20 33 Mohammadsalehi 30 22 17 25 45 Control villages Garmdarreh 18 19 0 17 33 Shourab Saghir 27 26 0 25 50 Chahar Rousta 23 18 14 20 25 SD = standard deviation. Figure 1 Percentage of household members in the community-based initiatives (CBI) programme villages and control villages who faced problems/limitations accessing different public services % EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1236 documentation of  success experiences.  The  health  and  social  components  of  the programme need  to be  further  emphasized,  implementing  core  and  essential  interventions; complemented  with continuous capacity building and  skills development programmes.  It  is widely accepted that  improved  health  is a  fundamental  input and out- come of  socioeconomic development.  Health for all cannot be achieved by the  isolated interventions of the health sec- tor alone; rather it requires an integrated  multisectoral development  approach.  This use of participatory mechanisms for  both communities and related sectors is  the central  theme of  the CBI concept.  Considering the positive findings of this  evaluation of CBI in the Islamic Repub- lic of  Iran,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that CBI should be strengthened, insti- tutionalized and expanded to new areas  in this and other countries of the EMR.  Acknowledgements Special appreciation to the following for  their contribution during the evaluation  of community-based  initiatives and  its  validation  in  the  Islamic Republic of  Iran: Dr. Abbas Motivalian, Assistant  Professor of Epidemiology,  Iran Uni- versity of Medical Sciences; Dr Majid  Tavakoli, National CBI Office, Ministry  of Health and Medical Education; Mr  Bagher  Shoolaieh, CBI Official, Na- tional CBI Office, Ministry of Health  and Medical  Education; Mrs  Zahra  Salimi, National CBI Office, Ministry  of Health and Medical Education; Dr  Nazar Elfaki, former Short Term Profes- sional  for CBI, WHO Country Office,  Islamic Republic  of  Iran; Ms  Sirous  Shadrokh, Technical Officer, Health  and  Sustainable Development Unit,  WHO Country Office, Islamic Repub- lic of Iran.  References Constitution of the World Health Organization1. . Geneva, World Health Organization, 1946. Sheikh MR. Basic development needs approach in the Eastern 2. Mediterranean Region: from theory to practice. Eastern Medi- terranean Health Journal, 2000, 6(4):766–774. Motivalian A. 3. Proposal for evaluation of CBI. Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran Country Office, 2005. Sheikh MR, Afzal MM. 4. Concepts and methods of community- based initiatives. Cairo, World Health Organization Region- al Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2003 (WHO-EM/ CBI/016/E/G). Training manual for community base initiatives. Apractical tool 5. for trainers and trainees. Community based initiatives series 1. Cairo, World Health Organization Regional Office for the East- ern Mediterranean, 2006. Sheikh MR, Afzal MM. 6. CBI training manual for midlevel man- agers. Module 2: health, health for all and primary health care. Cairo, World Health Organization Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2003. Evaluation of the basic development needs programme in the 7. Republic of Yemen. Cairo, World Health Organization Re- gional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2005 (WHO-EM/ CBI/048/E). Sheikh MR, Afzal MM. 8. Community-based initiatives. Cairo, World Health Organization Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2003 (WHO-EM/CBI/017/E/G). CBI success stories. Islamic Republic of Iran9. . WHO Country Of- fice in Islamic Republic of Iran [website] (http://www.emro. who.int/iran/Media/PDF/CBI_SuccessStories_Iran.pdf, ac- cessed 24 August 2010). Country profile: Islamic Republic of Iran10. . WHO Country Office in Islamic Republic of Iran [website] (http://www.emro.who. int/iran/countryprofile.htm, accessed 24 August 2010). Putnam R. 11. Making democracy work: civic traditions in modern Italy. Princeton, New Jersey, Princeton University Press, 1993. Sheikh MR, Afzal MM. 12. Guidelines and tools for management of basic development needs. Tool 10: Programme evaluation. Cairo, World Health Organization Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2002. Grootaert C, Chase R, van Bastelaer T. 13. The social capital assess- ment tool (SOCAT). Washington, DC, World Bank, 2002. Joint Committee on Standards for Educational Evaluation. 14. Program evaluation standards. Thousand Oaks, California, Sage Publications, 1994. Validation of the evaluation of community based initiatives in 15. Islamic Republic of Iran. Tehran, World Health Organization Country Office in Islamic Republic of Iran, 2006. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1237 Evaluation of capillary blood glucose versus a high- risk questionnaire for screening for undiagnosed diabetes mellitus in Eastern province, Saudi Arabia N.A. Al-Baghli,1 K.A. Al-Turki,1 A.J. Al-Ghamdi,2 K. Prasad,3 A.Z. Taha 4 and S.M. Al-Almaie 4 ABSTRACT This study compared 2 screening tests for detecting undiagnosed diabetes mellitus when applied in a mass-screening campaign in the Eastern province of Saudi Arabia in 2004–05. Of 15 082 individuals screened, 65.8% were positive by the American Diabetes Association risk-score questionnaire and 71.3% by determination of capillary blood glucose (CBG) using a portable glucometer. Type 2 diabetes mellitus was confirmed in 20.3% of participants and pre-diabetes in 33.9% using fasting venous blood testing. The risk-score questionnaire did not perform well versus fasting and random CBG. Optimal cut-offs for fasting and random CBG were 120 mg/dL and 160 mg/dL respectively. Fasting CBG had higher sensitivity, specificity and discriminating ability than random CBG for detection of diabetes and pre-diabetes in this population. 1Directorate of Health Affairs, Ministry of Health, Dammam, Saudi Arabia (Correspondence to N.A. Al-Baghli: nadiraa@windowslive.com). 2Ministry of Health, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. 3Department of Medical Education, Collage of Medicine, Arabian Gulf University, Bahrain. 4Department of Family and Community Medicine, Collage of Medicine, University of Dammam, Dammam, Saudi Arabia. Received: 28/12/08; accepted: 01/03/09 ةكلمملل ةيقشرلا ةقطنلما في صخشلما يرغ يركسلل عفترلما راطتخلاا م َّلُِسل نايبتسا لباقم يرعشلا مدلا زوكولغ سايق مييقت ةيدوعسلا ةيبرعلا يعلملأا دممح حيمس ،هط نيدباعلا نيز ةيطع ،داساراب ريوشخم ،يدماغلا ناعجم ليقع ،يكترلا نحمرلا دبع دلاخ ،ليغبلا سابع ةيرضن ةكلمملل ةيقشرلا ةقطنلما في يعوملجا حسلما ةلحم في ماهقيبطت دنع صخشلما يرغ يركسلا ي ِّرحتل نيرابتخا ةساردلا هذه في نوثحابلا نراقي :ةـصلالخا رداصلا راطتخلاا زارحأ م َّلُس نايبتسلا ًاقفو ينيبايجإ مهنم %65.8 ناك ،ًادرف 15 082 ي ِّرحتلا لمش دقو .2005و 2004 يماع في ةيدوعسلا ةيبرعلا صيخشت د َّكأت دقو .مدلا زوكولغل لا َّقن سايقم مادختساب يرعشلا مدلا زوكولغ فشكب ينيبايجإ مهنم %71.3 ناكو ،يركسلل ةيكيرملأا ةيعملجا نع لىع يديرولا مدلا ركس رابتخا مادختساب %33.9 ىدل يركسلا لبق ام صيخشت د َّكأتو ،ةساردلاب ينكراشلما نم %20.3 ىدل نياثلا طمنلا نم يركسلا لصيفلا ةميقلا تناك دقو .يئاوشعلا وأ قيرلا لىع يرعشلا مدلا زوكولغ رابتخا ةدوج لىإ ىقري راطتخلاا زارحأ م َّلُس نايبتسا ءادأ نكي لم اذكهو .قيرلا رثكأ قيرلا لىع يرعشلا مدلا ركس سايق نأ ينبتو .لد/غم 160 يئاوشعلا يرعشلا مدلا زوكولغلو ،لد/غم 120 قيرلا لىع يرعشلا مدلا زوكولغل َىلىثلما .ةيدوعسلا ةيناكسلا ةعومجلما هذه في يركسلا لبق امو يركسلا فشكل يئاوشعلا يرعشلا مدلا ركس سايق نم زييمتلا لىع ًةردق رثكأو ًةيعون رثكأو ًةيساسح Évaluation de la mesure de la glycémie capillaire comparée à l’administration d’un questionnaire de dépistage destiné aux personnes à haut risque de diabète jamais diagnostiqué auparavant dans la province orientale d’Arabie saoudite RÉSUMÉ La présente étude a comparé deux méthodes de dépistage du diabète non diagnostiqué, utilisées pendant une campagne de dépistage de masse dans la province orientale d’Arabie saoudite entre 2004 et 2005. Parmi les 15 082 personnes dépistées, le diagnostic de diabète a été posé au moyen du questionnaire de risque de l’American Diabetes Association pour 65,8 %, et il a été effectué par détermination de la glycémie capillaire à l’aide d’un lecteur de glycémie portable pour 71,3 %. Le diabète de type 2 a été confirmé dans 20,3 % des cas et un état prédiabétique a été diagnostiqué chez 33,9 % des personnes dépistées au moyen d’une analyse de la glycémie à jeun par prélèvement veineux. Le questionnaire de risque était moins performant que l’analyse de la glycémie à jeun et l’analyse de la glycémie capillaire aléatoire. La valeur seuil optimale pour l’analyse de la glycémie à jeun était 120 mg/dl et celle de l’analyse capillaire aléatoire était 160 mg/dl. L’analyse de la glycémie à jeun avait une sensibilité plus élevée, une spécificité supérieure et une meilleure capacité de discrimination que l’analyse de la glycémie capillaire aléatoire pour le dépistage du diabète et des états prédiabétiques dans cette population. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1238 Introduction The  debate  whether  to  screen  for  diabetes mellitus  (DM) continues  in  the medical  community among  those  who  recommend  [1]  and  those who  discourage  it  [2]. Although  it  seems  intuitive  that early detection  improves  outcome,  lack of direct evidence  from  randomized controlled  studies of  the  effectiveness of screening for type 2 DM  is  the main barrier  to  its widescale ap- plication. Nonetheless,  type 2 diabetes  may remain undetected for several years  [3], and by the time of clinical diagnosis  many people have developed one or  more micro- or macrovascular diabetic  complications [4].  The American Diabetes  Associa- tion (ADA) has recommended regular  screening  for  type 2 diabetes at 3-year  intervals,  beginning  at  age  45  years  (or  less  if  there are other  risk  factors)  [1]. However, mass  screening was not  recommended.  To  save  community  resources,  the ADA suggested using a  screening questionnaire—“take the test,  know the score”—whereby only  those  with high  risk-factor  scores would be  tested [5]. While different diabetes risk  questionnaires  have  been developed  and  evaluated  [6–10],  their  validity  has been mainly assessed in Caucasian  populations, which  raises doubts over  their  validity  in  other  populations.  When diabetes  risk  scores have been  applied  to other ethnic groups,  e.g.  in  Caribbean and South Asian people liv- ing in the United Kingdom (UK) [11],  the results vary, and the need to validate  screening tests in other populations has  been emphasized. The prevalence of DM is very high  in  the Saudi Arabian population [12],  but  the performance of  screening  tests  has not yet been validated in this popu- lation. Capillary blood glucose (CBG)  screening for type 2 DM, using a reflect- ance blood glucose meter,  is  less costly  than other screening tests.  The aim of the present study was to  compare 2 screening tests for detecting  undiagnosed diabetes when applied in a  Saudi population through a mass screen- ing campaign in the Eastern province of  Saudi Arabia. The study compared  the  performance of  a  diabetes  risk-score  questionnaire  in  a  Saudi  population  with CBG testing by portable glucom- eter and determined which cut-off levels  of random and fasting CBG yielded the  best  balance between  sensitivity  and  specificity versus  laboratory-confirmed  fasting plasma glucose (FPG) testing. Methods Sample This study was part of a  larger  screen- ing campaign conducted in the Eastern  province of Saudi Arabia between 28  August  2004  and 18 February  2005.  The campaign and sampling has been  described previously [13,14]. The target  population was  all  Saudi  residents of  the  Eastern  province,  aged  30  years  and above, excluding pregnant women  (650 000 subjects). They were  invited  to participate  in a  screening campaign  for  the early detection of DM and hy- pertension by attending one of the 300+  examination centres in the programme.  A  total of 15 082  individuals were  in- cluded in the study reported here. Individuals with undiagnosed dia- betes who did screening of either fasting  CBG or random CBG and underwent  confirmatory  testing were  included  in  the study. Those with abnormal screen- ing  results  for blood pressure  and/or  FPG, pregnant women and those who  had self-reported previously diagnosed  diabetes were excluded from this study.  Data collection At  the mass  screening participants  underwent measurements  of  weight  and height and completed a structured  questionnaire to collect data for the risk- score questionnaire. CBG screening for  undiagnosed DM was done with a port- able glucometer. Participants attended  on another day for confirmatory testing  for DM and pre-diabetes by fasting ve- nous glucose blood levels after ≥ 8 hours  fast.  The high-risk  score questionnaire  used in this study was the diabetes risk test  recommended by  the ADA [15]  and  studied by Rolka  et  al.  [16]. The  questionnaire provides a high-risk score  based on age, body mass index (BMI),  sedentary lifestyle, family history of DM  and ever having delivered a macrosomic  baby (> 4 kg). The maximum score was  22 and  the cut-off  score  for a positive  screening result was ≥ 10 points. Capillary blood samples were taken  and whole blood glucose concentration  was measured using a uniform portable  glucometer with  the Medisafe Reader  (Terumo Co.). During  the field study,  instruments  were  calibrated  every  morning. Supervision of the technicians  carrying out the blood tests was ensured.  Quality control  supervised  teams were  distributed in every sector to assure the  quality of performance and accuracy of  the devices. Screening was considered  positive  if  fasting CBG was ≥ 100 mg/ dL or if random CBG was ≥ 140 mg/dL  for those with undiagnosed diabetes.  Venous blood specimens were col- lected  and FPG concentrations were  determined using glucose oxidase meth- odology in the central laboratory of the  Dammam area or in other government  and private hospitals. Type 2 DM was  diagnosed when FPG  level was ≥ 126  mg/dL  and  pre-diabetes when  FPG  was 100–125 mg/dL. Normal FPG was  < 100 mg/dL. Laboratory personnel were blinded  to  the  results of  the  screening  test.  In- dependent health  team collected  the  questionnaires  and  the  results  of  the  screening tests, collated them with con- firmatory FBS tests and delivered them  to  the main primary health directorate  centre for data collection and entry. Analysis Different cut-off points of random CBG  and  fasting CBG  and  the  risk-score  questionnaire were evaluated separately  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1239 against  the  diagnostic  standard  for  diabetes  (FPG ≥ 126 mg/dL). Sensi- tivity,  specificity, positive and negative  predictive  values,  likelihood  ratio  of  positive  and negative  tests,  and  95%  confidence  interval  (CI)  for  all  those  were calculated using standard methods  [17]. To select the optimal cut-off point  for a positive  test,  a  receiver operating  characteristics  (ROC) curve was con- structed  by  plotting  sensitivity  (true  positive  rate) against  the  false positive  rate (1–specificity). The high-risk score  questionnaire and  fasting and random  CBG were  evaluated with  respect  to  the area under the curve (AUC) in the  ROC.  All  analyses were performed using  SPSS for Windows, version 16.  Results A total of 15 082  individuals aged 30+  years were  included  in  the  study. DM  was confirmed by FPG ≥ 126 mg/dL in  3052 (20.3%) and pre-diabetes in 5108  (33.9%) (Table 1). The characteristics  of the study group of undiagnosed cases  of DM according to socioeconomic sta- tus are shown in Table 2. The mean age  was 46.5 (SD 11.6) years, 55.6% were  women and 47.9% had  a  first-degree  relative with diabetes. A total of 9919 people (65.8%) had  positive  scores on  the high-risk ques- tionnaire (at  the cut-off score of ≥ 10)  (Table  1). The  sensitivity  of  the  test  at  this  cut-off was 71%, while  the  spe- cificity was 39% (Table 3). However,  combining the risk score for the fasting  CBG and random CBG increased  the  sensitivity to 83% and 75% and specifi- city to 86% and 77% respectively. Figure  1 shows the ROC curve for the high-risk  questionnaire; the AUC was 0.55 (95%  CI: 0.54–0.56). In  the biochemical  screening  tests,  10 761 (71.3%) participants were posi- tive for either fasting CBG (at a cut-off  of 100 mg/dL) or  random CBG (at a  cut-off of 140 mg/dL). Fasting CBG  was done for 4961 (32.9%) participants,  while  random CBG was determined  for  10 121  (67.1%).  In  Table  4  the  diagnostic  sensitivity,  specificity  and  positive and negative predictive values  of  a positive  test  for both  fasting  and  random CBS were compared with  the  FPG test at various cut-off points. Fast- ing CBG at 100 mg/dL had a sensitivity  of 97% and  specificity of 29%. When  the cut-off point was  increased  to 140  mg/dL sensitivity dropped to 57% and  specificity  increased  to 96%. Random  CBG at 140 mg/dL had  a  sensitivity  of 91% and  specificity of 48%. When  the cut-off point was  increased  to 200  mg/dL sensitivity dropped to 53% and  specificity increased to 95%. The  optimal  cut-off  point  (high- est  sensitivity with  comparable  high  specificity)  for  fasting CBG was 120  mg/dL (Table 4). Sensitivity was 81%,  specificity 86%, positive predictive value  76% and negative predictive value 90%.  The  likelihood  ratio of  a positive  test  was 5.88 and  the  likelihood  ratio of  a  negative test was 0.22. For  the  random CBG,  the optimal  cut-off point was 160 mg/dL (Table  4). Sensitivity was 76%, specificity 77%,  positive predictive value 58%, negative  predictive value 89%. The likelihood of  a positive  test was 3.35 and  likelihood  ratio of a negative test was 0.31. Figure 2  shows  the ROC curve of  the performance of fasting and random  CBG.  The  AUC  for  random  CBG  (0.87) was  lower  than  that  for  fasting  CBG (0.82).  If  only  those with posi- tive high-risk scores were  included,  the  AUC for fasting CBG increased to 0.87  and for random CBG dropped to 0.82  (Figure 3).  Table 5 shows the optimum cut-off  point  for both types of CBG screening  tests  according  to  sex. The optimum  cut-off for random CBG screening was  165.5 mg/dL  in men, with both a sen- sitivity and specificity of 77%, and  the  cut-off  for optimum random CBG  in  women was 159.5 mg/dL, with  lower  sensitivity  and  specificity. The  sensi- tivity  and  specificity  for  fasting CBG  screening were higher in both men and  women at cut-offs of 119.5 mg/dL and  121.5 mg/dL respectively. Discussion There  is an  increasing  interest  in using  non-invasive  tools  such  as  risk-score  questionnaires to detect high-risk groups  suitable  for  screening. Finding a good  high-risk  score  to detect undiagnosed  DM, which at  the same  time  is  simple  enough not  jeopardize  compliance  is  difficult. This may be due to the overlap  in  the  characteristics  of DM  types  1  and 2  [18]  so  that  individuals do not  always fit  the  typical pattern of  type 2  DM  [9].  Several  multivariate  equa- tion models have been constructed  to  predict undiagnosed DM, with variable  rates of validity [6–10]. Spijkerman et  al.  found a different response to screen- ing  tools—the Cambridge  risk  score  versus FPG and glycosylated haemo- globin  (HbA 1c )—among Caribbean  and South Asian people living in the UK  than the Caucasian population and rec- ommended assessing  the performance  Table 1 Number of participants positive for type 2 diabetes mellitus by the risk- score questionnaire and capillary blood glucose screening (CBG) compared with laboratory-confirmed fasting plasma glucose (FPG) (n = 15 082) Screening tool (cut-off) No. positive % ADA risk score (≥ 10 points) 9 919 65.8 CBG (fasting ≥ 100 mg/dL or random ≥ 140 mg/dL) 10 761 71.3 FPG (≥ 126 mg/dL) 3 052 20.3 FPG (100–125 mg/dL) 5 108 33.9 ADA = American Diabetes Association. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1240 Table 2 Characteristics of participants according to laboratory-confirmed fasting plasma glucose (FPG) results for diabetes mellitus (DM) Variable Alla (n = 15 082) FPG results Type 2 DMb (n = 3052) Pre-diabetesc (n = 5108) No. % No. % No. % Age (years) 30–40 4 603 30.5 725 23.8 1368 26.8 41–50 5 345 35.5 1104 36.2 1832 35.9 51–60 2 869 19.0 650 21.3 1093 21.4 > 60 2 254 15.0 570 18.7 813 15.9 Sex Male 6 673 44.4 1472 48.2 2121 41.5 Female 8 372 55.6 1580 51.8 2987 58.5 History Family history of DM 7 220 47.9 1587 52.1 2438 47.8 Family history of hypertension 6 606 43.9 1277 42.0 2239 47.8 History of gestational DM (women) 1 445 17.2 397 24.8 497 16.7 Marital status Single 429 2.9 77 2.5 126 2.5 Married 13 142 87.9 2652 87.8 4430 87.4 Widowed 1 142 7.6 243 8.0 425 8.4 Divorced 230 1.5 48 1.6 86 1.7 Occupation Self-employed 1 180 8.0 286 9.6 358 7.1 Housewife 7 103 48.0 1375 46.0 2578 51.5 Military 1 434 9.7 301 10.1 459 9.2 Professional 994 6.7 169 5.7 300 6.0 Technical 464 3.1 82 2.7 143 2.9 Non-technical 611 4.1 124 4.2 201 4.0 Administrative employee 1 709 11.6 332 11.1 522 10.4 Unemployed 1 288 8.7 318 10.6 448 8.9 Education Illiterate 5 824 39.3 1281 42.8 2162 43.1 Read & write 1 288 8.7 288 9.6 439 8.7 Primary 2 449 16.5 485 16.2 793 15.8 Intermediate 1 755 11.9 359 12.0 577 11.5 Secondary 2 029 13.7 352 11.8 604 12.0 University 1 373 9.3 206 6.9 425 8.5 Higher degree 83 0.6 19 0.6 22 0.4 Income (Saudi riyals) < 2000 4 051 30.0 873 32.2 1447 31.6 2000–< 5000 4 415 32.7 889 32.7 1465 32.0 5000–< 7000 2 365 17.5 461 17.0 835 18.2 > 7000 2 651 19.7 492 18.1 837 18.3 aTotal varies due to missing data. bFasting blood glucose ≥ 126 mg/dL; cFasting blood glucose 100–125 mg/dL. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1241 of screening methods in different ethnic  groups [11]. The high-risk questionnaire  used  for our Saudi population was  that  recommended by the ADA and studied  by Rolka et al. [16]. In  the current  study,  the high-risk  score  identified  71.3%  of  previously  undiagnosed diabetics. However,  the  specificity of  the high-risk  score  in our  sample was low (39%), even lower than  in a Caucasian population for whom it  showed a  sensitivity of 69%–75% and  specificity of 49%–50%  for  the criteria  of diagnosed DM, which may constrain  its reliability for detecting undiagnosed  DM [18]. This may be  related  to  the  unique cultural and ethnic characteris- tics of the Saudi population [11]. While it is desirable to have both high  sensitivity and specificity in a screening  test, this is rarely achievable in practice.  Therefore there should be a trade-off be- tween the two, according to the needs of  the screening, taking into consideration  the  cost,  convenience  and  reproduc- ibility  in mass  screening.  In  screening  there is usually a requirement to detect a  higher number of cases, so a higher sen- sitivity is required in diagnosis, although  there  is no uniform agreement on  the  cut-off point. However, CBG testing by  portable glucometer has the lowest cost,  followed by laboratory-confirmed FPG  and HbA 1c  testing [1]. The sensitivity of  fasting CBG and  random CBG were higher in our study  when the cut-off point was lowered but  their  specificity was very  low.  Increas- ing  the  cut-off  point  of  fasting CBG  from 100 mg/dL to 120 mg/dL and of  random CBG from 140 mg/dL to 160  mg/dL optimized the balance of sensi- tivity and specificity. On the other hand,  an argument could be made for  lower- ing  the  cut-off points  to  110 mg/dL  and 150 mg/dL for fasting and random  CBG  respectively  and  consequently  reduce  the chances of missing cases of  diabetes and pre-diabetes with reason- able specificity. Zhang  et  al.  studied  the most  ef- ficient  cut-off point  for CBG  to  iden- tify both pre-diabetes and undiagnosed  diabetes  in  relation  to both direct and  indirect costs [19]. They chose a lower  cut-off point (100 mg/dL) than in our  study or Cervin et al.’s study [18], and  found a  sensitivity of 83% and specifi- city of 63%. Our study focused only on  detecting undiagnosed DM. The main  purpose,  in addition  to detection, was  to  follow patients  through health care  settings  such  as  primary  health  care  centres. So when focused on detecting  undiagnosed DM  the most  efficient  cut-off  point  for  fasting  CBG  was  higher, at 120 mg/dL. To  study whether  to  use  a  lower  cut-off and have a lower specificity or a Ta bl e 3 Pe rf or m an ce o f t he ri sk -s co re s cr ee ni ng q ue st io nn ai re a nd fa st in g an d ra nd om c ap ill ar y bl oo d gl uc os e (C BG ) s cr ee ni ng Sc re en in g te st a nd c ut -o ff Se ns it iv ity Sp ec ifi ci ty Po si ti ve p re di ct iv e va lu e N eg at iv e pr ed ic ti ve va lu e Po si ti ve li ke lih oo d ra ti o N eg at iv e lik el ih oo d ra ti o % 95 % C I % 95 % C I % 95 % C I % 95 % C I % 95 % C I % 95 % C I Ri sk sc or e ≥ 10 71 69 –7 3 39 38 –4 0 34 33 –3 5 75 74 –7 6 1.1 6 1.1 3– 1.2 0 0 .7 5 0 .7 0 –0 .8 0 Po si tiv e ris k sc or e + fa st in g C BG ≥ 12 0 m g/ dL 83 80 –8 51 86 84 –8 8 78 75 –8 1 89 87 –9 1 5. 80 5. 10 –6 .7 0 0 .2 0 0 .17 –0 .2 4 Po si tiv e ris k sc or e + ra nd om C BG ≥ 16 0 m g/ dL 75 73 –7 8 77 75 –7 8 60 58 –6 3 87 85 –8 8 3. 22 2. 99 –3 .4 6 0 .3 2 0 .2 9– 0 .3 5 C I = co nfi de nc e in te rv al . 1- Specificity Se ns it iv ity 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 Figure 1 Receiver operator characteristics curve for the high-risk screening questionnaire (diagonal segments are produced by ties) EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1242 higher cut-off and have  lower  sensitiv- ity, we used ROC curves  to determine  whether to use fasting or random CBG.  The AUC for  fasting CBG was higher  (0.87)  than  for  random CBG (0.82).  Rolka  et  al.  reported  similar findings:  CBG screening in participants who had  not  eaten  for ≥ 8 hours had  a higher  sensitivity and specificity  in both sexes  compared with random CBG [16]. Figure 2 Receiver operator characteristics curve for (a) fasting capillary blood glucose screening test and (b) random capillary blood glucose screening test (diagonal segments are produced by ties) 1- Specificity Se ns it iv ity 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 (a) 1- Specificity Se ns it iv ity 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 (b) Table 4 Sensitivity, specificity, and proportion of individuals who tested positive for pre-diabetes and undiagnosed diabetes by fasting and random capillary blood glucose (CBG) screening test at different cut-off points Cut-off (mg/dL) Sensitivity Specificity Positive predictive value Negative predictive value Positive likelihood ratio Negative likelihood ratio % 95% CI % 95% CI % 95% CI % 95% CI % 95% CI % 95% CI Fasting 100 97 96–98 29 27–31 42 40–44 95 93–97 1.37 1.33–1.41 0.09 0.07–0.13 110 91 89–93 67 65–69 59 56–61 93 92–95 2.72 2.55–2.90 0.14 0.11–0.16 120 81 79–83 86 85–88 76 73–78 90 88–91 5.88 5.25–6.58 0.22 0.19–0.25 130 70 67–73 93 92–94 85 82–87 86 84–87 10.55 8.92–12.48 0.32 0.29–0.35 140 57 54–60 96 95–97 88 85–90 81 79–83 13.98 11.25–17.36 0.45 0.42–0.48 Random 140 91 90–92 48 47–50 42 40–43 93 92–94 1.76 1.70–1.81 0.18 0.16–0.21 150 84 83–86 65 64–66 50 48–51 91 90–92 2.41 2.30–2.51 0.24 0.22–0.27 160 76 74–78 77 76–79 58 56–60 89 88–90 3.35 3.16–3.55 0.31 0.29–0.34 170 69 70–71 86 85–87 66 64–68 87 86–88 4.77 4.43–5.14 0.36 0.34–0.39 180 63 61–65 90 89–91 72 70–74 86 85–87 6.35 5.79–6.95 0.41 0.39–0.44 190 57 55–60 93 92–94 77 75–79 84 83–85 8.29 7.43–9.26 0.46 0.43–0.48 200 53 51–55 95 94–96 81 79–84 83 82–84 10.75 9.43–12.24 0.50 0.47–0.52 CI = confidence interval. It was clear  from our data  that  the  high-risk  questionnaire  performed  poorly when carried out alone, with a  sensitivity of 71% and specificity of 39%.  Even when a positive high-risk score was  used in conjunction with portable CBG  screening,  sensitivity  increased  from  71%  to 83%. However,  other predic- tors did not change or were negatively  affected,  and  this may  be  due  to  the  high percentage of the study population  who were obese or overweight. Three- quarters of  the population of Eastern  province of Saudi Arabia are obese or  overweight  [20].  Besides,  the  age  of  the  study participants was ≥ 30 years.  So, based on  those  factors,  the ability  to discriminate between those who had  and those who did not have the disease  was low.  Our study had a number of strengths  including the large size of the population  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1243 References enrolled  in  the campaign,  the diversity  of  subgroups,  and  the  study design,  in  which  the  laboratory personnel  carry- ing out  the confirmatory FPG  testing  were not aware of  the previous  results  of CBG screening. FPG was  selected  for this study as the diagnostic standard  because it is a convenient test to ensure  compliance of  the participants,  espe- cially with large number of participants  enrolled in this campaign.  Conclusions The  risk-score  questionnaire  did  not  perform well versus  fasting and random  CBG. The  optimal  cut-off  points  for  fasting and random CBG were 120 mg/ dL and 160 mg/dL respectively. Fasting  CBG had higher  sensitivity,  specificity  and discriminating ability  than random  CBG  for  detection  of  diabetes  and  pre-diabetes in this population. Acknowledgements We  thank  all who  participated  in  the  campaign  for  their  enthusiasm  to  ful- fil  its  objectives.  Our  thanks  also  go  to  the Ministry  of Health,  Al-Dawaa  Pharmacy  and  Al-Qusaibi  Com- pany  for  funding  this  study,  and  to  Dr Mohamed Anwar Al-Yousef, Dr Ali  Al-Atabani and Dr Jamal Al-Hamed for  their active contribution in the campaign. Table 5 Optimal cut-off values of capillary blood glucose (CBG) screening test to predict diabetes mellitus according in males and female Saudi adults, Eastern province, 2004 Test/Sex No. tested AUC (95% CI) Cut-off (mg/dL) Sensitivity (%) Specificity (%) Random CBG Male 5104 0.85 (0.84–0.87) 165.5 77 77 Female 4991 0.79 (0.77–0.80) 159.5 70 71 Fasting CBG Male 1475 0.89 (0.87–0.91) 119.5 82 82 Female 3380 0.85 (0.83–0.87) 121.5 78 79 AUC = area under the curve; CI = confidence interval. 1- Specificity Se ns it iv ity 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 (a) 1- Specificity Se ns it iv ity 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 (b) Figure 3 Receiver operator characteristics curve of (a) fasting capillary blood glucose screening test and (b) random capillary blood glucose screening test if administered after positive high-risk score (Diagonal segments are produced by ties) American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in 1. diabetes–2008. Diabetes Care, 2008, 31(Suppl. 1):S12–54. U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. 2. Guide to clinical preventive services: report of the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Balti- more, Maryland, Williams & Wilkins, 2003. The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research 3. Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. New England Journal of Medicine, 1993, 329:977–986. UK Prospective Diabetes Study 6: complications in newly di-4. agnosed type 2 diabetic patients and their association with dif- ferent clinical and biochemical risk factors. Diabetes Research (Edinburgh, Lothian), 1990, 13:1–11. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1244 Herman WH et al. A new and simple questionnaire to identify 5. people at increased risk for undiagnosed diabetes. Diabetes Care, 1995, 18:382–387. Griffin SJ et al. Diabetes risk score: towards earlier detection 6. of type 2 diabetes in general practice. Diabetes/Metabolism Research and Reviews, 2000, 16:164–171. Baan CA et al. Performance of a predictive model to identify 7. undiagnosed diabetes in a health care setting. Diabetes Care, 1999, 22:213–219. Tabaei BP, Herman WH. A multivariate logistic regression 8. equation to screen for diabetes: development and validation. Diabetes Care, 2002, 25:1999–2003. Glümer C et al. A Danish diabetes risk score for targeted 9. screening: the Inter99 study. Diabetes Care, 2004, 27:727–733. Heikes KE et al. Diabetes risk calculator: a simple tool for de-10. tecting undiagnosed diabetes and pre-diabetes. Diabetes Care, 2008, 31:1040–1045. Spijkerman AMW et al. The performance of a risk score as a 11. screening test for undiagnosed hyperglycemia in ethnic mi- nority groups: data from the 1999 health survey for England. Diabetes Care, 2004, 27:116–122. Al-Nozha MM et al. Diabetes mellitus in Saudi Arabia. 12. Saudi Medical Journal, 2004, 25:1603–1610. Al-Ghamdi et al. A community-based screening campaign 13. for the detection of diabetes mellitus and hypertension in the eastern province, Saudi Arabia: methods and participa- tion rate. Journal of Family and Community Medicine, 2007, 14(3):91–97. Al-Baghli A et al. Control of diabetes mellitus in the Eastern 14. province of Saudi Arabia: results of screening campaign. East- ern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2010, 16(6):621–629. Diabetes risk test15. . American Diabetes Association [website] (http://www.diabetes.org/diabetes-basics/prevention/dia- betes-risk-test/, accessed 29 September 2010). Rolka DB et al. Performance of recommended screening tests 16. for undiagnosed diabetes and dysglycemia. Diabetes Care, 2001, 24:1899–1903. Stats calculator. Center for Evidence Based Medicine [website] 17. (http://cebm.utoronto.ca/practise/ca/statscal/, accessed 31 August 2010). Cervin C et al. Genetic similarities between latent autoimmune 18. diabetes in adults, type 1 diabetes, and type 2 diabetes. Diabe- tes, 2008, 57:1433–1437. Zhang P et al. Efficient cutoff points for three screening tests 19. for detecting undiagnosed diabetes and pre-diabetes: an eco- nomic analysis. Diabetes Care, 2005, 28:1321–1325. Al-Baghli AN et al. Overweight and obesity in the Eastern 20. province of Saudi Arabia. Saudi Medical Journal, 2008, 29:1319– 1325. Diabetes in the Eastern Mediterranean Region Diabetes mellitus is highly prevalent among both sexes in Member States of the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region,  ranging from 3.5% to 30.0% and it is highest among member countries of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) at  11.5% to 30.0%. Many countries in the Region are now reporting the onset of type 2 diabetes mellitus at an increasingly  young age. This is due to increasingly sedentary lifestyles, higher life expectancy and obesity. High blood pressure  and cardiovascular diseases are also on the rise. In 2003, the 5 countries with the highest diabetes prevalence in the  adult population were Nauru (30.2%), United Arab Emirates (20.1%), Qatar (16%), Bahrain (14.9%), and Kuwait  (12.8%) (1). By 2025, the number of people with diabetes is expected to be more than double in Africa, the Eastern  Mediterranean and South-East Asia regions. Further information on the Regional prevalence of this condition can be found on the noncommunicable diseases  website at http://www.emro.who.int/ncd/diabetes.htm/  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1245 Prevalence of malocclusions in school-age children attending the orthodontics department of Shiraz University of Medical Sciences M. Oshagh,1 F. Ghaderi,2 H.R. Pakshir 1 and A.M. Baghmollai 3 ABSTRACT To provide quantitative data about the prevalence of malocclusions in the Shiraz orthodontic population, we studied the records of 700 patients (391 girls and 309 boys) aged 6–14 years attending the undergraduate Department of Orthodontics at Shiraz University of Medical Sciences. The prevalence of Angle class I, II and III malocclusion of first molars was 52.0%, 32.6% and 12.3% respectively. Skeletal class I, II and III malocclusion was found in 18.0%, 70.0% and 12.0% respectively. There were no significant differences between the sexes in the prevalence of different types of skeletal malocclusion. Children with class III were significantly younger (mean age 8.9 years) than those with class I (9.6 years) or class II (9.7 years) malocclusions. Orthodontics students need more education and training in the management of class II malocclusion to improve the overall quality of care for patients. 1Orthodontic Research Centre, Department of Orthodontics; 2Department of Pedodontics, Faculty of Dentistry, Shiraz University of Medical Sciences, Shiraz, Islamic Republic of Iran (Correspondence to M. Oshagh: morteza_oshagh@yahoo.com). 3Dental Practice, Shiraz, Islamic Republic of Iran. Received: 14/03/09; accepted: 27/05/09 زايرش في ةيبطلا مولعلا ةعماج في نانسلأا ميوقت مسق لىع نيددرـتلما سرادلما بلاط ينب قابطلإا ءوس راشتنا لدعم ىيلامغاب يدممح هيسآ ،يرشكاپ اضر ديحم ،يرداق هزئاف ،قاشع ضىترم ةاتف 391( ًاضيرم 700 تلاجس اوسردف ،زايرش ناكس ىدل قابطلإا ءوس راشتنا لدعم نع ةيمك تايطعم ميدقت نوثحابلا فدهتسا :ةـصلالخا ىدلو .زايرش في ةيبطلا مولعلا ةعماج نم جرختلا لبق نانسلأا ميوقت مسق لىع اوددرت نممو ًاماع 14و 6 ينب مهرماعأ حوارـتت نمم ،)ىتف 309و )III )%12.3 ةئفلاو ،)II )%32.6 ةئفلاو )I )%52.0 ةئفلا في ليولأا ساضرلأا قابطإ ءوس راشتنا لدعم ناك ،لجنأ فينصت بسحب تائف لىإ مهعيزوت .)III )%12.0 ةئفلا فيو ،)II )%70.0 ةئفلا فيو )I )%18.0 ةئفلا في ليكيلها قابطلإا ءوس في لىولأا ساضرلأا قابطإ ءوس راشتنا لدعم نوثحابلا دجو ماك يطسولا رمعلا( III ةئفلا نم لافطلأا ناكو ،ليكيلها قابطلإا ءوسل ةفلتخلما طمانلأا راشتنا لدعم في ينسنلجا ينب ًايئاصحإ ابه ُّدتعي قورف كانه نكت لمو نانسلأا ميوقت صاصتخا بّلاط جاتيحو .)ماوعأ II )9.7 ةئفلا نمو ،)ماوعأ I )9.6 ةئفلا لافطأ نم ،ًايئاصحإ هب ُّدتعي رادقمب ًارمع رغصأ )تاونس 8.9 .ضىرلما ةياعرل ةيلاجملإا ةدولجا ينستح فدبه II ةئفلا نم قابطلإا ءوس ةلجاعم لىع بيردتلاو ميلعتلا نم ديزم لىإ Prévalence des malocclusions chez les enfants d’âge scolaire en consultation dans le service d’orthodontie de l’Université des Sciences médicales de Shiraz (République islamique d’Iran) RÉSUMÉ Pour fournir des données quantitatives sur la prévalence des malocclusions dans la population orthodontique de Chiraz, nous avons étudié les dossiers médicaux de 700 patients (391 filles et 309 garçons), âgés de six à quatorze ans ayant consulté dans le service d’orthodontie du premier cycle de l’Université des Sciences médicales de Shiraz. La prévalence des malocclusions des premières molaires correspondait respectivement à 52,0 % des patients pour la classe I, à 32,6 % pour la classe II et à 12,3 % du groupe étudié pour la classe III, selon la classification d’Angle. La prévalence des malocclusions squelettiques de classe I correspondait respectivement à 18,0 % des patients, celle de la classe II à 70,0 % et celle de la classe III à 12,0 % du groupe étudié. Il n’y avait pas de différences significatives entre les sexes pour la prévalence des types de malocclusion squelettique. Les enfants ayant une malocclusion de classe III étaient nettement plus jeunes (âge moyen 8,9 ans) que ceux qui présentaient une malocclusion de classe I (9,6 ans) ou de classe II (9,7 ans). Les étudiants en orthodontie ont besoin d’un enseignement et d’une formation renforcés pour la prise en charge des malocclusions de classe II afin d’améliorer la qualité globale des soins aux patients. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1246 Introduction The prevalence  of malocclusion  has  been reported for different populations,  but the figures can vary widely, even for  the  same population. Variables  such  as  differences  in  the  classification  of  malocclusions, age of the study sample,  examiner  differences  in  determining  normal occlusion,  and differences  in  sample sizes can affect the results [1].  Although  several  studies have  in- vestigated the prevalence of dentofacial  characteristics in a given population, few  studies have been  conducted  among  patients who  seek or  are  referred  for  orthodontic care [1–10]. Danaei et al.  reported that  in Shiraz, Islamic Repub- lic of  Iran,  the prevalence of  class  I,  II  and III malocclusions in schoolchildren  aged 7–9 years was 47.4%, 14.7% and  2.1% respectively  [11]. Hedayati  et  al.  found  that  almost half  of  the 11–14- year-old  schoolchildren  in Shiraz had  a slight need or no need for orthodon- tic  treatment  according  to  the  index  of  orthodontic  treatment  need  [12].  In  another  study, however,  they  con- cluded  that 70.1% of 12–15-year-old  students in Shiraz had normal or minor  malocclusions,  indicating no need  for  orthodontic treatment [13].  No  representative  data  on  the  prevalence of dentofacial  characteris- tics  are  available  for  the orthodontic  population  in  Shiraz.  Because  the  number of orthodontists  available  to  treat patients in Shiraz is only about 15,  there  is  a high demand on each prac- titioner  for  treatment. Moreover,  the  establishment of a service usually  leads  to  increased  demand  for  treatment  and there has been a steady increase in  the number of patients being  referred  for  treatment. Clearly  the  evaluation  of  referred patients  and  the distribu- tion of malocclusion types can provide  valuable  information  for planning  an  orthodontic service. The present study  was therefore designed to determine the  frequency of malocclusions in a popula- tion of patients  attending a university  department of orthodontics  in Shiraz  for orthodontic treatment.  Methods The orthodontic records of 700 patients  (391 girls and 309 boys) attending the  Department of Orthodontics at Shiraz  University of Medical  Sciences were  selected  randomly  from 1200 patients  and  retrieved  from  the  archives  for  evaluation.  Patients with a history of previous  orthodontic  treatment or with system- atic disease, craniofacial deformities or  syndrome and patients with incomplete  records were excluded  from this  study.  All  patients were  from  the  southern  regions of  the  Islamic Republic of  Iran  and none of them had undergone previ- ous orthodontic treatment. Information  about  social  class or ethnic origin was  not  recorded  in  the patient  records at  the department of orthodontics. Almost  all patients were self-referred since there  is no  formal  referral  system  for dental  care through the Iranian health service.  In  addition,  the  insurance  system  in  the country provides almost no special  coverage for orthodontic treatment.  Written case  records, dental  casts,  panoramic  and cephalometric X-rays  and intraoral and extraoral photographs  were studied. The following dentofacial  characteristics were  investigated  from  initial records: molar relation according  to Angle’s classification and skeletal rela- tion according to ANB and Wit’s apprais- al, overjet, overbite,  crossbite,  growth  pattern and oral habits [14,15]. Lateral  cephalometric X-rays were  retrieved  and traced to establish skeletal relations.  Skeletal malocclusion and growth pat- tern were  determined  by measuring  SNA (saddle–nasion–A-point  angle),  SNB (saddle–nasion–B-point  angle),  ANB (A point–nasion–B-point angle),  Wit’s distances, Go-Gn-SN (gonion– gnathion–saddle–nasion  angle)  and  FMA (Frankfort plan–mandibular plan  angle). Non-nutritional habits (thumb  sucking,  pacifier  sucking,  pen or  nail  biting, lip sucking or cheek biting) were  determined by questioning children and  their parents. Other characteristics were  determined by clinical examination. The data were pooled and analysed  with  the  chi-squared  test  and  1-way  analysis of  variance. All  analyses were  done using SPSS, version 8. Results The overall  ratio of  boys  to  girls was  approximately 4:5. The age distribution  of patients is shown in Figure 1. The age  Figure 1 Age distribution of paediatric patients attending Shiraz University of Medical Sciences orthodontics department طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1247 at first consultation ranged  from 6–14  years but almost all (97.9%) were in the  age range 7–12 years.  The  prevalence  of  skeletal  class  I,  II  and  III malocclusion was 18.0%,  70.0% and 12.0% respectively, and there  was no  significant difference between  the  sexes  in  the prevalence of  skeletal  malocclusion (P = 0.25) (Table 1). The  mean age of patients with skeletal class  III malocclusion  [8.9 (SD 1.5) years]  was  significantly  lower  than  patients  with class I [9.6 (SD 1.5) years] or class  II malocclusions  [9.7 (SD 1.4) years]  (P < 0.001). Table 1 also shows the distribution  of malocclusion in both sexes according  to Angle’s classification of first molars.  The prevalence of Angle class  I maloc- clusion was 52.0%,  class  II 32.6% and  class  III 12.3%. There were  some dif- ferences  in  the  prevalence  of  Angle  malocclusion  between  the  sexes  but  these were not  statistically  significant  (P = 0.06). However, among all class III  patients the percentage of girls (44.2%)  was  significantly  lower  than  boys  (55.8%) (P < 0.05) (Table 1). The growth pattern was normal  in  24.0% of children, vertical in 56.6% and  horizontal  in 19.4%, and  there was no  significant difference in growth patterns  between the sexes (P = 0.71). The prevalence of  large overjet was  30.0% and negative overjet was 18.0%.  The  rate  of  overjet  was  significantly  higher  in boys  than  girls  (P  < 0.001)  (Table 1). However, there were no sig- nificant differences in the prevalence of  different overbites between the sexes (P = 0.46). Crossbite was found in 36.0% of  the sample (17.0% anterior and 19.0%  posterior  crossbite). Oral habits were  noted  in 17.0% of patients,  including  thumb sucking  in 9.2% and  lip biting  in 2.0%. No significant difference was  found  in  the  prevalence  of  crossbite  (P = 0.17) or oral habits (P = 0.08) be- tween the sexes. Discussion In  this  study of  Iranian  children who  sought orthodontic treatment, the prev- alence of class I, II and III malocclusion  of  first molars was 52.0%, 32.6% and  12.3% respectively. The reported preva- lence of dental malocclusion  in a Co- lombian study of young patients varied  from 39% to 93% [16]. The prevalence  Table 1 Orthodontic profile of boys and girls attending Shiraz University of Medical Sciences orthodontics department Variable Total Boys Girls P-value (boys vs girls)(n = 700) (n = 309) (n = 391) No. % No. % No. % Malocclusion (skeletal) Class I 126 18.0 54 17.5 70 17.9 0.25 Class II 490 70.0 224 72.5 270 69.1 Class III 84 12.0 31 10.0 51 13.0 Malocclusion (Angle class) 0.06 Class I 364 52.0 147 47.6 217 55.5 Class II 228 32.6 105 34.0 123 31.5 Class III 86 12.3 48 15.5 38 9.7 End-to-end 22 3.1 9 2.9 13 3.3 Growth pattern 0.71 Normal 168 24.0 77 24.9 91 23.3 Vertical 396 56.6 169 54.7 227 58.1 Horizontal 136 19.4 62 20.1 74 18.9 Overjet < 0.001 Normal 364 52.0 – – – – Large 210 30.0 – – – – Negative 126 18.0 – – – – Bite type 0.46 Normal 252 36.0 102 33.0 160 40.9 Deep bite 371 53.0 170 55.0 215 55.0 Open bite 77 11.0 37 12.0 46 11.8 Cross bite 252 36.0 115 37.2 137 35.0 0.17 Other Oral habits 119 17.0 51 16.5 68 17.4 0.08 EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1248 of different  types of malocclusion may  show considerable  variability,  even  in  a population of  the  same origin. The  criteria  for  normality  vary  from  one  examiner  to  another,  and  this  affects  the results of different studies. Our data  are  in  agreement with Sari  et  al., who  reported  that 61.7% of  the patients  in  Turkey had class  I, 28.1% had class  II  and 10.2% had  class  III Angle dental  malocclusion  [17].  Small  differences  between different  sets  of  results may  be  related  to  sample  selection,  ethnic  origin and sample size. The sample ana- lysed by Sari et al. consisted of patients  accepted  for  treatment, whereas  our  sample consisted of  the  total  referred  population [17]. Our  results are also very  similar  to  those of  Jones, who  investigated den- tal malocclusion  in 132 Saudi Arabian  patients  referred  for orthodontic  treat- ment and reported that 53.8% had class  I, 33.3% class II and 12.9% had class III  Angle dental malocclusions [7]. How- ever,  these  results might not  represent  the prevalence of malocclusion  in  the  reference population because  the sam- ple size was insufficient. Our findings  show  less  agreement  with Sayin and Türkkahraman’s  study,  which found that the prevalence of class  I, II and III Angle dental malocclusions  in  a Turkish  population  referred  for  orthodontic  treatment was 64%, 24%  and  12%  respectively  [1].  Although  their  reported  frequency of class  I and  II malocclusions was different from our  results, the frequency of class III maloc- clusion was  similar. However,  a  study  in  Indonesia obtained different figures  for class III frequencies, reporting a 2%  incidence  in  the  Indonesian  sample  compared  to 4%  in an English sample  and 23% in a Chinese population [5]. The male:female  ratio  in our study  was 4:5 ,which is similar to the 4:6 ratio  in  the  studies by Willems  et  al.  [18],  Jones [7] and Sayin and Türkkahraman  [1].  In our study 48.0% of  the patients  had abnormal (class II or III) molar in- terdigitation. This is in agreement with a  2007 study onstudents in Shiraz, which  found deviation  from the class  I molar  relation in about half the sample [13].  The  data  from  our  orthodontic  population was  affected by  selection  bias and cannot be extrapolated  to  the  whole  Shiraz  population. Therefore,  our patients would be expected to have  a  greater prevalence of malocclusion.  Similarly, Ucuncu and Ertugay  found  that 83.2% of  the Turkish patients  re- ferred  for  treatment, but only 38.3% of  the school-aged population, had a great  need for orthodontic treatment [10]. In  another study Danaei et al.  found  that  in 7–9-year-old children  in Shiraz,  the  prevalence of class  I,  II  and  III maloc- clusion  was  47.4%,  14.7%  and  2.1%  respectively [11]. The lower prevalence  of class II and III malocclusion in their  study may be  related  to  sample  selec- tion, as noted above. Nevertheless,  the  orthodontic population can be a useful  group  for  analyses  related  to  specific  orthodontic  treatments, as others have  previously reported [8,9,19,20].  Although Angle’s classification has  been the topic of many discussions in the  literature [21,22], it remains a fairly easy  and accurate way of categorizing maloc- clusions, and is widely used in the dental  profession. We  therefore used Angle’s  original  classification  in  this  study  to  categorize dental malocclusions. The  results of this categorization are shown  in Table 2, and compared with those of  other surveys [8,9,19,20,23]. It is none- theless difficult  to compare prevalence  studies  of  dentofacial  characteristics  because  the  results  represent different  ethnic types [18]. The type of malocclusion  is an  im- portant  factor  that  affects  a  patient’s  motivation to seek treatment [1]. In our  study, comparisons of the mean ages of  the malocclusion groups indicated a sta- tistically significant difference between  skeletal class  III and other groups, and  the lowest mean age was in the class III  group (8.9 years). This contrasts with  Wilmont et al.’s  study, which reported  that patients with a severe sagittal class  II deformity had  a higher motivation  for orthodontic  treatment  [24]. This  may  be  attributed  to  the  fact  that  in  Iranian society, a slightly convex profile  in  young children  is more  acceptable  than concave profiles. Adolescence  is  often  associated with  increased  self- consciousness, confusion about identity  and acceptance by others, and concerns  about recognition from adults and peers  [25]. Accordingly, adolescents are more  likely  to be highly motivated  to  seek  orthodontic  treatment. According  to  our results, the majority of patients were  7–12  years  old. Thus  (and while  ac- knowledging  that external motivations  may also play a  role) we can conclude  that  the motivation  for  orthodontic  Table 2 Prevalence of Angle classes in our Shiraz orthodontic population compared with other orthodontic populations Angle class Present study Willems et al. [18] Beresford [23] Sheiham et al. [19] Rose [8] Vig et al. [20] Yang [9] Islamic Republic of Iran Belgium England England England USA Korea % % % % % % % Class I 52.0 31 37.8 47.1 49.2 43.7 53.9 Class II 35.6 63 60.4 44.3 46.3 50.8 14.9 Class III 12.3 6 1.8 8.6 4.5 5.5 49.1 طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1249 treatment increased during early adoles- cence in our Iranian population sample.  However,  this  interpretation must  take  into consideration  the  fact  that  at  the  Shiraz orthodontic department, most  patients older  than 12 years attend the  postgraduate section of the department,  and those records were not reviewed in  the present study. In our study skeletal class II patients  comprised  the greatest percentage of  cases,  but  in Danaei  et  al.’s  study  the  prevalence of  class  II malocclusion  in  the Shiraz population was only 14.7%  [11]. This  suggests  that more  class  II  patients in our population were referred  for orthodontic  treatment.  It  therefore  seems logical to reinforce education and  training about class II malocclusion for  Iranian dental  students. Moreover, our  results  suggest  that  insurance  system  coverage  for  these patients would be  appropriate. In  our  sample  of  children  the  prevalence of  skeletal class  I,  II and III  malocclusions was 18%, 70% and 12%  respectively. These figures differ  from  those of Jones, who reported 46.4% for  class I, 27.5% for class II and 26.1% for  class  III  skeletal malocclusion  in Saudi  Arabian  patients  [7]. This  difference  may be attributed to ethnic differences  and the small size of the Saudi Arabian  study sample. In our  study, 56.5% of  the patients  had a vertical growth pattern of the facial  skeleton, compared with Willem’s study,  which reported 29% vertical growth pat- tern at a Belgian university [18]. On the  other hand our study showed that 19%  of our  sample had posterior crossbite,  similar to the prevalence of this anomaly  in Willem’s study (15%) [18]. The  prevalences  of  large  overjet  (30.0%), negative overjet (18,0%) and  open bite (11.0%) were higher  than  in  a study by Danaei et al., which reported  prevalences of increased overjet of 17%,  reverse overjet of less than 2% and open  bite of  less  than 3% [13]. These differ- ences can also be attributed to  the  fact  that their sample consisted of a random  selection of  schoolchildren  rather  than  referred patients  and  to  the older  age  in general of the students in their study  compared to our sample. Conclusions Most  of  the  children  attending  the  Department  of Orthodontics  at  this  Shiraz  hospital  had  skeletal  class  II  malocclusion. Since  the number of or- thodontists available to treat patients in  the city of Shiraz is limited, there is a high  demand on each practitioner  for  treat- ment. Therefore current orthodontics  students should receive more education  and training in the management of class  II malocclusion  to  improve  the overall  quality of care for patients. Acknowledgements This study was supported by the Office  of  the Vice Chancellor  for Research of  Shiraz University of Medical Sciences.  We thank the Centre for Development  of Clinical Research of Nemazee Hospi- tal  in Shiraz for editorial assistance and  K. Shashok (AuthorAID in the Eastern  Mediterranean)  for  improving  the use  of English in the manuscript.  References Sayin MO, Türkkahraman H. Malocclusion and crowding in an 1. orthodontically referred Turkish population. Angle Orthodon- tist, 2004, 74:635–639. Brunelle JA, Bhat M, Lipton JA. Prevalence and distribution 2. of selected occlusal characteristics in the U.S. population, 1988–91. Journal of Dental Research, 1996, 75:706–7013. Foster TD, Day AJ. A survey of malocclusion and the need for 3. orthodontic treatment in a Shropshire school population. Brit- ish Journal of Orthodontics, 1973, 1:73–78. Ingervall B. Prevalence of dental and occlusal anomalies in 4. Swedish conscripts. Acta Odontologica Scandinavica, 1974, 32:83–92. Johnson JS, Soetamat A, Winoto NA. A comparison of some 5. features of the Indonesian occlusion with those of two other ethnic groups. British Journal of Orthodontics, 1978, 5:183–188. Proffit WR, Fields HW, Moray LJ. Prevalence of malocclusion 6. and orthodontic treatment need in the United States: esti- mates from the NHANES 3 survey. International Journal of Adult Orthodontics and Orthognathic Surgery, 1998, 13:97–106. Jones BW. Malocclusion and facial types in a group of Saudi 7. Arabian patients referred for orthodontic treatment: a prelimi- nary study. British Journal of Orthodontics, 1987, 14:143–146. Rose JS. A thousand cases: a survey. 8. British Journal of Orthodon- tics, 1974, 1:45–54. Yang WS. [The study on the orthodontic patients who visited 9. department of orthodontics, Seoul, National University Hos- pital]. Taehan Chikkwa Uisa Hyophoe Chi, 1990, 28:811–821 [in Korean]. Uçüncü N, Ertugay E. The use of the index of orthodontic treat-10. ment need (IOTN) in a school population and referred popula- tion. Journal of Orthodontics, 2001, 28(1):45–52. Danaie SM, Asadi Z, Salehi P. Distribution of malocclusion 11. types in 7–9-year-old Iranian children. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2006, 12(1–2):236–240. Hedayati Z, Fattahi HR, Jahromi SB. The use of index of ortho-12. dontic treatment need in an Iranian population. Journal of the Indian Society of Pedodontics and Preventive Dentistry, 2007, 25(1):10–14. Danaei SM, Amirrad F, Salehi P. Orthodontic treatment needs 13. of 12–15 year old students in Shiraz, Islamic Republic of Iran. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2007, 13(2): 326–234. Angle EH. Classification of malocclusion. 14. Dental Cosmos, 1908, 41:248–264. Proffit WR, Fields HWJr, Sarver DM, eds. 15. Contemporary ortho- dontics, 4th ed. St Louis, Missouri, Mosby, 2007:195–199. Thilander B et al. Prevalence of malocclusion and orthodontic 16. treatment need in children and adolescents in Bogota, Co- lombia. An epidemiological study related to different stages of EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1250 dental development. European Journal of Orthodontics, 2001, 23:153–168. Sari Z et al. Orthodontic malocclusions and evaluation of treat-17. ment alternatives: an epidemiologic study. Turkish Journal of Orthodontics, 2003, 16:119–126. Willems G et al. Prevalence of dentofacial characteristics in a 18. Belgian orthodontic population. Clinical Oral Investigations, 2001, 5: 220–226. Sheiham A et al. Orthodontic treatment in the general dental 19. service in England and Wales: a study. British Dental Journal, 1971, 131:535–538. Vig PS et al. The duration of orthodontic treatment with and 20. without extractions: a pilot study of five selected practices. American Journal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopaedics, 1990, 97:45–51. Brin I, Weinberger T, Ben-Choirin E. Classification of occlu-21. sion reconsidered. European Journal of Orthodontics, 2000, 22:169–174. Du SQ et al. Reliability of three methods of occlusion clas-22. sification. American Journal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopaedics, 1998, 113(4):463–470. Beresford JS. Tooth size and class distinction. 23. Dental Practice, 1969, 20:113–120. Wilmont JJ et al. Associations between severity of dentofacial 24. deformity and motivation for orthodontic–orthognathic sur- gery treatment. Angle Orthodontist, 1993, 63:283–288. Tung AW, Kiyak HA. Psychological influences on the timing of 25. orthodontic treatment. American Journal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopaedics, 1998, 113:29–39. Hidden cities: unmasking and overcoming health inequities in urban settings This global report is an important component of the overall World Health Organization strategy to strengthen the  response of the local, national and global health communities to reduce health inequities in an increasingly urbanized  world. The report exposes the extent to which the urban poor suffer disproportionately from a wide range of diseases and  health problems, which can be traced back to inequalities in their social and living conditions. It also provides evidence- based information and tools to help municipal and health authorities tackle health inequities in their cities.  The case for action is juxtaposed with personal stories and photos illustrating the issues of urban health equity in six  countries. Stories of municipal and national authorities who are taking action to reduce inequities also are featured.   Further information about this and other WHO publication is available at: http://www.who.int/publications/en/  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1251 Medical interns’ knowledge of tuberculosis and DOTS strategy in northern Islamic Republic of Iran A.R. Charkazi,1 G. Kouchaki,2 M. Soleymani Nejad 1 and A.H. Gholizade 3 ABSTRACT The increasing incidence of tuberculosis (TB) is a major concern to public health policy-makers. To assess knowledge about TB and the DOTS strategy among medical students in a high incidence area of the Islamic Republic of Iran, a questionnaire designed around the national TB programme guidelines was given to 80 interns in Golestan and Mazandaran medical schools in December 2007. The overall mean knowledge score was 1.80 (SD 1.61) items correct out of 15. Knowledge about diagnosis, treatment and monitoring was especially poor. There were no significant differences between the knowledge of interns who had completed their internships in the infectious diseases or community health departments compared with those who had not. 1Department of Public Health; 2Department of Surgery, School of Paramedicine and Health, Golestan University of Medical Sciences, Gorgan, Islamic Republic of Iran (Correspondence to A.R. Charkazi: r.charkazi@gmail.com). 3Department of Public Health, School of Health, Mazandaran University of Medical Sciences, Sari, Islamic Republic of Iran. Received: 09/02/09; accepted: 20/05/09 ناريإ ةيروهجم قشر في شرابلما فاشرلإا تتح دملأا ةيرصقلا ةلجاعلما ةيجيتارـتساو لسلا نع ينميقلما ءابطلأا فراعم ةيملاسلإا يدالها دبع هداز ليق ،دازن نمايلس ةيضرم ،يكجوك دممح نابرق ،يزكرج نحمرلا دبع ًانايبتسا نوثحابلا م َّمص دقو .ةيمومعلا ةحصلا في سيايسلا رارقلا باحصأ ىدل ةيسيئرلا لغاوشلا نم لسلا عوقول ديازتلما ل َّدعلما ُّدَعُي :ةـصلالخا ةيرصقلا ةلجاعلما ةيجيتارـتسا لوحو ضرلما اذه لوح بطلا بلاط فراعم مييقت فدبه ،لسلا ةحفاكم جمانبرب ةصالخا ةيداشرلإا لئلادلا لوح ينميقلما ءابطلأا نم يننماثل تانايبتسلاا تيطعأو ،ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم في لسلا عوقول عفترم ل َّدعم تاذ ةقطنم في شرابلما فاشرلإا تتح دملأا يرايعم فارحناب( ًادنب 1.80 ةيطسولا ةحيحصلا ةيلاجملإا زارحلأا تغلب دقو .2007 برمسيد/لولأا نوناك في نارادنزامو ناتسلُك في بطلا ْيَتيلك في ابه ُّدَتْعُي قورف كانه نكي لمو .صاخ لكشب ءوسلا ةغلاب دْص َّرلاو ةلجاعلماو صيخشتلا لوح فراعلما تناكو .فراعلما ملس لىع 15 لصأ نم )1.61 نيذلا ينميقلما ءابطلأا فراعم ينبو عمتجلما ةحص وأ ةيدعلما ضارملأا ماسقأ في مهتماقإ ةرـتف اولمكتسا نيذلا ينميقلما ءابطلأا فراعم ينب ًايئاصحإ .اهولمكتسي لم Connaissances des internes en médecine sur la tuberculose et sur la stratégie du traitement de durée brève sous surveillance directe dans la partie septentrionale de la République islamique d’Iran RÉSUMÉ L’incidence croissante de la tuberculose est une préoccupation majeure pour les responsables politiques de la santé publique. Pour évaluer les connaissances des étudiants en médecine sur la tuberculose et sur la stratégie du traitement de durée brève sous surveillance directe dans une zone d’incidence élevée de la République islamique d’Iran, un questionnaire élaboré à partir des directives nationales du programme de lutte contre la tuberculose a été administré à 80 internes des facultés de médecine de Golestan et Mazandaran, en décembre 2007. Le score moyen global était d’1,80 réponse exacte (E.T. 1,61) sur un total de 15 questions. Les connaissances concernant le diagnostic, le traitement et le suivi étaient particulièrement insuffisantes. Il n’y avait pas de différences significatives entre les connaissances des internes qui avaient effectué leur internat dans le service des maladies infectieuses ou dans les services de santé communautaires et les connaissances des internes d’autres services. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1252 Introduction The increasing incidence of tuberculosis  (TB) is a major concern to public health  policy-makers  in both developing and  developed  countries  [1–3].  Approxi- mately one-third of  the world’s popu- lation  is  infected with Mycobacterium tuberculosis, and 3 million people die every  year due to TB [4]. Today, in spite of M. tuberculosis screening, vaccines and effec- tive anti-TB drugs, it is still a major global  public health problem [5,6].  Incorrect  and  insufficient  treatment,  the  emer- gence of multi-drug  resistant  (MDR- TB)  strains  and  the co-epidemic with  HIV all contributed to the failure of TB  control,  prompting  the World Health  Organization (WHO) to pronounce TB  a global emergency in 1993 [1].  In  the  Islamic  Republic  of  Iran  the  incidence of TB decreased  stead- ily  from 34 per 100 000 population  in  1993  to 13.2 per 100 000 population  in 2006,  after  the  introduction of  the  WHO recommended TB control strat- egy known as directly-observed  treat- ment short-course (DOTS). In several  regions  such as Sistan va Baluchistan  and Golestan provinces  the  incidence  of TB  is higher  than  in other  regions  [7]. Medical interns, as future specialist  and general physicians (GPs),  are  the  backbone  of  any  health  care  system  and are in a position to make an impact  on TB control. Nevertheless,  there  is  limited data  about  knowledge of TB  and the DOTS strategy among medical  interns. Previous  studies conducted  in  the  Islamic Republic of  Iran  showed  poor knowledge about TB and DOTS  among GPs  in  the public  and private  health sectors [8–10]. In view of  the  importance of phy- sicians’  collaboration  in  TB  care  to  achieve control of  the disease, we de- signed this study to evaluate knowledge  of TB control and  its management via  the DOTS strategy among the medical  interns of Golestan  and Mazandaran  medical schools in the northern part of  the Islamic Republic of Iran. Methods A cross-sectional study was carried out  in  December  2007,  simultaneously  among  interns of Golestan University  of Medical Sciences in Gorgan city and  Mazandaran University of Medical Sci- ences in Sari city. Participants To recruit participants  for  the study, a  list of all  interns  resident  in 7 hospitals  (4  in Sari  and 3  in Gorgan) were ob- tained  from  the medical  schools. All  departments and wards in the hospitals  were visited  to  recruit  the  students  to  the study. Of  the 103 eligible  students  23  dropped  out  (15  in Gorgan  and  8  in Sari),  giving  a final  sample of 80  students.  Interns gave  verbal  consent  to participate  after being given assur- ances of  confidentiality  and anonym- ity. A repeat visit was conducted on the  subsequent 3 days  to  include  interns  who were  absent during  the first  visit  or could not be contacted as they were  off-duty or busy at the time.  Data collection Data  were  gathered  using  a  self- administered questionnaire with a mix  of open- and closed-ended questions.  The first  section  recorded some back- ground  information (age,  sex, univer- sity  and whether  they had completed  internships  in departments where  the  subject of TB  is  taught  routinely). The  second section assessed TB knowledge  based on  the DOTS  strategy  includ- ing: meaning of  the  acronym DOTS,  description  of  the  DOTS  concept,  meaning of  the  term MDR-TB, usual  mode of transmission of TB, most com- mon symptoms of pulmonary TB,  the  best  tests  for diagnosis of pulmonary  TB and  for monitoring of  treatment,  categories of TB treatment, the recom- mended anti-TB regimen  in  the  initial  and  continuous phases,  definition of  failure of TB  treatment, criterion  for a  cured person and the  types of TB that  need long-term treatment.  The  questionnaire  was  designed  using  the  national  tuberculosis  pro- gramme guidelines and  its validity was  determined  by  assessing  its  content  validity and testing its reliability by test– retest (r = 0.85).  Statistics All data were entered into SPSS, version  13  for Windows,  and double entry of  data was used in order to check for data  entry accuracy. Independent t-tests were  performed to analyse any differences in  mean knowledge. Values of P  ≤  0.05  were  considered  significant. All other  measures were  subject  to descriptive  statistics.  Interns’ knowledge  level was  described as high  if  they scored > 75%  correct answers, moderate if 50%–75%  correct or low if < 50% correct. Results Background data of participants The participants  comprised 44 (55%)  men and 36 (45%) women. Their mean  [standard deviation (SD)] age was 25.8  (SD 1.5) years,  range 24–31 years. Of  these, 28.8% had completed their intern- ship in the infectious diseases ward and  27.5% in the community health depart- ment. The participants’  demographic  characteristics are shown in Table 1. DOTS strategy and MDR-TB Over 90% of  the participants were un- able to define the DOTS acronym and  83.8% could not describe  the DOTS  concept; 57.5% were unable  to define  the term MDR-TB (Table 2). Transmission and symptoms A majority of interns (85.0%) correctly  identified TB  as  a  droplet  infection,  while  some  thought  that  sexual  inter- course  (8.7%)  and  digestion  (5.0%)  were routes of transmission (Table 3). Two-fifths  (40.0%)  mentioned  coughing  for  3 weeks  or more  as  an  important  symptom  of  pulmonary  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1253 TB; other answers  included chest pain  (20.0%), dyspnoea  (15.0%) and hae- moptysis (12.5%) (Table 3). Diagnosis and follow-up Only 17.5% considered sputum smears  for acid-fast bacilli (AFB) as the best test  for diagnosis of pulmonary TB, while  60.0%  proposed  chest  X-ray  (Table  3). Only 6.3% considered sputum mi- croscopy as  the best  test  for  follow-up  of cases under  treatment, while 85.0%  thought it was chest X-ray. Treatment and management Only  a  few participants  (7.5%) were  able  to define categories of TB  treat- ment and duration of consumption of  drugs  in 2 categories (Table 4). Four- fifths  (80.0%) were unable  to  recom- mended which anti-TB drugs should be  used  in each category. Asked  to name  the 4  types of TB that need  long-term  chemotherapy (miliary, CNS, menin- geal and skeletal TB), 58.8% could not  identify  even  1  type. Very  few  knew  how to define TB treatment failure and  only 2 respondents were able to give the  definition of a cured case of TB.  Knowledge assessment The overall mean knowledge score  for  the 80 interns was 1.80 (SD 1.61) cor- rect  answers  from a maximum of 15.  Knowledge of all interns was poor: none  of  them achieved a moderate or high  score. There was no  significant differ- ence between the knowledge of interns  who had completed their internships in  the  infectious diseases or  community  health departments and those who had  not (data not shown). Discussion In this study interns working in 7 medi- cal centres in Gorgan and Sari had very  weak knowledge of TB. Our results are  consistent with  the findings of  studies  in other  regions and countries  such as  those of Shehzadi [11], Khan [12], Har- ries  [13], Lotfi  [8], Nojoomi  [9]  and  Talaeei [10], in which most interns and  GPs had  insufficient knowledge. Our  study also showed that poor knowledge  of TB among  interns was not affected  by the type of ward they had worked in.  Students who had completed  their  in- ternships  in the infectious diseases and  community health departments, where  the  subject of TB  is  taught  routinely,  had no better  knowledge  than  those  who had no experience in these fields.  Our findings  about  knowledge of  transmission of M. tuberculosis were con  sistent with studies of medical students,  residents  and  interns  in Pakistan,  the  United States of America and Nigeria,  although subjects there were somewhat  better  informed, with  96%,  95%  and  88.1% knowing  that droplet  infection  was  the  usual mode  of  transmission  compared  with  85.0%  in  our  study  [12,14,15]. A study among GPs  in Pa- kistan showed  that only 68% correctly  identified TB as a droplet infection [11].  Two  studies  in  India  and  the Philip- pines  showed poor knowledge about  the mode of  transmission, with about  4% of  interns  and 21% of  physicians  aware  that  droplet  infection was  the  only route of transmission [16,17]. Cough for 3 weeks or more is con- sidered  to be  the primary symptom of  Table 1 Demographic profile of interns included in the study (n = 80) Variable No. % Sex Male 44 55.0 Female 36 45.0 Age (years) 23–24 15 18.8 25–26 44 55.0 27–28 16 20.0 29–30 4 5.0 30+ 1 1.2 Medical school Mazandaran, Sari 52 65.0 Golestan, Gorgan 28 35.0 Completed internship in: Infectious diseases 23 28.8 Community health 22 27.5 Table 2 Knowledge among interns about terminology related to the directly observed treatment, short-course (DOTS) strategy and multi-drug resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB) (n = 80) Item Correct response Incorrect response No response No. % No. % No. % Define the acronym for DOTS 3 3.8 36 45.0 41 51.2 Describe the DOTS concepta 13 16.2 67 83.8 0 0 Define the term MDR-TBb 34 42.5 46 57.5 0 0 aStrategy to assure consumption of anti-TB drugs in the initial phase of pulmonary TB treatment when it is supported by health workers; bTB that is resistant to at least isoniazid and rifampicin. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1254 pulmonary  TB  according  to WHO  guidelines. Two-fifths of  interns  in our  study were able to identify this symptom,  although  in  a high prevalence  region  such as Golestan province  this  rate of  knowledge was  inadequate and should  be higher. In contrast, in India, Pakistan,  the Philippines and Somalia, physicians  and medical  interns were very knowl- edgeable  about  the presenting  symp- toms of pulmonary TB [16–19]. We found that few interns indicated  sputum smear microscopy for diagnosis  of TB or as a follow-up test. Sputum mi- croscopy has a high specificity and low  rate of  false negatives.  It  is  considered  to  be  the most  efficient method  for  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  TB,  and  is  advocated under  the DOTS  strategy  worldwide. Interns in Pakistan and India  were somewhat better  informed about  sputum  smear  microscopy  [12,16].  Studies  performed  in  other  parts  of  world showed students’ and physicians’  knowledge  ranging  from 38%  to 85%  [12,14,19–23]. The  interns  had  poor  knowledge  regarding treatment monitoring: a mere  6.3% were  aware of AFB  sputum mi- croscopy  as  a monitoring  tool. Their  counterparts  in Pakistan were  better  informed  with  43.5%  aware  [12].  A  study in Ethiopia revealed similar levels  of knowledge among physicians  [24].  However,  in a study of actual practices  in Pakistan, no sputum smear tests were  conducted during treatment [25].  A  large proportion of  our  interns  were unfamiliar with appropriate  treat- ment regimens in the initial and continu- ation phases of the national tuberculosis  control programme, which  is based on  WHO guidelines. Almost none of  the  respondents knew  the meaning of  the  DOTS acronym. Their counterparts in  Pakistan were  slightly better  informed  with about 18% able  to define  it  [12].  Similarly, most of  the  students  in our  study were unable  to define  the basic  concept of  the DOTS strategy. When  asked to write the drugs and their dura- tion used in the initial phase (2 months  Table 3 Knowledge among interns about transmission, symptoms, diagnosis and follow-up of tuberculosis (TB) (n = 80) Knowledge item for pulmonary TB No. correct responses % Usual mode of transmission Droplet infection 68 85.0 Sexual transmission 4 5.0 Digestion 3 3.8 No response 5 6.2 Most common symptom Coughing for 3 weeks 32 40.0 Chest pain 16 20.0 Dyspnoea 12 15.0 Haemoptysis 10 12.4 Fever 7 8.8 Weight loss 3 3.8 Best test for diagnosis Chest X-ray 48 60.0 Smear culture 18 22.5 AFB sputum microscopy 14 17.5 Treatment monitoring Chest X-ray 68 85.0 Smear culture 7 8.7 AFB sputum microscopy 5 6.3 AFB = acid-fast bacilli. Table 4 Knowledge among interns about treatment and management of pulmonary tuberculosis (TB) (n = 80) Question Correct response Incorrect response No response No. % No. % No. % Categories of TB treatment and duration of use of drugs 6 7.5 56 70.0 18 22.5 Drugs and doses used in both initial and continuous phase 16 20.0 52 65.0 12 15.0 Definition of failure of TB treatment 11 13.7 21 26.3 48 60.0 Criteria for cured case 2 2.5 12 15.0 66 82.5 Types of TB which need long-term chemotherapy (n = 79): 4 types 1 1.3 – – – – 3 types 1 1.3 – – – – 2 types 7 8.8 – – – – 1 type 23 28.8 – – – – None 47 58.8 – – – – طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1255 of  isoniazid/rifampicin/pyrazinamide/ ethambutol) and the continuous phase  (4 months  of  isoniazid/rifampicin)  of  treatment, only 20% of  the  interns  were  correct. This  lack of  knowledge  about correct prescribing may  lead  to  the  spread  of MDR-TB  strains.  In  2  surveys  conducted  among  interns  in  India and Pakistan,  the rates of correct  knowledge of  the  recommended regi- men were 7.8% and 56.5% respectively  [12,16]. Other  studies  conducted  in  various countries about the prescribing  behaviour of GPs reported similar find- ings [18,20,24,26,27].  The definition of  treatment  failure,  i.e.  if  a  patient  is  AFB-positive  for  5  months or more after treatment begins,  was correctly answered only by 13.8% of  respondents. Treatment failure is a sign  that  the TB management and control  programme  is  inadequate and  is a  risk  for MDR-TB in the community.  Four  types of TB need  long-term  treatment for 8 months: meningeal TB,  miliary TB, CNS and skeletal TB. Only  1 of our participants knew all of  these  and 1 knew 3  types. Almost 60% ab- stained from responding, showing poor  knowledge about this aspect of TB.  Several  limitations of  this  study  re- strict the generalizability of the findings.  Only 2 medical  schools out of  the 44  in  the  Islamic Republic  of  Iran were  surveyed, and  information about  those  who did not wish to participate was not  collected. Conclusions In conclusion, this study demonstrated  poor of knowledge about TB accord- ing  to  the WHO and national  tuber- culosis programme guidelines  among  interns in Sari and Gorgan in 2007. We  suggest  that  comprehensive, updated,  in-service  training  is  needed  among  undergraduates, with special emphasis  on the DOTS strategy, and appropriate  changes  in  the undergraduate medical  teaching  curriculum. Similar  studies  need  to be  conducted  in other  parts  of  country  among  interns,  especially  in  regions with a high prevalence and  incidence of TB such as Sistan va Balu- chistan and southern Khorasan. Acknowledgements This work  received  financial  support  from  Golestan  Medical  Sciences  University. We are very grateful  to all  interns who participated  in  this  study  and  took  time out of  their  busy  lives  to complete  the questionnaire. We are  also very thankful to Razieh Parvar, Ra- himeh Arazi, Mina Kalteh and Aeazam  Masoudi.  References Lee JW. Global health improvement and WHO: shaping the 1. future, Lancet, 2003, 362:2083–2088. World Health Report 2003. Shaping the future2. . Geneva, World Health Organization, 2003. Global tuberculosis control: surveillance, planning, financing. 3. WHO report 2004. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2004 (WHO/HTM/TB/2004.331). Dolin PI, Raviglione MC, Kochi A. Global tuberculosis inci-4. dence and mortality during 1990–2000. Bulletin of World Health Organization, 1994, 72:213–220. Global tuberculosis control: surveillance, planning, financing. 5. WHO report 2005. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2005 (WHO/HTM/TB/2005.349). Mir Haggani L, Nasehi M. [6. National guidelines for combating TB. Iranian Ministry of Health, 1st ed]. Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran, Seda Publisher, 2002 [in Farsi]. [7. Prevalence and Incidence of TB in Iran. Annual report of Iranian Ministry of Health]. Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran, Ministry of Health, 2006 [in Farsi]. Lotfi H, Arabnejad B. [The survey of private general practition-8. ers knowledge about pulmonary TB and DOTS strategy in Iran]. Tabibe-E-Shargh, Journal of Zahedan University of Medical Sciences and Health Services, 2004, 6:25–32 [in Farsi]. Nojoomi M, Mokhberol Safa L, Jamali A. [Study of knowledge 9. and attitude of private general physicians of Karaj city regard- ing national TB programs]. Iranian Journal of Respiratory Dis- ease, Thoracic Surgery, Intensive Care and Tuberculosis, 2003, 6(2):67–73 [in Farsi]. Tallaei H, Yadegari D, Shahid N. [The study of GPs knowledge 10. from control and treatment of TB via DOTS strategy: its neces- sity to medical school curriculum]. Iranian Journal of Infectious Disease and Tropical Medicine, 2002, 18(7):72–78 [in Farsi]. Shehzadi R et al. Knowledge regarding management of tuber-11. culosis among general practitioners in northern area of Paki- stan. Pakistan Medical Association Journal, 2005, 55(4):74–76. Khan JA et al. Medical interns knowledge of TB in Pakistan. 12. Tropical Doctor, 2005, 35(3):44–47. Harries AD et al. Teaching tuberculosis control to medical un-13. dergraduates: the Malawi experience. International Journal of Tuberculosis and Lung Disease, 2003, 7(9):842–847. Karakousis P et al. U.S. medical resident familiarity with na-14. tional tuberculosis guidelines. BMC Infectious Diseases, 2007, 7:89. Bousari O, Adeyemi A, Bousari O. Knowledge of tuberculosis 15. and its management practices among medical interns in a resource-poor setting: implications for disease control in sub- Saharan Africa. Internet Journal of Infectious Diseases, 2008, 6(2). Rajpal S et al. Knowledge, attitude and practices regarding 16. tuberculosis and DOTS among interns in Delhi, India. Journal of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Pakistan, 2007, 17(8):457–461. Yu CT et al. Pulmonary tuberculosis: knowledge, attitude and 17. practices of selected physicians in tertiary-care hospital. Phil- ippine Journal of Microbiology and Infectious Diseases, 2002, 31(1):1–8. Khan J et al. Tuberculosis diagnosis and treatment practices of 18. private physician in Karachi, Pakistan. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2003, 9:769–775. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1256 Health promises and perils in an interdependent world: breaking the cycle of poverty, misery, and illness Extract from an address delivered at Tokyo Women’s Medical University on 18 November 2010 by Dr Margaret Chan, Director- General of the World Health Organization As we now know from decades of research and experience, the education of girls and women is indeed transformational.  The financial independence of women is indeed closely linked to their social status. The social status of women is a  major determinant of health for women, their families, and communities.  In sub-Saharan Africa, for example, ... the rural woman ... is often the breadwinner, the caregiver, and the beast of burden.  She may spend as many as four hours every day fetching water and fuel. She is overworked, undereducated, and locked  into poverty. Her life is one of hardship and drudgery, fraught with risks to health. She will have a number of children,  closely spaced, rightly assuming that some will die because of malaria, measles, pneumonia, malnutrition, or the many  other ills closely linked to poverty. Her risk of dying during pregnancy and childbirth is nearly four hundred times  greater than it is here in Japan.  This is the starkest statistic in public health: the difference in maternal mortality in rich countries compared with poor  countries, where more than 99% of these deaths occur.  As we know today, the number of maternal deaths will not go down until more women have skilled attendants at birth  and access to emergency obstetric care. This is a health systems issue, a matter of capacity and infrastructure, involving  the proximity and quality of health services, transportation, staff, skills, supplies, and, of course, an ability to pay. The full text of Dr Chan’s address is available at: http://www.who.int/dg/speeches/2010/tokyo_20101118/en/ index.html Suleiman BA et al. Do doctors in north western Somalia follow 19. the national guidelines for tuberculosis management? Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2003, 9:789–795. Hong YP et al. Survey of knowledge, attitude and practices for 20. tuberculosis among general practitioners. Tubercle and Lung Disease, 1995, 76:431–435. Uplekar MW, Sheela R. Private doctors and tuberculosis con-21. trol in India. Tubercle and Lung Disease, 1993, 74:332–337. Uplekar MW et al. Tuberculosis management in private prac-22. tice and its implications. Indian Journal of Tuberculosis, 1996, 43:19–22. Uplekar MW et al. Tuberculosis patients and practitioners in 23. private clinics in India. International Journal of Tuberculosis and Lung Disease, 1998, 2:324–329. Shimeles E et al. Knowledge and practice of private practition-24. ers in TB control in Addis Ababa. International Journal of Tuber- culosis and Lung Disease, 2006, 10:1172–1177. Arif K et al. Physician compliance with national tuberculosis 25. treatment guidelines: a university hospital study. International Journal of Tuberculosis and Lung Disease, 1997, 2:225–230. Hussain A et al. Adherence of private practitioners with the 26. national tuberculosis treatment guidelines in Pakistan: a survey report. Journal of Pakistan Medical Association, 2005, 55:17–19. Olle-Goig JE. A survey of prescribing patterns for tuberculosis 27. treatment amongst Doctors in a Bolivian city. International Jour- nal of Tuberculosis and Lung Disease, 1993, 3:74–78. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1257 Transfusion audit of blood products using the World Health Organization Basic Information Sheet in Qazvin, Islamic Republic of Iran H. Sheikholeslami,1 C. Kani,1 P. Fallah-Abed,2 F. Lalooha3 and N. Mohammadi4 ABSTRACT We assessed the practicality of using the transfusion Basic Information Sheet (BIS) for data collection, to determine the overall adequacy of physician documentation of blood product transfusion, and to make an audit of the appropriateness of blood product transfusion. The transfusion process and clinical indications for transfusions administered to adult hospitalized patients in 3 tertiary care teaching hospitals in Qazvin were prospectively reviewed. Adequate documentation was achieved in 62.6% of all transfusion episodes, range 41%–73%, depending on the medical specialty; 15.7% of red blood cells and whole blood requests, 40.8% of platelet requests and 34.1% of fresh frozen plasma requests were inappropriate. BIS-based information along with data collection can be used to provide feedback regarding the effectiveness of and compliance with local and national transfusion guidelines. 1Department of Internal Medicine, Boali Sina Hospital; 2Department of Surgery, Shahid Rajaei Hospital; 3Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Kossar Hospital; Faculty of Medicine, Qazvin University of Medical Sciences, Qazvin, Islamic Republic of Iran (Correspondence to H. Sheikholeslami: bsrcqi@hotmail.com). 4Department of Community Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, Iran University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran. Received: 15/05/09; accepted: 17/08/09 ةحصلا ةمظنلم ةيساسلأا تامولعلما ةحيفص مادختساب ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم ،نيوزق في مدلا تاجتنم لقن لىع شيتفتلا ةيلماعلا يدممح ديون ،اهوللا ةمطاف ،دباع حلاف زيورب ،ينك ايلماك ،يملاسلإا خيش نوياهم ف ُّرعتلاو ،تايطعلما عجم في قيبطتلل ةيلباق نم مدلا لقن لوح ةيساسلأا تامولعلما ةحيفص هب عَّتمتت ام ىدم مييقت ةساردلا هذه تفدهتسا :ةـصلالخا عجار دقو .ةحيفصلا هذه مادختساب مدلا تاجتنم لقن ةمءلام ىدم لىع شيتفتلا ذيفنت مث ،مدلا تاجتنم لقنل ءابطلأا قيثوتل ةيلاجملإا ةيافكلا لىع في ةيثلاثلا ةياعرلل ةيميلعتلا تايفشتسلما اولخدأ نيذلا ينغلابلا ىدل اله ةيريسرلا يعاودلاو مدلا تاجتنم لقن َةيلمع ةيقابتسا ةعجارم نوثحابلا نم %62.6 ىدل ق َّقتح دق فياكلا قيثوتلا نأ لاجملإا هجو لىع نوثحابلا دجو دقو .مدلا لقن لوح ةيساسلأا تامولعلما ةفيحص اومدختساو ،نيوزق %15.7 ىدل ةمئلام نكت لم لقنلا تابلط نأ نوثحابلا دجو ماك .يبطلا صاصتخلال ًاعبت كلذو ،%73و %41 ينب حوارـتي ىدمبو ،مدلا لقن تا َّرم عيجم نوثحابلا جتنتساو .ةدمجلما امزلابلا لقن تابلط نم %34.1و تاحيفصلا لقن تابلط نم %40.8و ،مدلا لماكو ءارملحا تايركلا لقن تابلط نم لئلادلا ةيلاعف لوح ةيعاتجرا تامولعم ميدقت فدبه تايطعلما عجم عم ةيساسلأا تامولعلما ةحيفص لىع ةزكترلما تامولعلما مادختسا نكملما نم نأ .اله لاثتملاا ىدم لوحو مدلا لقنل ةينطولاو ةيلحلما ةيداشرلإا Audit de la transfusion des produits sanguins à l’aide de la fiche d’information de base de l’Organisation mondiale de la Santé, à Qazvin (République islamique d’Iran) RÉSUMÉ Nous avons évalué l’aspect pratique de l’utilisation de la fiche d’information de base relative à la transfusion et destinée au recueil des données, de déterminer l’adéquation générale de la documentation des médecins sur la transfusion des produits sanguins, et de conduire un audit sur la pertinence des épisodes de transfusion. Le processus de transfusion et les indications cliniques de transfusions sanguines administrées aux patients adultes hospitalisés dans trois hôpitaux universitaires de soins tertiaires à Qazvin ont été étudiés prospectivement. Globalement, une documentation adéquate a été obtenue dans 62,6 % des épisodes de transfusion. Ce pourcentage variait de 41 % à 73 % selon les spécialités médicales. Nous avons observé que 15,7 % des demandes de transfusion d’érythrocytes et de sang total, 40,8 % des demandes de plaquettes et 34,1 % des demandes de plasma frais congelé étaient contre-indiquées. Les données recueillies sur la fiche d’information de base associées aux autres données collectées peuvent être utilisées pour analyser l’utilisation efficace et conforme des directives nationales et locales des pratiques de transfusion. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1258 Introduction Clinical audit is a management tool for  the appraisal and justification of appro- priateness and efficiency of  transfusion  therapy,  and an  important part of  the  quality  assurance  programme which  can provide necessary  information  for  improving  transfusion medicine prac- tice  [1]. Adequate documentation of  evidence to support a rationale for blood  transfusion  is  considered an essential  part  of  transfusion  medicine. More  complete and appropriate documenta- tion allows more  transfusion episodes  to be assessed in an audit [2]. Transfu- sion  is  considered  appropriate when  it  is used to  treat conditions  leading  to  significant morbidity and mortality and  which cannot be prevented or managed  effectively  by  other means  [3]. Vari- ous  strategies have been developed  to  reduce  the  inappropriate use of blood  components. These  include guidelines  and consensus  conferences  as well  as  monitoring of transfusion practice, edu- cation, and self-audit by clinicians [4]. The World Health Organization  (WHO) Regional Office  for Europe  developed a pan-European quality sys- tem  using  a  basic  information  sheet  (BIS)  to  improve  the  clinical  use  of  blood products. The outcome of  the  pilot  study  indicated  that  the BIS  for  transfusion can serve as a  tool  for data  collection  and  evaluation. Moreover,  assessment of the impact of the transfu- sion BIS showed that BIS-based  infor- mation can be used  for measurement  of performance against local guidelines,  comparison of practices, improving per- formance and  facilitating best  transfu- sion practices [5]. The aims of the present study were  to extend previous works on assessing  the practicality of using the transfusion  BIS for data collection, to determine the  overall adequacy of physician documen- tation of blood product transfusion, and  to carry out  an audit of  the appropri- ateness of blood products  transfusion  using the WHO BIS. Methods We prospectively reviewed the transfu- sion process using a WHO transfusion  BIS [5], and clinical  indications for red  blood  cell  (RBC),  platelet,  and  fresh  frozen  plasma  (FFP)  transfusions  administered  to  adult  (≥ 18  years)  hospitalized patients  in 3  tertiary care  teaching hospitals  in Qazvin (Depart- ment of Internal Medicine at Boali Sina  Hospital,  Department  of  Surgery  at  Shahid Rajaei Hospital,  and Depart- ment of Obstetrics and Gynaecology at  Kossar Hospital) in the 9-month period  December 2007–August 2008. The appropriate use of platelet and  FFP  transfusions was  assessed  using  the  recommendations  published  by  the British Committee  for Standards  in Haematology  (BCSH)  [6,7],  and  RBC  transfusions were  reviewed and  compared  with  the  current  hospital  guidelines.  An internal medicine attending phy- sician used the BCSH and the hospital  guidelines  for each request within 48 h  of transfusion to classify the transfusion  as appropriate  if  the criteria were com- pletely  fulfilled and inappropriate  if  the  criteria were not  completely  covered.  Doubtful assessments were  judged by  consensus after case review with a clini- cal haematologist. The  following  information  was  documented  through  a  customized  BIS  for  transfusion [5] (Farsi  version,  translated by a haematologist native  to  the  study  area) by  internal medicine,  surgery, and obstetrics and gynaecology  resident physicians at  the  time a blood  product was requested for any adult pa- tient: age, weight, date, transfusion start  time,  emergency  or  routine  request,  diagnosis, clinical  indications, pre- and  post-transfusion laboratory and clinical  assessment,  transfusion  targets, blood  components  transfused,  supporting  therapies, transfusion outcome (clinical  and/or  laboratory  improvement),  and  transfusion side-effects [5].  Documentation  adequacy  was  judged  independent of  transfusion  jus- tification. Transfusions were classified  as  adequately documented  if,  at  least,  the BIS included:  documentation of a plan  for  transfu-• sion;  documentation  of  pre-  and  post-• transfusion clinical or  laboratory as- sessment; documentation of outcome of trans-• fusion  (clinical  and/or  laboratory  improvement) regardless of whether  the  transfusion episode was  justified  or not.  All  resident physicians  responsible  for prescribing in the study departments  were  asked  for  their  consent  to  par- ticipate in the study, and were provided  with guidance information for using the  transfusion BIS. They were also asked  to  state  any  additional  clinical  condi- tions which may  influence  transfusion  decisions but which were not  included  in the form.  The  study  was  approved  by  the  Institutional Review Board of Qazvin  University of Medical Sciences.  SPSS, version 13.0, was used both at  data entry and analysis. Results During  the  study period, 829  transfu- sion episodes were documented in 742  patients, who received a total number of  1994 units of blood components. The  patient demographic data  and  trans- fusion  episode  information  for  each  department are shown in Table 1. Of 829  transfusion  episodes,  519  were  identified  as  adequately  docu- mented [43.4% (40/92) of whole blood  transfusion episodes, 67.2% (361/537)  of  red cell  transfusion episodes, 59.7%  (52/87) of platelet transfusion episodes,  and 58.4% (66/113) of FFP transfusion  episodes]. This means adequate docu- mentation of at  least a plan for transfu- sion, pre- and post-transfusion clinical  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1259 or laboratory assessment, and outcome  of transfusion.  Documentation  adequacy  of  each part of  the BIS was determined.  Adequate  documentation  of  patient  identification  required  that  patient’s  name,  age,  sex,  and weight were com- pleted. Transfusion  targets,  pre-  and  post-transfusion  assessment,  were  judged adequately documented  if,  as a  minimum, appropriate fields according  to prescribed blood components were  completed. Adequate documentation  of  the outcome of  transfusion neces- sitated  that minimally,  the  result and 1  of the therapeutic effects of transfusion  (clinical or  laboratory  improvement)  were included.  Patient identification was adequate- ly documented in 64.6% of transfusion  episodes, and the transfusion start time  in 76.2% (Table 2). Documentation of  the laboratory or clinical circumstances  necessitating  transfusion,  and  targets  and outcome of transfusion reached the  80% minimum accuracy  requirement  for medical recording (Table 2). The volume of blood loss, the exist- ence  of  shock  and  the  International  Statistical  Classification  of  Disease  (ICD10) code were inadequately docu- mented in all departments. Improvement after transfusion ther- apy was achieved in 88.2% of transfusion  episodes with a range of 84.8%–93.0%,  depending on  the department (Table  2). Although  in 389 (58.6%)episodes  the  clinicians  indicated  that  they had  achieved  the  laboratory  improvement,  a  review of outcome  indicators  com- paring  the  registered  outcome  with  actual outcome showed that  in 25% of  episodes  laboratory  improvement was  not actually achieved after transfusion Of 596 episodes of whole blood and  RBC  transfusion,  503  (84.3%) were  considered appropriate according to the  current hospitals guidelines (Table 3).  Of 76 episodes of platelet  transfusion,  45 (59.2%) were deemed appropriate  according to the BCSH guidelines, and  of 91 episodes of FFP  transfusion 31  (65.9%) were deemed appropriate ac- cording to the same guidelines. Overall,  of  763  blood  product  transfusions,  79.6% were judged appropriate.  Table 1 Patient demographic data and transfusion episode information according to department Demographic data and transfusion episode information Department Internal medicine Surgery Obstetrics/ gynaecology Total Sex Males, No. (%) 234 (60) 107 (67) – 341 (46) Females, No. (%) 156 (40) 53 (33) 192 (100) 401 (54) Mean (SD) age (years) 56.7 (19.9) 50.5 (23.7) 33.4 (9.6) 49.6 (21.2) No. of transfusion episodes WB 19 15 58 92 RBC 281 147 109 537 PC 67 2 18 87 FFP 78 3 32 113 Total 445 167 217 829 Units/episode, mean (SD) median [range] WB 2.1 (1.4) 2 [1–7] 1.6 (1.1) 1 [1–4] 1.7 (0.9) 2 [1–6] 1.8 (1.0) 2 [1–7] RBC 1.6 (0.6) 2 [1–4] 1.8 (0.8) 2 [1–4] 1.8 (0.9) 2 [1–4] 1.7 (0.7) 2 [1–4] PC 7.5 (2.5) 7 [2–10] 6.0 (6)a 4.9 (2.5) 4 [2–10] 6.9 (2.6) 6 [2–10] FFP 2.8 (1.7) 2 [1–10] 2.0 (2) a 2.9 (1.6) 2 [2–9] 2.8 (1.7) 2 [1–10] No. of units transfused WB 42 24 102 168 RBC 461 258 193 912 PC 500 12 88 600 FFP 215 6 93 314 Total 1218 300 476 1994 Single unit transfusions RBC, No. (%) 119 (42.3) 53 (36.8) 51 (46.4) 223 (49.9) WB, No. (%) 7 (35) 10 (66.7) 23 (39.7) 40 (45.2) aThere was only 1 episode of PC transfusion and 1 episode of FFP transfusion in the Department of Surgery, thus, there is no standard deviation or range. SD = standard deviation; WB = whole blood; RBC = red blood cells; PC = platelet concentrate; FFP = fresh frozen platelets. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1260 Discussion Several  lines of  research have emerged that  suggest  the use of  the  transfusion  BIS  promotes  self  education  in  new  staff,  permits  a  further  improvement  in appropriate  requests by acting as  a  checklist and promoting reflective prac- tice, and allows the audit of transfusion  practice to be performed easily [5,8]. Although most departments (with  the exception of obstetrics and gynae- cology)  reached adequate documen- tation of  greater  than 80%  in  critical  areas of  the  transfusion BIS (transfu- sion  targets, pre-  and post-transfusion  outcome),  the overall  adequate docu- mentation  (at  least  documentation  of  a  reason  for  transfusion,  pre-  and  post-transfusion clinical or  laboratory  assessment,  and  the  transfusion out- come) was achieved only in 62.6% of all  transfusion episodes.  These  items all  are dynamic com- ponents  of  clinical  decision-making  [3]. The WHO BIS would support the  clinical decision making, provided  the  collection of related information neces- sary to make a decision are documented  as  accurately  and  completely  as pos- sible by  clinicians,  that highlights  the  importance of observing,  training,  and  providing performance  feedback on a  regular basis particularly on the areas of  poor compliance and performance  to  ensure achievement of compliance and  performance  standards  necessary  to  support the efficiency and appropriate- ness of transfusion [9,10]. The finding  that  in 58.6% of cases,  the  clinicians  indicated  that  they had  achieved  their  laboratory  results,  but  in only 33.6% did they meet the actual  endpoints, while not inconsistent with  WHO  findings  [5],  is  striking,  and  highlights  the  discrepancy  between  clinicians’  statements  and actual per- formance. The  study  results  showed  that  there was a significant correlation  between this finding and inappropriate  use within  established  clinical  guide- lines. The volume of blood  loss  and  the  existence of  shock were  inadequately  documented in the study departments.  As the correct diagnosis of shock is criti- cal for proper management, an accurate  history and assessment of  the patient’s  symptoms must be performed before  commencing  treatment.  Including  the  degree  of  hypovolaemic  shock  (ac- cording to percentage of the blood loss  and the associated clinical signs) in the  WHO BIS  is,  therefore, more practical  than  global  assessment of  shock  and  leads to improved documentation. Moreover,   in  agreement  with  results  of  previous  reports  [5,8],  the  ICD10 code was often not  recorded,  probably because  it was  seldom avail- able  for  the  clinicians  at  the  bedside  practice. Therefore  the  ICD10  code  could be  removed  and  replaced with  Table 2 Number and percentages of transfusion episodes with adequate documentation in each part of the basic information sheet (BIS) and overall adequate documentation according to department Section of the transfusion BIS Department Internal medicine Surgery Obstetrics & gynaecology Total (n = 445) (n = 167) (n = 217) (n = 829) No. % No. % No. % No. % Patient identification 295 66.2 112 66.9 129 59.4 536 64.6 Start of transfusion 316 71.0 139 83.1 177 81.6 596 76.2 Assessment Pre-transfusion 432 97.1 158 94.6 209 96.3 799 96.3 Post-transfusion 366 82.2 139 83.1 116 53.4 621 74.9 Transfusion targets 387 86.9 156 93.4 187 86.1 730 88.1 Outcome 383 86.1 143 85.5 137 63.1 663 80.0 Overalla 307 69.2 121 72.3 91 41.9 519 62.6 Outcome of transfusion therapy (n = 383) (n = 143) (n = 137) (n = 663) Improvement 325 84.8 133 93.0 127 92.7 585 88.2 Both clinical & laboratory improvement 199 51.9 83 58.0 65 47.4 347 54.9 Clinical improvement 95 26.4 50 34.9 51 37.2 196 29.7 Laboratory improvement 31 8.1 0 0.0 11 8.0 42 6.3 Either clinical or laboratory improvement 126 32.9 50 34.9 62 45.3 238 35.9 No improvement 58 15.1 10 6.9 10 7.3 78 11.7 aAdequate documentation included at least a plan for transfusion, pre- and post-transfusion clinical or laboratory assessment, and outcome of transfusion. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1261 free text asking clinical indication for the  transfusion as well as the patient-based  conditions that may influence the deci- sion  to  transfuse a blood product (e.g.  active bleeding in a patient with known  cardiovascular or  respiratory disease).  Including  the  indications  for  transfu- sion would also  improve adherence  to  transfusion guidelines and ensure ap- propriate blood transfusion practice. Although this  study did not aim to  assess  the proportion of  inappropriate  use of blood components and the situ- ations  in which  the  transfusions were  considered inappropriate, the audit data  using the WHO BIS showed that 15.7%  of  RBC  and  whole  blood  requests,  40.8% of platelet  requests,  and 34.1%  of  FFP  requests, were  inappropriate.  The rate of  inappropriate use of RBC,  platelet, and FFP was within the ranges  reported  in previous  studies  [11–16].  However,  our  results  are not directly  comparable with  these  results because  of differences in the guidelines used. Furthermore,  of  629  transfusion  episodes, 263 were  for a  single unit of  whole blood or red cell transfusion and  62% of these were classed as inappropri- ate use. Skodlar et al. [8] and Metz et al.  [12]  also  found a high proportion of  inappropriate use of single-unit transfu- sion. Transfusion of a single unit of RBC  should not be considered inappropriate  by  itself,  however,  its  use without  an  appropriate  clinical  judgement  is not  acceptable [17,18]. Audits identify areas of problems in  transfusion practice which can be cor- rected by education and formulation of  Table 3 Appropriate and inappropriate blood products transfused according to hospital guidelines for red blood cell transfusions and according to British Committee for Standards in Haematology (BCSH) guidelines for platelet and fresh frozen platelet (FFP) transfusions [6,7] Indication Appropriate episodes Inappropriate episodes No. (sum of units transfused) Mean (SD) range No. (sum of units transfused) Mean (SD) range Contributory indications for RBC according to hospital guidelines (WB, RBC) (n = 596) 503 (881) 1.8 (0.82) 1–7 93 (142) 1.5 (0.63) 1–4 Acute blood lossa 176 (337) 1.9 (0.78) 1–4 35 (55) 1.6 (0.60, 1–4 Anaemia in critical care (target values as for acute blood loss) 64 (107) 1.7 (1.10) 1–6 9 (12) 1.3 (1.0) 1–4 Peri-operative transfusion (to maintain Hb concentration > 10g/dL) 82 (128) 1.6 (0.65) 1–4 24 (35) 1.4 (0.52) 1–2 Anaemiab 145 (256) 1.7 (0.72) 1–4 11 (18) 1.6 (0.87) 1–4 Anaemiac 36 (53) 1.4 (0.51) 1–2 14 (22) 1.5 (0.75) 1–4 Contributory indications for platelets (n = 76) 45 (327) 7.4 (2.6) 2–10 31 (201) 6.4 (2.7) 2–10 Bone marrow failured 27 (208) 8.0 (2.2) 3–10 6 (47) 7.8 (2.7) 4–10 Peri-operative or invasive proceduree 11 (69) 8.0 (2.2) 3–10 7 (41) 5.8 (2.0) 4–10 Massive haemorrhage/transfusionf 1 (10) 10.0g 5 (20) 4.0 (1.8) 2–6 Acute DIC in presence of bleeding & severe thrombocytopenia 1 (10) 10.0 2 (10) 5.0 (0.0) 5 Autoimmune thrombocytopenia in presence of major haemorrhage 5 (30) 6.0 (3.8) 2–10 11 (83) 7.5 (2.8) 3–10 Contributory indications for FFP (n = 91) 60 (172) 2.8 (1.4) 1–10 31 (71) 2.3 (1.7) 1–6 Single factor or coagulation inhibitor deficiency 5 (17) 3.4 (0.54) 3–4 – – Immediate reversal of warfarin effect in presence of life-threatening bleeding 10 (34) 3.4 (2.5) 1–10 9 (22) 2.4 (0.8) 1–4 Acute DIC in presence of bleeding and abnormal coagulation results 16 (53) 3.3 (1.4) 2–7 10 (21) 2.1 (1.2) 1–5 Liver disease 14 (31) 2.2 (0.80) 1–3 6 (18) 3.0 (2.0) 1–6 Active bleeding and PT > 1.5 × mean normal value 15 (37) 2.5 (0.64) 2–4 6 (10) 1.7 (0.51) 1–2 aTo maintain circulating blood volume and Hb concentration > 8g/dL in otherwise fit patients and > 10g/dL in elderly patients and those with known cardiovascular and respiratory diseases. bHb concentration < 8g/dL in otherwise fit patients. cHb concentration < 10g/dL in patients over 65 years and patients with cardiovascular or respiratory disease. dTo prevent spontaneous bleeding when the platelet count < 10 × 109/L or < 20 × 109/L in the presence of additional risk factors for bleeding. ePlatelet count < 50 × 109/L, or < 100 × 109/L before surgery in critical sites such as brain or eyes. fPlatelet count < 50, or < 100 × 109/L if micro-vascular oozing. gThere was only 1 episode of 10 units PLT transfusion, thus, there is no standard deviation or range. WB = whole blood; RBC = red blood cells; SD = standard deviation; Hb = haemoglobin; PT = prothrombin time; DIC = disseminated intravascular coagulation. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1262 practice guidelines [19]. To improve the  effectiveness of  the audit programmes,  an audit must be simple, periodic,  sys- tematic and documented. The WHO BIS includes transfusion  measures  for RBCs, platelets, and FFP  and  the  reasons  for  transfusion  for  all  blood  components. These measures  can be used for initial audits.  Building on prior work [5,8], the au- thors predicted that the WHO BIS could  be used in clinical settings as a practical  data collection tool. The study findings  support  this prediction. Additionally,  the WHO BIS will enable  the  transfu- sion service to improve patient care and  outcome through the systematic review  of  the use of  transfused blood compo- nents  against  transfusion  guidelines.  In  addition  to  retrospective  review of  transfusion practice,  the WHO BIS al- lows the transfusion service to evaluate  product utilization by a prospective or  concurrent review of ordering practices.  In the prospective audit, reviewing and  justifying the decision to use transfusion  is  provided prior  to prescription  and  administration of  blood,  and  the pa- tient receives the correct blood product  or  avoids  an unnecessary  transfusion,  whereas a concurrent audit of requests is  performed by reviewing all order forms  within 12–24 hours after blood com- ponent administration and gives more  timely feedback to clinicians about their  individual guideline adherence [19]. Furthermore,  the WHO BIS could  be customized to ensure efficacy of audit  processes by considering certain points,  e.g. it could include the classification of  the degree of hypovolaemic  shock. A  free  text asking about  some details  re- garding the patient’s diagnosis and any  relevant procedures  to be undertaken  References Audit measures for good practice in blood transfusion medicine1. . London, Royal College of Physicians Publications, 1995. Cheng G et al. The effects of a self educating blood component 2. request form and enforcements of transfusion guidelines on FFP and platelet usage. Clinical Laboratory Haematology, 1996, 18:83–87. The clinical use of blood handbook3. . Geneva, World Health Organization, Blood Transfusion Safety, 2002. www.who.int/ bloodsafety/clinical_use/en/Handbook_EN.pdf (accessed 8 August 2009). Hui CH, Williams I, Davis K.. Clinical audit of the use of fresh-4. frozen plasma and platelets in a tertiary teaching hospital and the impact of a new transfusion request form. Internal Medicine Journal, 2005, 35(5):283–288. Doughty HA. The Basic Information Sheet (BIS) for transfusion. 5. A new tool for data collection: interim report from pilot trials. In: Kalo I, ed. Development of quality systems to improve the clinical use of blood. Report on a WHO regional WORKSHOP, Groningen, the Netherlands, 29–31 October 2001. Copenhagen, World Health Organization, 2002. British Committee for Standards in Haematology. Blood Trans-6. fusion Task Force, Guidelines for the use of platelet transfu- sions. British Journal of Haematology, 2003, 122(1):10–23. British Committee for Standards in Haematology. Guidelines 7. for the use of fresh frozen plasma, cryoprecipitate and cryosu- pernatant. British Journal of Haematology, 2004, 126(1):11–28. Skodlar J et al. The use of a World Health Organization Transfu-8. sion Basic Information Sheet to evaluate transfusion practice in Croatia. Vox Sanguinis, 2005, 89:86–91. Garrioch M et al. Reducing red cell transfusions by audit, 9. education and a new guideline in a large teaching hospital. Transfusion Medicine, 2004,14:25–31. Goodnough LT et al. Transfusion medicine—blood transfusion. 10. New England Journal of Medicine, 1999, 340:438–447. Juárez-Rangel E et al. Auditoría transfusional retrospectiva 11. en el Centro Nacional de la Transfusión Sanguínea [Retros- pective transfusional audit at the Centro Nacional de la Transfusión Sanguínea]. Revista de investigación clínica, 2004, 56(1):38–42. Metz J et al. Appropriateness of transfusions of red cells, plate-12. lets and fresh frozen plasma: an audit in a tertiary care teaching hospital. Medical Journal of Australia, 1995, 162(11):564. Silverman JA et al. The appropriateness of red blood cells 13. transfusions in the peripartum patient. Obstetrics & Gynecology, 2004, 104(5 Pt 1):1000–1004. Schofield WN et al. Appropriateness of platelet, fresh fro-14. zen plasma and cryoprecipitate transfusion in New South Wales public hospitals. Medical Journal of Australia, 2003, 178(3):117–121. Kakkar N et al. Improvement in fresh frozen plasma transfusion 15. practice: results of an outcome audit. Transfusion Medicine, 2004, 14:231–235. Luk C et al. Prospective audit of the use of fresh-frozen plasma, 16. based on Canadian Medical Association transfusion guide- lines. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 2002, 166:1539– 1540. McClelland B. Effective use of blood components. In: Murphy 17. MF, Pamphillon DH, eds. Practical Transfusion Medicine. Ox- ford, Blackwell Science, 2001. Arslan O et al. Hb content-based transfusion policy success-18. fully reduces the number of RBC units transfused. Transfusion, 2004, 44:485–488. Joshi GP et al. Audit in transfusion practice. 19. Journal of Evalua- tion in Clinical Practice, 1998, 4:141–146. that may influence the transfusion deci- sion could also be included. In  conclusion,  the  study  findings  suggest that the WHO BIS would be a  practical  tool  for both data  collection  and auditing  the  transfusion practice.  Further  research, however,  should be  carried out to assess the feasibility, valid- ity and supporting role of the WHO BIS  in  effective  local  implementation and  audit of guidelines. Acknowledgement The authors would like to acknowledge  the  support of  all  resident physicians  at  the participating hospitals  for  their  contribution to the study. This research  was  supported by grants  from Qazvin  University  of Medical  Sciences  Re- search Committee. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1263 Language barriers in medical education and attitudes towards Arabization of medicine: student and staff perspectives S.M. Sabbour,1 S.A. Dewedar 1 and S.K. Kandil 1 ABSTRACT Students and staff perspectives on language barriers in medical education in Egypt and their attitude towards Arabization of the medical curriculum were explored in a questionnaire survey of 400 medical students and 150 staff members. Many students (56.3%) did not consider learning medicine in English an obstacle, and 44.5% of staff considered it an obstacle only in the 1st year of medical school. Many other barriers to learning other than language were mentioned. However, 44.8% of students translated English terms to Arabic to facilitate studying and 70.6% of students in their clinical study years would prefer to learn patient history-taking in Arabic. While Arabization in general was strongly declined, teaching in Arabic language was suggested as appropriate in some specialties. 1Department of Community, Environmental and Occupational Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, Ain Shams University, Cairo, Egypt (Correspondence to S.M. Sabbour: sabbour_s@hotmail.com). Received: 27/12/08; accepted: 06/04/09 ةَّيميلعتلا ةئيلها ءاضعأو ةَبَلطلا رظن تاهجو :بطلا بيرعت هاتج فقاولماو يبطلا ميلعتلا في ةيوغللا قئاوعلا ليدنق ليلخ رَحَس ،راديود دحمأ رَحَس ،روبص دممح رَحَس بيرعت هاتج مهفقاوم لوحو ،صرم في يبطلا ميلعتلا في ةيوغللا قئاوعلا لوح ةيميلعتلا ةئيلهاو بلاطلا رظن تاهجو تاثحابلا تسرد :ةـصلالخا بلاطلا نم يرثكلا برعأ دقو .ةَّيميلعتلا ةئيلها ءاضعأ نم 150و بلاطلا نم 400 لمش ّيِحْسَم نايبتسا للاخ نم كلذو ،يبطلا سييردتلا جهنلما ةنسلا في ةَبَقَع هنوبرتعي منهأ نع ةَّيميلعتلا ةئيلها ءاضعأ نم %44.5 برعأ ينح في ،ةَبَقَع ةيزيلكنلإا ةغللاب بطلا م ُّلعت نوبرتعي لا منهأ نع )%56.3( نم %44.8 نإف ،رمأ نم نكي ماهمو .م ُّلعتلا هجو في ةيوغللا يرغ ىرخلأا قئاوعلا نم يرثك دوجو نع حسلما َرَفْسأ دقو .طقف بطلا ةيلك نم لىولأا نأ نولضفي ةيريسرلا مهتسارد تاونس في بلاطلا نم %70.6 نأو مهتسارد ليهستل ةيبرعلا ةغللا لىإ ةيزيلكنلإا تاحلطصلما نوجمرـتي بلاطلا ةغللاب ميلعتلا لىإ رظنُي هنإف ،ّماع هجوب ًاديدش ًاراسحنا بيرعتلا راسحنا نم مغرلا لىعو .ةيبرعلا ةغللاب ضيرملل ةيريسرلا ةصقلا ذخأ ةيفيك او َّملعتي .تاص ُّصختلا ضعب في مئلام هنأ لىع ةيبرعلا Les barrières linguistiques dans l’enseignement médical et l’état d’esprit concernant l’arabisation de la médecine : le point de vue des étudiants et du personnel médical RÉSUMÉ Dans une enquête par questionnaire, le point de vue de 400 étudiants en médecine et de 150 membres du personnel médical sur les barrières linguistiques dans l’enseignement médical en Égypte et leur opinion concernant l’arabisation du cursus médical ont été étudiés. De nombreux étudiants (56,3 %) ne considéraient pas l’apprentissage de la médecine en langue anglaise comme un obstacle, alors que 44,5 % du personnel médical percevaient cette pratique comme une difficulté uniquement pendant la première année d’études à la faculté de médecine. De nombreux obstacles à l’apprentissage de la médecine, autres que la barrière linguistique, ont été mentionnés. Toutefois, 44,8 % des étudiants traduisaient les termes anglais en arabe pour faciliter leur apprentissage et 70,6 % des étudiants auraient préféré apprendre à noter les antécédents des patients en langue arabe. Si l’idée de l’arabisation était fortement rejetée de manière générale, en revanche, l’enseignement dans cette langue était perçu comme approprié pour certaines spécialités. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1264 Introduction English has spread as  the  teaching  lan- guage in the Arab world in many fields  of higher education, prompting debate  about the advantages and disadvantages  of  studying  in English. The arguments  in favour of teaching medicine in a stu- dent’s mother tongue have been stated  before  [1–5]. The use of  the mother  language in teaching medicine is seen as  a way to free learners from the linguistic  dualism  imposed by  thinking  in  one  language and studying in another [6].  Many Arab countries  teach medi- cine  entirely  in English  (or  French),  others  have  certain medical  subjects  taught  in  Arabic,  while  in  Syria  all  courses  are  taught  in Arabic  [5]. The  rationale for continuing to teach medi- cine  in English  focuses on the  fact  that  much of  the  scientific,  technological  and academic information in the world  is  expressed  in  English  [7]  and  that  medical  students or doctors attending  international  conferences,  courses or  clerkships abroad need to be proficient  in the English language [8]. However, in  2005, the Arabization Center for Medi- cal Science  (ACMLS),  together with  the deans of medical schools in the Arab  world, argued that learning medicine in  Arabic does not hinder doctors  from  completing  their  education abroad or  from staying up-to-date with medical  advances worldwide  [9]. The concept  of medical Arabization does not mean  abandoning English altogether;  rather  the aim is for the students to learn better  in their native language while maintain- ing a good knowledge of English as the  leading  language of medical  research  today, as is the case in Japan, Germany,  France,  Scandinavia  and  some other  European countries [6].  These different views are prompting  medical educators to explore and iden- tify  learning difficulties  related  to  lan- guage. Previous studies have addressed  the  problem of  English  language  for  Arab medical  students  [10].  In Egypt  elementary  school education  is mainly  in Arabic, and while some students be- come proficient  in English, others may  experience  difficulties with  language  when they progress to higher education.  Yet, in the context of rapid globalization,  there are concerns about accreditation  of medical  schools,  including  student  qualifications,  residency  training  and  continuing education [11].  The  Faculty  of  Medicine  at  Ain  Shams University  is  one of  the  lead- ing medical  faculties  in Egypt  and  is  progressing  towards  international  ac- creditation. In order to provide language  education  support,  it  is  essential  that  students’  learning needs  are  assessed  and  that  useful  feedback  and  advice  are provided. The aim of  the present  study was  to explore  the  language bar- riers encountered by students  in some  aspects of their medical education, such  as studying from books, in lectures and  in examinations, and  to determine  the  attitude of medical  students  and Fac- ulty staff towards the Arabization of the  medical curriculum. Methods The study was  conducted  in  the Fac- ulty of Medicine, Ain Shams University,  Cairo, Egypt at the beginning of the aca- demic year 2008. It was designed as an  anonymous  questionnaire  survey  to  staff and students. Study tools Two questionnaire  forms  (1  for  stu- dents, 1 for staff) were designed in Ara- bic. These explored language problems,  obstacles to the medical education proc- ess and attitudes  towards Arabization.  Besides personal data, the questionnaire  enquired about 3  aspects of  language  problems: university textbooks, lectures  (academic and clinical) and examina- tions. We also explored barriers due to  the language of instruction in the context  of other issues in the medical education  process  in order  to  identify  its  actual  weight  relative  to other obstacles. The  questionnaires included a section on the  consequences and expectations about  the Arabization of medical  education  from the perspectives of both students  and  staff. Response  to questions were  dichotomous (yes/no, agree/disagree)  or a Likert-type scale (attitudes towards  Arabization). Two open-ended ques- tions were used for other comments or  suggestions. Subjects This  study  included 326 medical  stu- dents  and 110  faculty  staff members.  Staff members were enrolled  from dif- ferent departments to get a broad view.  This was achieved through distributing  questionnaires  to all  attendees during  the preparatory meetings organized by  the Faculty of Medicine  for  the work  plan needed  for  accreditation. Other  staff members were surveyed at the ex- amination hall where the written exams  are corrected. The Dean and vice-deans  of  the Faculty were contacted at  their  offices. Questionnaires were distributed  to students, without regard to grade or  sex, during  the Faculty orientation day  for accreditation of Ain Shams Medical  School held on 18 February 2008. All  learning activities were cancelled on that  day  to allow many  students  to attend.  We also distributed questionnaires  in  later meetings with students.  Ethical considerations Ain  Shams  University  Faculty  of  Medicine  research  ethics  committee  approved  the protocol  for  this  study.  The questionnaires were  anonymous  and when  they were distributed  it was  emphasized  that participation was vol- untary.  Statistical analysis SPSS, version 13 was used for analysing  the  results.  Simple  frequency analysis  was used to describe demographics and  opinions. Percentages were calculated  for each question  from those who an- swered. The chi-squared  test was used  to test for associations. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1265 Results Background characteristics of sample The response rate was 81.5% (326/400)  among students and 73.3% (110/150)  among staff members.  Three-quarters  (74.9%)  of  the  students had graduated  from schools  where Arabic was  the  first  language;  only 15.8% had studied at English  lan- guage  schools  (Table 1). Of  the  staff  members  recruited  in  the study, 19.4%  had leading positions in the faculty.  Problems in medical education The major problem  in medical educa- tion as a whole  reported by a majority  of students (61.9%) was the high (and  increasing) numbers of students in class  (Table  2). Moderate  problems were  identified as:  the  tutors, content of  the  curriculum  and  teaching  and  assess- ment methods. Teaching medicine  in  a  foreign  language  (English) was not  viewed as  a problem by 56.3% of  stu- dents.  Problems with English language Of the  faculty staff 35.8% agreed that a  gap was caused by the difference between  the  language of  instruction  in medical  teaching and the actual practice of medi- cine,  and a  similar proportion agreed  that teaching in the mother tongue was  more appropriate for students to create  a harmony between thinking and speak- ing (data not tabulated). While 44.5% of staff members con- sidered that  teaching medicine  in Eng- lish was a barrier for students in the 1st  year only, 12.8% considered it not to be  a problem at all (Figure 1). Only 3 staff  members (2.7%) believed that  it was a  barrier to the learning process.  As  for  the  139/318  students  (43.7%) who mentioned  that  the Eng- lish  language was  a major/moderate  problem  in  their medical  education,  1st year (26.3%) and 2nd year (22.2%)  students complained more  than  those  in the other years (17.8%).  When  they  were  asked  whether  they  found  any  difficulty  in  lectures,  university  textbooks,  oral  or  written  exams and patient communication due  to being taught in English, 160 (49.1%)  students  reported difficulty  in patient  communication and 124 (38.0%) in the  oral exams (data not tabulated). Language barriers We enquired about  language barriers  in  the  context of other defects  in  the  current university textbooks (produced  by  the university  staff) (Figure 2) and  medical  lectures (Figure 3). Obstacles  mentioned  included books were writ- ten  in English  (13.7%),  had  summa- rized  information (14.3%),  contained  chapters  that were unrelated (49.7%),  used complicated wording and phrases  Table 1 Description of the sample of medical students and faculty staff members Item No. % Medical students Sex (n = 326) Male 124 38.0 Female 202 62.0 Grade (n = 326) 1st year 102 31.3 2nd year 27 8.3 3rd year 10 3.1 4th year 88 27.0 5th year 43 13.2 6th year 56 17.2 School type & language of tuition (n = 323) a Private school, English language 51 15.8 Government experimental school, English language 30 9.3 Government school, Arabic language 242 74.9 Type of school certificate (n = 324) a General secondary certificate 304 93.8 Other 20 6.2 Faculty staff Sex (n = 110) Male 39 35.5 Female 71 64.5 Academic degree (n = 110) Assistant lecturer 12 10.9 Lecturer 19 17.3 Assistant professor 25 22.7 Professor 54 49.1 Department (n = 98) a Clinical 31 31.0 Academic 69 69.0 Leadership position (n = 110) Yes 22 19.4 No 88 80.6 aMissing data. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1266 (56.1%), were not  logically  arranged  (67.7%) and had too much unnecessary  information (69.8%).  Students  reported finding  lectures  inefficient as a  learning  tool due  to  in- competent tutors (74.1%) (the reasons  were not probed  further)  (Figure 3).  The least mentioned problem with lec- tures was English language (18.3%). In  an open-ended question, other  lecture  defects pointed out by  students were  the  crowdedness of  the  lecture halls,  poor  ventilation  (25.5%),  too much  information in a short time (22.2%) and  poor use of audiovisual aids (18.0%). Regarding details  about  language  difficulties encountered by students  in  university  textbooks,  lectures  and ex- ams, 73.2% of  students  found  that  the  language used  in  the university books  made  it  difficult  for  them  to  obtain  the  information  they  needed,  44.8%  said that they translated most words in  books  into Arabic  so  that  they  could  understand  the meaning and  facilitate  studying,  while  39.1%  thought  that  foreign-produced  English  language  textbooks had  easier  and  clearer  lan- guage  than the university books. More  than  half  of  students  (56.8%)  found  difficulty  in  following  the  lectures  that  were  totally delivered  in English  and  31.3% of  students had difficulties with  language in the written exam questions.  Around  one-third  of  students  (32.0%) preferred  that  tutors use only  English in lectures while 34.0% preferred  a mixture of Arabic and English  in  the  same  lecture. Around 70% of  students  agreed  that  they preferred  learning pa- tient history-taking in clinical medicine  in Arabic but 70% also believed that doc- tors and students should talk in English  in  front of patients (bedside  teaching).  Many students (61.8%)  in  the years of  clinical practice  in medicine (4th–6th  years)  agreed  that  learning medicine  in English created a gap  in  their deal- ing with patients (Table 3). Regarding  exams, 55.2% of students preferred to be  allowed to answer in Arabic language in  written and oral exams. Language difficulties in exams Asked  about  language  difficulties  in  exams that should been answered only  in English, nearly 8% of students admit- ted  to  answering  some  parts  of  the  written questions in Arabic. Regarding  the multiple  choice  questions  exam,  Table 2 Students’ views of obstacles in the learning process (n = 326) Item No. % Teaching medicine in a foreign language is: A major problem 29 9.1 A moderate problem 110 34.6 Not a problem 179 56.3 Content of the curriculum is: A major problem 79 24.8 A moderate problem 160 50.3 Not a problem 79 24.8 Teaching methods are: A major problem 120 37.9 A moderate problem 150 47.3 Not a problem 47 14.8 Tutors’ level (as an educator) is: A major problem 93 29.6 A moderate problem 162 51.6 Not a problem 59 18.8 Methods of assessment are: A major problem 115 37.2 A moderate problem 133 43.0 Not a problem 61 19.7 High numbers of medical students are: A major problem 197 61.9 A moderate problem 82 25.8 Not a problem 39 12.3 Major problem = more than 50% as an obstacle for students in the learning process. Moderate problem = less than 50% as an obstacle for students in the learning process. Figure 1 Faculty staff views of language barriers for students in their medical education (n = 110) – طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1267 43.7%  of  students  had  difficulty  in  understanding  the  language  used  in  some parts of it. Half the staff (50.9%)  were  aware  of  students’  complaints  about  language difficulties  in univer- sity medical  exams. The majority  of  staff members  (89.9%)  insisted  that  students must  know and use English  terminology in their exams.  Expectations and consequences of Arabization of medicine The expected consequences of the Ara- bization of medicine  revealed  similar  responses  among  students  and  staff  (Table  4). Most  agreed  that  Arabi- zation would  create  a  new  language  with  difficult Arabic  terminology  far  removed  from people’s  everyday  lan- guage  (this  was  identified  by  80.8%  of  students  and 74.6% of  staff). Also  60.0% of  staff  and 53.9% of  students  agreed  that  Arabization  was  logical  only  if  we  have  sufficient  translated  textbooks. However, more  students  (40.7%)  than  staff members  (28.7%)  expected that Arabization would result  in a harmony between student’s think- ing  and  speaking  and  hence  lead  to  better performance (P < 0.05).  Attitudes towards Arabization of medicine Opposition to Arabic teaching of medi- cine was apparent  from both staff and  students (Figure 4). At present, 39.1%  of staff and 31.5% of students were op- posed  to  the  idea of Arabization  and  only 5.5% of staff and 8.6% of students  strongly agreed with Arabization. The  difference between  staff and  students  opinions was not significant (χ² = 5.35,  P > 0.05).  The  language  used  by  tutors  in  lectures, whether purely English or  a  mixture of Arabic and English, had no  relation  to  their  attitude  towards Ara- bization; nearly  three-quarters of both  groups (73.0% who use English only and  75.5% who used a mixture) disagreed  with Arabization (P > 0.05),  although  28.6% of  staff members admitted  that  lectures taught in Arabic would be more  easily communicated to students. Nearly one-third of  staff members  (33, 30.3%) and students (103, 31.6%)  agreed that Arabic teaching was needed  in  some  branches  of  medicine. The  main branches  suggested were public  health and community medicine by 7  (21.2%) staff and 29 (28.2%) students,  communication skills and health educa- tion by 10 (30.3%) staff and 12 (11.6%)  students. Other  subjects where  it was  suggested  that Arabic  could be  used  were medical ethics, psychiatry and  in- ternal medicine. Regarding factors affecting staff and  students’  attitudes  towards Arabizing  medicine, male  staff  showed more ac- ceptance  for Arabization  than  female  staff (χ²= 5.78, P = 0.05). No significant  difference  was  found  between  staff  working  in  leadership  positions  and  others,  nor between  those  in  clinical  versus  academic departments. As  for  students’ attitude, those who had gradu- ated from Arabic language schools and  those whose  (self-perceived) English  level was  inadequate showed more ac- ceptance  for Arabization  (P  < 0.01).  Sex and study year were not significant  factors (data not tabulated).  Figure 2 Student views of barriers to learning due to university medical textbooks (n = 326) Figure 3 Student views of barriers to learning due to university lectures (n = 326) Lecture problem EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1268 Opinions concerning Arabization of medicine Through open-ended questions, other  opinions and suggestions about Arabiz- ing medicine were raised. The main ar- guments against Arabization  from staff  members were that graduates would not  be able to compete internationally. They  also mentioned  that  there were other  important problems concerning medi- cal education than the language barrier.  Suggestions  to  overcome  difficulties  with teaching  in English were:  improv- ing language proficiency in school years  before joining college; ensuring that stu- dents have access to English textbooks;  and supplying students with a medical  dictionary of Arabic terminology.  Discussion In the present study, students were able  to criticize and identify various barriers  in the current medical education specific  to the language of instruction. Over 50%  of students mentioned that the teaching  medicine in a foreign language was not  a problem in  the  learning process. The  same applied to the university textbooks  and lectures, for which the use of a for- eign  language was  the  least drawback.  English  has  been  the main  teaching  language  in Egyptian medical  schools  for many years  and most  students  in  our survey did not propose any alterna- tive to the teaching language. However,  about 44% of students mentioned that  learning  in  a  foreign  language was  a  problem in understanding the scientific  knowledge, while  9%  considered  it  a  major problem.  The  students  were  asked  about  detailed  problems  related  to  univer- sity  textbooks,  lectures  and methods  of  assessment.  Only  13.7%  thought  that  language was one of  the problems  with  university  textbooks;  however,  56.8% agreed  that  they had difficulty  in  following  lectures  totally delivered  in English and 31.3% found difficulty in  understanding exam questions written  in English. These  results  suggest  that  teaching  in a  foreign  language actually  affects  several different  aspects of  the  learning process.  Many  staff members  (44.5%) be- lieved  that  the  language  barrier  that  some medical students experienced was  just a  transient problem in the 1st year  of  study. They expected  that  students  would overcome it as they advanced in  learning. This opinion may be correct as  three-quarters of the sample of students  in the present study had graduated from  Arabic language schools where English  was a second language.  Medical  students are able  to differ- entiate between effective and ineffective  teaching methods in lectures. An earlier  study  showed  that  students  regarded  having  lectures by properly qualified  teachers as particularly important [12].  In  Kuwait,  students  evaluating  the  teaching characteristics of  their  lectur- ers stated that well-delivered, organized  and logical lectures were the most effec- tive [13]. This result of the Kuwait study  is consistent with  the present  study as  among  the most  important problems  with lectures for students in our present  study were  incompetent  tutors, disor- ganized  lectures and being a one-way  channel without  interaction. A  study  in Saudi Arabia emphasized the impor- tance of good  lectures and  lecturers  in  Table 4 Expectations about the consequences of Arabizing medicine: staff and students’ perspectives Consequences of Arabization of medicine Staff (n = 110) Students (n = 326) No. % No. % Arabization will result in a strange language with difficult Arabic terminology which will be different from patients’ everyday language 50 74.6 227 80.8 Arabization can only be applied if translated textbooks are available 48 60.0 146 53.9 Arabization will create harmony between students’ thinking and speaking 31 28.7 118 40.7* Arabization will hinder scientific development and will result in isolation 79 72.5 217 74.8 Arabization will affect negatively students’ medical level 72 66.7 173 61.1 *P < 0.05 staff versus students. Table 3 Students’ perspectives on lectures and clinical rounds (n = 326) Lectures No. % Language used in lecture (in both presentations and explanations) (n =294) Prefer lectures given totally in English 94 32.0 Prefer lectures given in both English and Arabic 100 34.0 Prefer lectures given totally in Arabic 100 34.0 Clinical rounds Prefer learning patient history-taking in Arabic 168 69.4 During bedside teaching doctors and students should speak in English 178 70.6 Learning medicine in English created a gap in my dealing with patients (n = 170)a 105 61.8 aStudents in their clinical practice years (4th–6th grades). طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1269 encouraging  students’  attendance  at  lectures [14]. Since incompetent tutors  were identified as a problem by so many  students in the present study, exact rea- sons for this need to be studied further.  Was this because their English was poor,  they did not prepare their lectures, they  do not know their subject or simply they  do not know how to teach?  Nearly one-half of students translat- ed most of the words in medical books  into Arabic to facilitate studying. A glos- sary  of  translated  terminology  could  be  prepared  and  offered  to  students  because almost 90% of  staff members  insisted  that students should know the  medical terminology in English. In other  countries such as in Latin America, most  of  the  leading US medical  textbooks  have been  translated  into Spanish and  Portuguese [15]. There was a revival of  Arabization in the beginning of the 19th  century  in Egypt. Following this, medi- cal  sciences were  taught  in Arabic  for  about 70 years and during  this period  about 72 textbooks were translated and  many books were published [16].  The  present  study  revealed  that  some students answered parts of written  exams  in Arabic although  they  should  have answered only in English. This sug- gests  that  thinking, understanding and  expressing using  their mother  tongue  may be easier for some students. Previ- ous  studies have appreciated  learning  with the mother tongue for this reason  [5,6].  Many  students  (61.8%)  felt  there  was a gap between their medical studies  and  their clinical practice with patients  and  they  attributed  this  to  learning  medicine  in  a  foreign  language. This  should be investigated in further studies.  Students requested that learning how to  take a patient’s history in clinical rounds  should be  in Arabic. Communication  skills and health education were identi- fied as aspects of medicine  that might  be  taught  in Arabic. Students need  to  understand  the  various Arabic  collo- quial  dialects  and  idioms of  patients  who may come  from different  regions.  Harmsen  et  al.  recommended  that  medical students and physicians should  be trained to become aware of patients’  cultural  backgrounds  so  as  to bridge  language  barriers  [17].  Books  in  the  medical specialties that were suggested  as  suitable  for Arabization  should be  available for students to use besides the  English copies.  A  previous  study  recommended  that  students  at  colleges of medicine,  pharmacy,  science  and  computer  science be taught the Arabization proc- ess [18]. Students at those colleges must  study the Arabic equivalents to English  technical  terms  in  their major  area of  specialization and it must be part of their  course grades. The choice of the language of medi- cal teaching, whether English or Arabic,  should not be considered as all-or-none.  Previous  studies  highlighted  that  in  undergraduate and postgraduate learn- ing, students with the greatest need for  language  support  should be properly  helped [19,20].  Although about 40% of  staff mem- bers were  strongly  against  the  idea of  Arabizing medicine,  28.6%  believed  that  lectures given  in Arabic would be  communicated more effectively  to stu- dents and 40.7% of them expected that  Arabization would result  in a harmony  between students’  thinking and speak- ing. This shows that we need to use the  Arabic  language  in medical education;  but how, when and in what fields? This  should be discussed by decision-makers  in medical education.  Previous  researchers  have  stated  that it is far better for students to learn in  their mother tongue as the time taken by  students  to understand  information  in  English is about twice as long as it takes  to understand  it  in Arabic,  the mother  tongue  [5,21]. By  contrast,  in Gezira  University in Sudan, an experiment with  Arabization  of medicine  showed  no  difference between the performance of  students  learning medicine  in Arabic  and  those  learning  it  in English  [22].  Other  studies have  also  explored  the  effect on performance of teaching medi- cal  students  in  their mother  tongue.  In  the United Arab Emirates, undergradu- ate  students performed better  in com- munication  skills  using  their mother  tongue (Arabic)  than  in English  [23].  Other studies have also found that lan- guage barriers  add new anxieties  and  worries for health professionals in their  dealing with patients with  a different  language [24,25].  Figure 4 Staff (n = 110) and student (n = 326) views about Arabization of medicine View EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1270 References Drouin J. 1. Educating future physicians for a minority popula- tion: a French–language stream at the University of Ottawa. Academic Medicine, 2002, 77(3):217–221. Haidinger G, Frischenschlager O, Mitterauer L. Reliability of 2. predictors of study success in medicine. Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 2006, 156(13–14):416–420. Khayat MH. 3. درطتسم ثيدح :بيرعتلا [Arabization: A continuous conversation]. Medical Arabization, 2002, 6(1):62–67. Dewedar A. 4. طوشر ,هتاقوعم هتروضر .ىبرعلا نطولا فى لىاعلا ميلعتلا بيرعت هحاجن تابلطتم و [Arabization of higher education in the Arab world. Necessity, obstacles, conditions and requirements of success]. 85 –271: 43 ؛ 2004 ةيبرعلا تاعمالجا داتحا ةلمج[Journal of the Association of Arab Universities, 2004, 43:271–285]. Al-Kateb B, Review of the history of the teaching of medi-5. cine in Arabic. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 1999, 5(3):597–603. Ali EA. 6. The language of scientific research. IslamOnline [online article] (http://www.islamonline.net/servlet/Satellite?c= Article_C&cid=1158658285017&pagename=Zone-English- HealthScience%2FHSELayout, accessed 29 June 2010). Maher J. The development of English as an international lan-7. guage of medicine. Applied Linguistics, 1986, 7(2):206–218. Kassem AM. Learning English makes sense. 8. Student British Medical Journal, 2004, 12:133–176. El-Awady NA. 9. Arabized medicine moves one step forward. Islam- Online [online article] (http://www.islam-online.net/English/ Science/2005/04/article06.shtml, accessed 29 June 2010). Manzar S. The English language and Arabic medical students. 10. Medical Education, 1999, 33(5):394–395. Conaboy KA et al. Central Asian Republics: a case study for 11. medical education reform. Journal of Continuing Education in the Health Professions, 2005, 25(1):52–64. Weber A et al. Ausbildungs- und Berufserwartungen der 12. Arztegeneration von morgen [Educational and occupational expectations of tomorrow’s generation of physicians]. Gesund- heitswesen, 1996, 58(12):629–634. Fido A, Al-Kazemi R. Effective method of teaching psychiatry 13. to undergraduate medical students: the student perspective. Medical Principles and Practice, 2000, 9:255–259. Milaat WA, El-Gamal FM Factors affecting the use and at-14. titude towards medical resources and educational methods in a Saudi medical school. Annals of Saudi Medicine, 1994, 14(3):209–214. Sung JY et al. 15. Textbook of clinical medicine for Asia. Hong Kong, Chinese University Press, 1998. Malak A. 16. ةيفاقث و ةيوغل ةيمنت:لىاعلا ميلعتلا بيرعت [Arabization of higher education: linguistic and cultural development]. Medical Ara- bization, 1993, 5(June). Harmsen JA17. et al. Patients’ evaluation of quality of care in general practice: What are the cultural and linguistic barriers? Patient Education and Counselling, 2008, 72(1):155–162. Al-Jarf RS. 18. تاغللا ةيلك فرلجا دعس ماير .د.أ بيرعتلا ةيلمع في تاعمالجا رود ةيبرعلا ةكلملما ابهأ دلاخ كللما ةعماج فى دقع رتمؤمدوعس كللما ةعماج ، ةجمترلاو ةيدوعسلا [Role of universities in the process of Arabization. Faculty of Languages and Translation, King Saud University. A con- ference held in King Khalid University, Abha, Saudi Arabia]. (http://faculty.ksu.edu.sa/aljarf/default.aspx, accessed 1 July 2010). Letelier LM et al. Exploring language barriers to evidence-19. based health care (EBHC) in post-graduate medical students: a randomised trial. Education for Health (Abingdon, England), 2007, 20(3):82. Chur-Hansen A. Language background, proficiency in English, 20. and selection for language development. Medical Education, 1997, 31 (5):312–319. Al-Ahmad N. 21. ةيبرعلا تاعمالجا ضعب فى بيرعتلا براتج نم[From the ex- periences of Arabization in some Arab universities]. 1993.برمسيد سداسلا ددعلا ؛بيرعتلا ةلمج . [Journal of Arabization, 1993, Dece - ber, No. 6]. In  Saudi Arabia,  a  study  showed  a  positive  attitude  towards  teaching  medicine  in Arabic  by  students,  and  that Arabization was welcomed pro- vided it was approached gradually and  with  adequate planning  [26]. One of  the  reasons  behind  the  resistance of  medical  staff  towards Arabization  in  the  current  study was  the  fear  that  it  would have  a negative  impact on  the  student’s  education  level.  Medical  professionals need continuing profes- sional development to keep up-to-date  and many of the resources for this are  in English. The possibility that students  who  learn medicine  in Arabic will not  be competent enough in English to be  able to use English scientific resources  efficiently has been previously  stated  [6].  Currently, several activities concern- ing the Arabization of health sciences are  being  implemented by  the Arabization  of Health Sciences Network in collabo- ration with  the World Health Organi- zation Regional Office  for  the Eastern  Mediterranean. These  include  training  courses for translators, editors and pub- lishers  and production of  educational  materials in health subjects [27].  Though the official language in uni- versity  textbooks and  in examinations  in  the  faculty of medicine  is  currently  the English  language, however,  the ac- tual  language used by faculty members  in delivering  the  lectures  and  in Oral  exams  is a combination of Arabic and  English  language.  In  addition,  the  ac- tual  language used  in patient commu- nication is Arabic (the mother tongue)  though the teaching is in English. In the  clinical  rounds students use  the Arabic  language  in elaborating  the complaints  of patients,  in explaining  the condition  the patient has,  and  in prescribing  the  medications he needs.  Most of  the official  reports offered  by  the hospital  are also  in Arabic  lan- guage so we are facing a situation where  we teach in a  language and we practise  in a different language. .  Although this study was exploratory,  it demonstrates that the idea of teaching  some medical courses  in Arabic  is not  out of  the question and  that  teaching  interventions are necessary for students  whose English language is not adequate.  Further studies would help us to explore  this in more detail طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1271 Mahmadani AA, Abdel Rahman SH. 22. ليصتح لىع بيرعتلا رثأ مييقت ةحصلا ةمظنم طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلما نادوسلا ةريزلجا ةعماج ,بطلا بلاط مقر شرع ىناثلا دلجملل فىاضأ ددع ةيلماعلا [Evaluating the impact of Arabization on medical students’ acquisition, Gezira Uni- versity, Sudan]. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2006, 12(S2):S223–229. Swadi H The impact of primary language on the performance 23. of medical undergraduates in communication skills. Medical Teacher, 1997, 19(4):270–274. Al-Naseri H. Found in translation. 24. Student BMJ, 2005, 13:133– 176. Al-Shahadat S. 25. ىبرعلا ضيرلما و بيبطلا ينب لصاوتلا ةغل [Language of communication between Arab doctor and patient]. Medical Arabization, 2008, 12(2):87–89. Albar AA, Assuhaimi SA. Attitude of medical students and 26. postgraduate residents at King Faisal University towards teach- ing medicine in Arabic. Saudi Medical Journal, 1996, 17(2):230– 234. Sara K. Arabization27. of Health Sciences Network (AHSN): cur- rent issues, problems, trends and the role of the Regional Of- fice. Saudi Medical Journal, 2004, 25(1):S47. Essential health technologies Health technologies are developed to solve a health problem and improve quality of lives. They form an indispensable  component of the services health systems can offer in the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of disease and in  alleviating disability and functional deficiency. Access, including in primary health care, to safe and effective health  technologies relies on policies for selection and management based on scientific evidence and best practice for  organization of their management and use. Further information on technical areas such as blood transfusion safety, diagnostic imaging, transplantation and medical  devices can be accessed at: http://www.who.int/eht/en/ EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1272 Difficulties facing first-year medical students at Umm Alqura University in Saudi Arabia H. Almoallim,1,2 S. Aldahlawi,3 E. Alqahtani,4 S. Alqurashi 5 and A. Munshi 6 ABSTRACT This study investigated medical students’ study habits and perceptions of learning difficulties during their first year of study. A specially-designed questionnaire was answered by 165 second-year medical and medical science students at Umm Alqura University in Saudi Arabia. Out of the 7 difficulties listed in the questionnaire, students ranked peer competition first, followed by poor English language skills. Male students ranked peer competition as the top difficulty whereas females ranked it fourth. A majority of students were dissatisfied with the passive, lecture-based method of teaching and wanted the English language curriculum to be improved by more emphasis on conversation skills. Early introduction of the concept of active learning and effective studying habits is needed. 1Department of Medicine, Medical College, Umm Alqura University, Saudi Arabia (Correspondence to H. Almoallim: hanialmoallim @hotmail.com). 2Department of Medicine, King Faisal Specialist Hospital, Jedda, Saudi Arabia. 3Department of Dentistry, International Medical Center, Jedda, Saudi Arabia 4Department of Radiology; 6Department of Family Medicine, National Guard Hospital. Jedda, Saudi Arabia. 5Department of Internal Medicine, Al-Hada Armed Forces Hospital, Taif, Saudi Arabia. Received: 30/03/09; accepted: 17/06/09 ةيدوعسلا ةيبرعلا ةكلملما في ىرقلا مأ ةعماج في لىولأا ةنسلا في بطلا بلاط هجاوت يتلا تابوعصلا شينم جيرأ ،شيرقلا ىذش ،نياطحقلا نمايإ ،يولهدلا ىولس ،ملعلما نياه في ًابلاط 165 باجأ دقو .مهتسارد نم لىولأا ةنسلا للاخ م ُّلعتلاو ةساردلا ةبوعصل بطلا بلاط كرادمو تاداع ةساردلا هذه صيقتست :ةـصلالخا تابوعص 7 ينب نمو .ةساردلل ًاصيصخ دعأ نايبتسا لىع ةيدوعسلا ةيبرعلا ةكلملما في ىرقلا مأ ةعماج في ةيبطلا مولعلاو بطلا ةيلك نم ةيناثلا ةنسلا سفانت روكذلا بلاطلا َجَرْدأ دقو .ةيزيلكنلإا ةغللاب متهاراهم فعض هلاتو ،ءلامزلا سفانت ةمدقلما في بلاطلا َجَرْدأ ،نايبتسلاا في ةمئاقلا اهتنمضت ،ةيلعافلالاب مستت يتلا سيردتلا ةقيرط نع ينضار يرغ بلاطلا مظعم ناكو .ةعبارلا ةبترلما في تابلاطلا هْتَجردأ ينح في ،تابوعصلا ةمدقم في ءلامزلا لاخدإ لىإ ةسام ةجالحا نأ اوركذ ماك.ةثداحلما تاراهم لىع ديكأتلا عم ةيزيلكنلإا ةغلل يميلعتلا جهنلما ينستح في اوبغرو ،تاضراحلما ءاقلإ لىع ز ِّكرتو .ةلا َّعفلا ةساردلا تاداعو لعافلا ملعتلا موهفلم ركاب Difficultés rencontrées par les étudiants en première année d’études de médecine à l’Université Umm Al- Qura (Arabie saoudite) RÉSUMÉ Le présent travail de recherche a analysé les habitudes d’étude des étudiants en médecine et leur perception des difficultés d’apprentissage pendant leur première année d’étude. Un questionnaire spécialement conçu a été administré à 165 étudiants de deuxième année de la faculté de médecine et de sciences de l’Université Umm Al-Qura, (Arabie saoudite). Sur les sept difficultés répertoriées dans le questionnaire, les étudiants ont classé la compétition entre étudiants en premier, puis de médiocres compétences linguistiques en anglais en second. Les étudiants de sexe masculin ont classé la compétition entre étudiants comme la première difficulté, alors que les étudiantes ne l’ont classée que quatrième dans la liste. Pour la majorité, les étudiants n’étaient pas satisfaits de la méthode d’enseignement passive reposant sur les cours magistraux et souhaitaient que le programme d’enseignement en langue anglaise soit amélioré, en mettant davantage l’accent sur le développement des compétences à l’oral. Il est nécessaire d’introduire tôt dans le cursus le concept d’apprentissage actif et des habitudes d’étude efficaces. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1273 Introduction The relevance of  an  educational pro- gramme  is  a  concern  for  curriculum  designers. Lack of interest and increased  stress  levels are  typical problems  faced  by students when they perceive courses  as  lacking  in  relevance  to  their  studies.  Learning interventions that are directly  based  on  students’  needs,  promote  student participation,  and  are  largely  student-driven  have  been  shown  to  enhance students’ performance [1]. Students enter  the medical college  of Umm Alqura University  in  Saudi  Arabia directly  from high school at an  average  age  of  18  years. The  school  system relies mainly on  teacher-based  activities,  examinations  based  on  re- gurgitation of memorized  information  and norm-referenced  tests  to evaluate  students. As  a  result, most of  the  stu- dents  acquire passive  learning habits.  The secondary school  system  in Saudi  Arabia uses  the Arabic  language as  the  primary language for education; English  is  taught as a second  language,  starting  in grade 7. As  the medical  school cur- riculum is taught in English, all first-year  students,  regardless of  their  language  proficiency  level,  receive  an  intensive  course in English along with their other  premedical requirements.  When they  join university students  are  faced with  increased academic de- mands and quickly realize that they need  to develop appropriate  learning  skills.  Many capable medical students experi- ence  frustration and  failure  [2]. While  introductory  learning skills courses are  common in many international medical  schools, few medical schools in the Mid- dle East have  such  courses. At Umm  Alqura University we planned to design  a learning skills course for our first-year  students of medicine and medical  sci- ences to introduce the principles of ac- tive  learning. To  inform  the design of  the  course, we  surveyed  second-year  medical  and medical  science  students  about  the difficulties  they  faced during  their first year and their study habits.  Methods All  second-year medical  and medical  sciences  students  (graduation  class  2009)  in  Umm  Alqura  University,  Mecca, Saudi Arabia were asked to an- swer  a questionnaire designed by  the  authors. A  total of 270  students were  surveyed  in October 2006 (128 males  and  142  females),  comprising  153  medical  students and 117 medical  sci- ence students. In the first part of the questionnaire,  students were presented with a list of 7  common difficulties  faced by students  and asked  to  rank  them according  to  the  degree  of  difficulty  they  faced  in  their first year,  from 1 (most difficult)  to  7  (least  difficult). The  items were  based on the results of interviews with a  group of medical students from different  classes carried out by  the authors. The  second part was divided into questions  about  learning styles and study habits:  their  own beliefs  about  the difficulty  and workload of  the first-year  course  (3  items); difficulties  they experienced  with aspects of  the first-year course (8  items); how they communicated with  instructors during  teaching sessions (4  items); what self-study strategies would  facilitate  their  learning (3  items);  and  ways  in which  the university could or- ganize courses  to  facilitate  learning (9  items). Students were asked  to answer  each statement as yes, no or don’t know.  Two open-ended questions about ad- ditional difficulties were  included. All  questions were in English.  A pilot sample of medical students  evaluated  the  simplicity  of  the ques- tionnaire language and the time needed  to  answer  it  and  adjustments  were  made  based  on  their  recommenda- tions. The questionnaire was distrib- uted to second-year students after their  classes. Students were asked to answer  and  return  it  immediately  to  one  of  the supervisors. Most students needed  around  30 minutes  to  complete  the  questionnaire.  The data were entered in Microsoft  Excel  software  and  the Student  t-test was used to assess significant differences  based on sex. P value <  0.05 was consid- ered significant. Results Of  the  270  students  surveyed,  165  responded (89  females and 76 males;  119 medical  students  and 46 medical  science students). The overall response  rate was  therefore 61% (62% among  females and 59% among males). More  students of medicine responded (78%)  than medical science students (39%). A majority of  students considered  peer  competition  to  be  the  greatest  difficulty  facing  them  in  the first  year  (mean rank 4.28 out of 7) (Figure 1).  English  language skills were  rated sec- ond (mean rank 3.95). Difficulty of the  subjects was  ranked  third (mean  rank  3.78),  followed by  lack of  information  resources  (mean  rank  3.76)  and  the  large amount of academic work (mean  rank 3.70). Lack of  time  for  social  life  (mean  rank  3.13)  and  stress  related  to courses (mean  rank 2.77) were  the  lowest ranked items. When  analysing  the  data  by  sex,  peer competition was  ranked first as a  difficult  faced by male students (mean  rank  5.17)  whereas  female  students  ranked  it  fourth (mean  rank 3.52) (P < 0.05) (Figure 2). On the other hand,  English  language was  ranked  first  as  a difficulty by  female  students  (mean  rank 4.09). More  female students  than  male  students  felt  they were  facing  a  high academic workload (mean  ranks  4.01 and 3.33 respectively) (P < 0.05).  Furthermore, more male students than  female  students  thought  the  subjects  were too difficult (mean ranks 4.16 and  3.45 respectively) (P < 0.05). Half of  the  students (51%) agreed  that  the courses  taught  in  the first year  were hard, 61%  that  the courses were  time-consuming  and  47%  that  their  results  did not  reflect  the  amount of  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1274 M F Figure 1 Mean ranking of 7 difficulties facing medical and medical sciences students during first-year medical school (n = 165 students) Figure 2 Mean ranking of difficulties facing male and female medical and medical sciences students in first-year of medical school (n = 76 males; n = 89 females). *Statistically significant differences were found between males and females regarding peer competition, increased academic demands and subjects are too hard (P < 0.05) Difficulty Difficulty طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1275 effort  they put  into  their  study. There  were no statistical differences between  the sexes (data not shown). Regarding  problems  they  faced during  teaching  sessions  including  lectures, 62% of  the  students agreed that they had difficulty  following  the  instructors  and  taking  notes and 50% did not know what they  were  expected  to  learn by  the  end of  teaching  sessions.  Concerning  their  assessments, 60% of  the  students had  difficulty remembering information and  writing essays and 40% had problems  with  answering multiple  choice ques- tions. More  female students  than male  students  reported difficulty  in keeping  up with  the  required  reading  and  in  remembering  information (P  < 0.05)  (data not shown). Just over half of the students (52%)  had problems with communicating and  explaining  their  ideas during  teaching  sessions, 52% did not ask questions or  interact with  instructors, 53% consid- ered  themselves  shy, while 46% asked  instructors  if  they did not understand  something. Male students were signifi- cantly more  likely  than  females  to ask  for  help  from  instructors when  they  faced difficulties  (P  < 0.05)  (data not  shown). Regarding  the  strategies  that  stu- dents  followed  to  facilitate  their  learn- ing,  59%  reported  that  they  did  not  prepare for teaching sessions by reading  about  the subject  in advance and 56%  did not  search  for  information  to sup- plement  teaching  sessions. However,  86% would use the library resources to  facilitate  learning. More male  students  than females would prepare for teaching  sessions by reading about the subject (P < 0.05) (data not shown). The  majority  of   the  students  (85%) agreed  that  they would  like an  introductory  course prior  to  the  start  of  first  year medical  school  and 80%  would welcome a mentor assigned  to  each  student. A majority  also wanted  instructors to give more time for discus- sion  and  answering questions  (80%)  and  to  clarify  the  learning outcomes  of each teaching session (80%). Many  wanted more  feedback on  their  own  performance (75%) and 74% wanted  to be divided  into smaller groups dur- ing  teaching  sessions. More  than half  of  the  students wanted a different ap- proach to teaching than lectures (60%)  and more help with using  library  and  online services (55%); 60% agreed that  extracurricular activities would help  to  bond students and instructors. Several  suggestions  resulted  from  analysing  open-ended  questions.  A  majority of  students  thought  that  the  English  language  curriculum  should  be  improved, with more emphasis on  conversation  skills.  First-year  course  instructors  should  speak both Arabic  and English  languages. A majority of  students were dissatisfied with the pas- sive,  lecture-based and  traditional way  of teaching; they wanted to be involved  in the learning process and to have more  chance to ask questions during teaching  sessions. Discussion Needs analysis can be used  to  identify  problems  in  the  educational process.  Learners  remain  a  valuable  resource  that  should be utilized by  curriculum  planners to diagnose problems in course  design and delivery. The findings of this  study will help us  to design a  learning  skills course that should meet the needs  of our students. Learning skills courses are intended  to prepare  students  to  cope with  the  new  learning environment  in medical  colleges and  its  challenges. Significant  numbers of first-year medical  students  report  little experience, particularly  in  IT  skills  and  library  research  [3]. Es- say writing  and oral  presentation  are  also  rarely  practised  [3].  Students  in  the majority of medical  schools  in  the  Middle East  are  left alone  to  face  this  new, challenging environment. Inability  to cope with  these changes  leads  to a  high drop-out  rate  from courses. Even  at higher levels, the causes of academic  failure are widespread and  range  from  deficient  learning skills to financial, do- mestic and emotional problems [4]. A  great majority  (85%) of our  students  recognized the importance of introduc- ing a  learning  skills  course  that would  help  in  the  transitional phase  to meet  the challenges of university life. Most of  them (80%) also recognized the need to  provide a proper mentoring programme  in the college to help students overcome  their academic problems. Students  in  this  study  considered  peer competition to be the top difficulty  facing them in the first year. The assess- ment process in their schools was prob- ably  focused on comparisons between  students  rather  than  specific  achieve- ment  levels. This  has  resulted  in  the  overwhelming concern of our students  being  the performance of  their peers.  In contrast, a review of stress  in under- graduates noted  that peer competition  was one of  the  least common sources  of  stress  among undergraduates  [5].  Our medical  college  therefore needs  to  implement  strategies  to  solve  this  problem. Developing valid and reliable  assessment methods  and  enhancing  the  educational  environment  [6]  are  probably initial steps.  Lack of fluency  in  the  language of  instruction can form a barrier to medical  education [7]. It has been reported that  many nurses from non-English speaking  backgrounds are at high risk of failure in  university programmes [8]. Few studies  have  investigated clinical  experiences  of  students  from non-English speaking  backgrounds and strategies  to support  their learning. In an Australian university  unsatisfactory spoken  language fluency  was associated with poor performance  in medical communication skills under  examination conditions [9]. English was  considered one of  the  top difficulties  facing  our  students  during  their  first  year. Students clearly felt the need for an  improved English  language curriculum  in our college with more  focus on con- versation skills. They also suggested that  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1276 first-year  instructors must  speak both  Arabic  and English  languages.  In  an- other Australian study, medical students  experiencing English  language difficul- ties were  allocated  to  a  faculty-based  language development programme  for  up  to 2 years [10]. Similar approaches  can be adopted in our college. Stress  is  common among medical  students. The one-month prevalence of  mental distress among medical students  in one college in Ethiopia was found to  be 32.6% [11]. The same study showed  that the risk of mental distress decreased  in  the  students’  later  years of medical  school. Other  studies  suggested  that  stress  and anxiety are major causes of  cognitive  dysfunction  and  poor  aca- demic performance  in university  stu- dents  [12,13].  Another  study  linked  anxiety in medical students to the medi- cal curriculum [14]. Students with high  test  anxiety are compromised  in  their  performance and emotional wellbeing  [15].  It was  shown  that mental health  worsens  after  students begin medical  school  and  remains poor  throughout  training [16,17]. Great care  should be  taken to avoid any  factors  that may  in- crease students’ stress levels. Our students experienced substan- tial problems with the traditional teach- ing methods at  this  college,  including  lectures. A majority of  them had diffi- culty in following instructors and taking  notes during lectures. This could partly  be explained on the basis of deficiencies  in basic learning skills such as listening  and note-taking. However, the fact that  half of students did not understand the  objectives  of  their  lectures  is  clearly  likely  to compromise  the effectiveness  of  these  lectures.  It  is  not  surprising  therefore that more than 60% of our stu- dents  thought  that  the  subjects  taught  in  the first year were  time-consuming.  As  long  ago  as  the  1970s  there was  evidence  of  students’  dissatisfaction  with unchallenging  lectures  [18]  and  that  student concentration  in  lectures  rose sharply to reach a maximum after  10–15 minutes and  fell  steadily  there- after [19]. Nevertheless many medical  colleges still use traditional methods of  teaching. An  interesting finding  in our  study  was  that  a  majority  of  our  students  considered  themselves  to be  shy: 53%  reported never asking questions or inter- acting with  instructors during  lectures.  Only 46% would interact if they did not  understand something. Passive learning  is an expected outcome with large-group  teaching formats [20]. Active participa- tion of learners in any learning interven- tion is a key factor for effective learning.  Our students’ perceptions of the learning  process needs to be changed. They need  to be oriented  to  the concepts of deep  and superficial approaches to learning. A  majority of our students did not prepare  in advance for their lectures and tended  not  to  seek  information beyond what  was mentioned during  lectures. These  are classic examples of a superficial ap- proach to learning. The results of studies on gender dif- ferences  in  the experiences of medical  students vary. A study in India conclud- ed  that  stress did not vary significantly  based on sex [21].  In an Iranian study,  stress was  associated with  female  sex  [22] and in a study in Austria male sex  was one of the factors that contributed  to academic success in medical students  [23].  In our  study,  significantly more  female students were concerned about  the academic workload than were males.  They found more difficulties in keeping  up with  the  required  reading  and  in  remembering  information. Males on  the other hand were more concerned  about peer competition.  In one  study,  academic  factors were  the highest per- ceived cause of  stress  in medical  stu- dents regardless of sex [21]. There are  some  limitations  to our  study.  It was  based on  self-reporting  which may be  a  source of bias  in  the  responses. The study was carried out in  only one medical college  in Saudi Ara- bia so the results cannot be generalized  to other medical colleges. Nevertheless  the study does shed some light on issues  related  to  first-year medical  students  studying medicine in English language. Medical  colleges  in  Saudi Arabia  should consider needs analysis  studies  to inform changes in educational strate- gies. Learning skills courses are clearly  desired by our students. These courses  should prepare Saudi medical students  to  overcome  difficulties  facing  them  such as peer competition. These courses  should also build active study skills and  develop a deep approach  to  learning.  Based  on  our  findings,  the  English  language curriculum  requires  revision  and new  teaching methods  should be  employed. References Beckert L, Wilkinson TJ, Sainsbury R. A needs-based study and 1. examination skills course improves students’ performance. Medical Education, 2003, 37:424–428. Durak HI et al. Description and evaluation of an innovative 2. course on learning and study skills for the first year medical students. Tohoku Journal of Experimental Medicine, 2006, 210:231–237. Whittle SR, Murdoch-Eaton DG. Lifelong learning skills: how 3. experienced are students when they enter medical school? Medical Teacher, 2004, 26:576–578. Whittle SR, Eaton DG. Attitudes towards transferable skills in 4. medical undergraduates. Medical Education, 2001, 35:148–153. Ko SM, Kua EH, Fones CS. Stress and the undergraduates. 5. Sin- gapore Medical Journal, 1999, 40:627–30. Al-Hazimi A et al. Educational environment in traditional and 6. innovative medical schools: a study in four undergraduate medical schools. Education for Health (Abingdon, England), 2004, 17:192–203. Chur-Hansen A, Barrett RJ. Teaching colloquial Australian 7. English to medical students from non-English speaking back- grounds. Medical Education, 1996, 30:412–417. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1277 Operational research in tropical and other communicable diseases: final report summaries 2007-2008 Operational research is crucial for identifying ways to increase access to timely diagnosis and effective treatment. It  involves the evaluation of programme implementation, leading to improved policy-making, better design and operation  of health systems, and more efficient methods of service delivery. The Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean  supports operational research in tropical and other diseases through the UNICEF/UNDP/World Bank/WHO Special  Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases (TDR) supported Small Grants Scheme. The scheme  encourages collaboration between national control programmes and researchers from academia. The aim of the series is  to disseminate the results of the operational research projects supported by the scheme with the ultimate goal that they  are translated into the policies and practices of national control programmes  The report is available in English and can be downloaded at: http://www.emro.who.int/publications/Book_Details. asp?ID=1040. Rogan F et al. ‘You find yourself.’ Perceptions of nursing stu-8. dents from non-English speaking backgrounds of the effect of an intensive language support program on their oral clinical communication skills. Contemporary Nurse, 2006, 23:72–86. Chur-Hansen A, Vernon-Roberts J, Clark S. Language back-9. ground, English language proficiency and medical commu- nication skills of medical students. Medical Education, 1997, 31:259–263. Chur-Hansen A. Language background, proficiency in English, 10. and selection for language development. Medical Education, 1997, 31:312–319. Alem A et al. Mental distress in medical students of Addis Aba-11. ba University. Ethiopian Medical Journal, 2005, 43:159–166. Akgun S, Ciarrochi J. Learned resourcefulness moderates the 12. relationship between academic stress and academic perform- ance. learned resourcefulness moderates the relationship between academic stress and academic performance. Educa- tional Psychology, 2003, 23:287–294. McKenzie K, Schweitzer R. Who succeeds at university? Factors 13. predicting academic performance in first year Australian uni- versity students. Higher Education Research and Development, 2001, 20:21–33. Smith CK et al. Depression, anxiety, and perceived hassles 14. among entering medical students. Psychology, Health and Medicine, 2007, 12:31–39. Schaefer A et al. Seelische Gesundheit und Studienerfolg von 15. Studierenden der Medizin mit hoher und niedriger Prufung- sangstlichkeit [Mental health and performance of medical students with high and low test anxiety]. Psychotherapie, Psy- chosomatik, Medizinische Psychologie, 2007, 57:289–297. Dyrbye LN, Thomas MR, Shanafelt TD. Medical student dis-16. tress: causes, consequences, and proposed solutions. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 2005, 80:1613–1622. Dutta AP, Pyles MA, Miederhoff PA. Stress in health professions 17. students: myth or reality? A review of the existing literature. Journal of National Black Nurses’ Association, 2005, 16:63–68. Shephard RJ, Ashley MJ. Attitudes of health science students 18. towards teaching practices, examinations, and other related issues. Medical Education, 1979, 13:111–116. Stuart J, Rutherford RJ. Medical student concentration during 19. lectures. Lancet, 1978, 2:514–516. Cantillon P. Teaching large groups. 20. British Medical Journal, 2003, 326:437. Supe AN. A study of stress in medical students at Seth G.S. 21. Medical College. Journal of Postgraduate Medicine, 1998, 44:1–6. Shariati M, Yunesian M, Vash JH. Mental health of medical stu-22. dents: a cross-sectional study in Tehran. Psychological Reports, 2007, 100:346–354. Frischenschlager O, Haidinger G, Mitterauer L. Factors associ-23. ated with academic success at Vienna Medical School: pro- spective survey. Croatian Medical Journal, 2005, 46:58–65. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1278 Level of physical activity among teaching and support staff in the education sector in Dohuk, Iraq S.Y. Agha 1 and S.A. Al-Dabbagh1 ABSTRACT Sedentary lifestyle is a major underlying cause of death, disease, and disability worldwide. This survey in 2006 aimed to estimate the current level of physical activity among 293 school and university teaching staff and 246 support staff working in the education sector in Dohuk city, Iraq. The short form of the international physical activity questionnaire (IPAQ) was used to estimate physical activity. Using the higher IPAQ cutoff point (i.e. high, not moderate, level of activity) the prevalence of physical activity beneficial to health among all participants was 39.5%. Small but nonsignificant differences in physical activity were found among sex, age and BMI categories. Teachers reported significantly higher physical activity levels than support staff, and individuals with longer average sitting times per day reported significantly lower levels of physical activity. 1Department of Family and Community Medicine, College of Medicine, University of Dohuk, Dohuk, Iraq (Correspondence to S.Y. Agha: saadagha13@yahoo.com). Received: 08/04/09; accepted: 02/08/09 قارعلا ،كوهد في يميلعتلا عاطقلا في معدلا فيو ميلعتلا في ينلماعلا ينب نيدبلا طاشنلا ىوتسم غابدلا دحمأ ميمص ،اغأ سنوي دعس ماع يرجأ يذلا حسلما اذه فده دقو .لماعلا ءاجرأ عيجم في زجعلاو ضرلماو توملل ةنماكلا ةيسيئرلا بابسلأا نم لوملخا ةايح طمن دعُي :ةـصلالخا يميلعتلا عاطقلا في معدلا ميدقت في ينلماعلا نم 246و تاعمالجاو سرادلما في ينلماعلا نم 293 ينب نيدبلا طاشنلل نهارلا ىوتسلما ريدقت لىإ 2006 ؛نيدبلا طاشنلا ريدقتل ةيندبلا ةطشنلأا لوح ليودلا نايبتسلاا نم ةصرتخلما ةغيصلا ةساردلا هذه في نوثحابلا مدختساو .قارعلا في كوهد ةنيدم في نيديفتسلما راشتنا لدعم نأ )طسوتلما سيلو عفترلما نيدبلا طاشنلا ىوتسم لىع يأ( نايبتسلاا اذه في ايلعلا لصْيَفلا ةطقنلا مهمادختسا دنع اودجوو ينب نيدبلل طاشنلا في ًايئاصحإ ابه ُّدتعي لا ةفيفط تافلاتخا نوثحابلا دجو ماك .%39.5 ةساردلا في ينكراشلما عيجم ينب نم نيدبلا طاشنلا نم ًايحص ينلماعلا ىدل امم لىعأ نيدبلا طاشنلل تايوتسم نع اوغلبأ دق ينسردلما نأ نوثحابلا دجوو .مسلجا ةلتك بَسْنَمو رمعلاو سنلجا قفو ةع َّزولما تائفلا .نيدبلا طاشنلا نم ضفخأ تايوتسم نع اوغلبأ دق مويلا ءانثأ ليوط دملأ سوللجا صصح نم ددع ميهدل نيذلا دارفلأا نأو ،معدلا في Niveau d’activité physique du personnel enseignant et administratif dans le secteur de l’éducation à Dohuk (Iraq) RÉSUMÉ Le mode de vie sédentaire est l’une des principales causes sous-jacentes de mortalité, de morbidité et d’incapacité dans le monde. La présente enquête, réalisée en 2006, avait pour objectif d’estimer le niveau d’activité physique d’alors de 293 enseignants en écoles secondaires et en universités et de 246 membres du personnel administratif dans le secteur de l’éducation à Dohuk (Iraq). La version courte du questionnaire international sur l’activité physique a été utilisée pour mesurer cet élément. En utilisant la valeur seuil la plus élevée du questionnaire, (c’est-à-dire une activité physique intense et non modérée), la prévalence d’une activité physique bénéfique pour la santé a été estimée à 39,5 % pour tous les participants. Des différences minimes non significatives ont été retrouvées en fonction du sexe, de l’âge et de l’indice de masse corporelle. Les enseignants ont déclaré des niveaux d’activité physiques supérieurs à ceux du personnel administratif et les individus passant en moyenne le plus de temps en position assise par jour ont déclaré avoir des niveaux d’activité physique nettement plus faibles. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1279 Introduction Regular participation  in physical activ- ity  is  associated with a  reduced  risk of  premature mortality,  coronary  heart  disease, hypertension, cancer, diabetes  mellitus, obesity,  emotional  stress and  musculoskeletal  disorders.  Sedentary  lifestyles or physical  inactivity, on  the  other hand, are a major underlying cause  of  death,  disease  and disability  [1,2].  Approximately 2 million deaths every  year are attributable to physical inactiv- ity. The world is witnessing a significant  increase  in  the burden of noncommu- nicable diseases such as cardiovascular  diseases,  cancer, diabetes  and chronic  respiratory diseases. These relate closely  to changes in lifestyle, mainly in tobacco  use, physical  inactivity  and unhealthy  diets. Meanwhile,  the burden of non- communicable  diseases  is  shifting  to  poorer countries. [3].  Obesity/overweight  rates  are  increasing  among  young people  and  middle-aged  adults  [2–4]. This  is  re- lated in part to lack of leisure time physi- cal activity, but  is more likely the result  of  increasing hours  spent  in  sedentary  behaviours,  e.g.  watching  television,  using  computers  and  passive modes  of  transport  such  as  cars  and  buses.  Decreasing physical activity and reduc- tions in physical education programmes  in  schools  is an alarming  trend world- wide.  An assessment of  current  levels of  physical activity and inactivity is critical  for defining  the extent of  the problem,  guiding public health efforts and evalu- ating progress  toward national health  objectives  [5]. This  survey  in Dohuk  city,  Iraq  aimed  to  estimate  the  cur- rent level of physical activity among the  teaching and nonteaching  staff of  the  primary,  secondary and higher educa- tion institutions.  The study will provide background  data for improving the level of physical  activity among the studied population. Methods The survey was  conducted  in Dohuk  city,  the centre of Dohuk governorate.  The city  is  in a semi-mountainous area  in northern  Iraq and has a population  of around 400 000. Data were collected  over 3 months from 15 February to 30  April  2006 during moderate weather  conditions and from 15 June to 30 June  2006 during hot weather. Sample At  the  time of  the  survey,  the city had  114 primary and secondary schools and  a university with 10 colleges. Multistage  quota  sampling  was  used  to  obtain  balanced subsamples  from the various  education offices.  In  the first  stage,  the  directorate of  education and  the uni- versity presidency offices (each around  150  staff) were  surveyed  to  represent  nonteaching  staff,  e.g.  supervisors,  ad- ministrators,  engineers and others. To  represent the teaching staff, the second  stage included 2 randomly selected sub- samples each with around 150 staff from  8 primary and secondary schools and 3  university colleges. Two colleges were  surveyed during the hot season in June,  because university holidays do not start  until July, while school holidays start in  June. Thus, the total sample planned to  be surveyed was 600.  Data collection The  international  physical  activity • questionnaire (IPAQ) short form was  used in the current survey for estima- tion of physical activity  level. This  is  an instrument designed primarily for  population  surveillance of  physical  activity  among  adults  aged  15–69  years [6]. An Arabic version of IPAQ  was taken from the IPAQ website [6]  and translated into the local Kurdish  language. To ensure similarity to the  original  English  version,  both  ver- sions were back-translated, and  then  used  to  train  the one physician who  conducted  the  survey. During  the  survey, the physician briefly explained  the purpose of  the  survey, obtained  verbal consent  for participation and  completed  the questionnaire by di- rect interview. The  IPAQ  short  form  asks  about  specific  types of physical  activity dur- ing  the 7 days preceding  the  interview,  under  the  following 4 domains:  leisure  time; domestic  and gardening; work- related; and  transport-related physical  activities. The 3 types of activity assessed  are: walking; moderate-intensity activi- ties (e.g., gardening, washing the car or  clothes by hand, or bicycling at normal  speed);  and vigorous-intensity activi- ties  (e.g.  heavy weightlifting,  running  or  swimming). The  items  in  the  short  IPAQ  form are  structured  to provide  separate  scores  on  these  activities.  Computation of the total score requires  summation of the duration (in minutes)  and frequency (days) of these activities.  The volume of activity can then be com- puted by weighting each type of activity  by  its  energy  requirements defined  in  metabolic equivalents (METs) to yield  a  score  in MET-minutes. METs  are  multiples of  the  resting metabolic  rate.  Physical activity can then be reported as  a categorical variable and 3  levels have  been proposed [6]. Low: No activity  reported or  some • activity  reported but not enough  to  meet categories 2 or 3. Moderate: Any of  the  following    3 • criteria: ≥ 3 days of vigorous activity  of at least 20 minutes/day or ≥ 5 days  of moderate-intensity activity and/or  walking of at least 30 minutes/day or  ≥ 5 days of any combination of walk- ing, moderate-intensity or vigorous- intensity activities achieving at  least  600 MET minutes/week. High: Any of the following 2 criteria: • vigorous-intensity activity on at  least  3 days and accumulating at least 1500  MET-minutes/week or ≥ 7 days of  any combination of walking, moder- ate- or  vigorous-intensity  activities  accumulating  at  least  3000 MET- minutes/week. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1280 Weight  was  measured  using  an  electronic  scale  to  the nearest 0.5 kg.  Height was measured with a  stadiom- eter  to  the nearest 1.0 cm. Body mass  index (BMI) was categorized as: below  normal weight (< 18.5 kg/m2); normal  weight (18.5–24.9 kg/m2); overweight  (25.0–29.9 kg/m2); and obese (≥ 30.0  kg/m2) [7]. Age was grouped into 3 categories:  15–29 years (youth); 30–44 years; and  45–64 years [8].  Data analysis Continuous variables were categorized  and frequency distribution tables organ- ized to describe them. Because the phys- ical activity score in MET–minutes was  found largely positively skewed, physical  activity was displayed as  a  categorical  variable and  then cross-tabulated with  demographic and physical  factors;  the  chi-squared test was used to test the as- sociation between physical activity level  and those factors. The significance level  was set at P < 0.05. Analysis of data was  performed using SPSS, version 15. Results Of the 600 staff members planned to be  surveyed, 543 were available on survey  days and 539 agreed to participate in the  study, 269 males and 270 females. As  Table  1  shows,  teaching  staff  comprised 54.4% of  the study popula- tion.  All  respondents were  surveyed  during February, March and April,  ex- cept for 67 (12.4%) university teachers  who were surveyed in June.  The age of respondents ranged from  18–64 years (Table 2). Over 80% of the  respondents were below age 45 years;  more males  than  females were  aged  45–64 years. Two-thirds of  the  study  population were sedentary  for 5 hours  or more. The prevalence of overweight  was 36.2% and of obesity was 14.8%;  men  tended  to  be more  overweight  than obese compared with women.  Three-quarters of  all  staff (74.0%)  were classified as highly or moderately  active  using  the  IPAQ  cutoffs, while  39.5% of staff were highly active. Table  3  shows more  than  half  of  schoolteachers (56.8%) reported high  physical activity compared with around  one-third  of  other  staff  (P  <  0.001).  When the teaching staff were compared  with the support staff, again the former  were significantly more active  than  the  latter (P < 0.001). Women seemed  to  be more active than men, with 41.5% of  women reporting high physical activity  compared with 37.5% of men, although  the difference did not  reach  statistical  significance. Those  aged 15–29 years  were more  active  (42.3%  in  the high  physical  activity  category)  than  those  aged 30–44 and 45–64 years  (37.0%  and 37.8%  in  the high physical  activ- ity  category,  respectively),  but  again  the differences did not  reach statistical  significance.  Table 3 confirms that highly active  persons had  significantly  fewer  sitting  hours  than  less active ones; half of  the  highly  active  individuals  reported < 5  sitting hours  per  day  compared with  about  one-quarter  of  the  less  active.  Among  the  various  BMI  categories,  small nonsignificant differences existed,  but,  interestingly, a high proportion of  obese  people  reported  high  physical  activity (42.5%). High physical activity  was significantly more often reported by  the staff surveyed during  the moderate  weather season than by those surveyed  in hot summer (40.9% versus 29.9%).  Discussion Although physical  inactivity  is a global  concern,  the diversity of physical activ- ity measures  currently  in use prevent  national and international comparisons.  Most  studies have  focused on  leisure  time physical  activity, while  physical  activity  at  work,  home  and  during  transport has not been assessed [9,10].  Progress  has  been made  recently  in  developing an international measure of  physical activity—the IPAQ—as a sim- ple instrument to assess overall physical  activity and to provide  information  for  use  in population health  surveillance  systems. This was followed by extensive  reliability and validity testing worldwide  [11–15]. The use of a standard measure  allows comparisons within a  country,  between neighbouring  countries  and  at a  regional and global  level. The final  results of  those  studies  recommended  the use of  the IPAQ short “last 7 days”  form, as used  in our  study,  in national  and regional prevalence studies [11]. Recognizing  that  virtually  no  data  are  available  on  the  prevalence  of physical activity  in  Iraq [16], we at- tempted  to estimate  the current  level  of physical activity among the teaching  Table 1 Distribution of the study population according to type and place of work, by sex Type and place of work Total (n = 539) Males (n = 269) Females (n = 270) No. % % % Nonteaching (support) staff Office of directorate of education 128 23.7 24.8 22.6 Office of university president 118 21.9 16.4 27.3 Subtotal 246 45.6 41.3 49.9 Teaching staff School 155 28.8 20.8 36.7 University 138 25.6 37.9 13.4 Subtotal 293 54.4 58.7 50.1 طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1281 and nonteaching  staff of  the primary,  secondary and higher education institu- tions in Dohuk city. Using the conven- tional classification of moderate or high  physical  activity—i.e.  the cutoff point  at moderate physical  activity—three- quarters of our  respondents  (74.0%)  would be classified as physically active.  This  is  a  higher  than  levels  reported  for  the USA  (45.9%)  [17], Australia  (57%) [18] or  the world (15%–40%)  [4]. This may be explained as  follows.  The criteria  for physical  activity  levels  mentioned  in  the methods  section of  this study were set  taking  into account  that IPAQ asks questions in all domains  of daily  life,  resulting  in higher median  MET-minutes  estimates  than would  have been estimated  from  leisure  time  participation  alone. Given  that meas- ures such as IPAQ assess total physical  activity in all domains, the public health  recommendation  for  “leisure  time  physical activity” based on 30 minutes  on most days will be achieved by most  adults in a population.  Although widely accepted as a goal,  in absolute terms, 30 minutes of moder- ate intensity activity is  low and broadly  equivalent  to  the background or basal  levels of activity adult individuals would  accumulate in a day. Therefore, a higher  cutoff point—i.e. high rather than mod- erate or high physical activity level as clas- sified by the IPAQ scoring system—has  been proposed to describe the levels of  physical activity associated with health  benefits [6]. According to this new cut- off point, only 39.5% of the study popu- lation would be considered physically  active and meeting health requirements.  This level is similar to developed coun- tries  such as Switzerland (37%)  [19],  but  is  still  high  compared with Saudi  Arabia (23.5%, 19.1%) [20,21], South  Korea  (16.6%)  [22],  Taiwan  (14%)  [23] and Brazil (3.3%) [24]; the latter 4  surveys are similar to the current study  in using self-reports of physical activity,  but they only measured leisure time or  recreational physical activity. We need  to wait for local or regional surveys that  use  this  stricter  IPAQ cutoff  to make  better comparisons.  It  is  also possible  that  respondents  in  the current  survey  overestimated their physical activity, an  observation  that was made  in  IPAQ’s  12  countries  study  [11]. Overreport- ing of  physical  activity  in population  samples has been found to be a serious  problem, and a need exists  to develop  the IPAQ further to solve the apparent  overreporting by sedentary  individuals  [25,26].  Apart  from methodology  issues,  other possible explanations for the high  physical  activity  level  reported  in  this  survey  include  the  favourable  season  during which most of participants were  surveyed. The  tradition of  families  in  Dohuk  is  to  spend  spring  in  picnics  where opportunities for physical activity  and  sports  are high. Another explana- tion  could  have  been  the  high  price  of  fuel at  the  time of  the survey, which  might have  reduced  the use of private  cars, replacing it by walking. It should be  emphasized that high  levels of physical  activity are not necessarily achieved by  being  vigorously  active;  in  fact most  people  in  the  high  physical  activity  category  in  the current  study achieved  this by walking and/or doing moderate  activities of sufficient duration to classify  them as such. Physical activity does not  need  to be vigorous  to provide health  benefits; moderate  intensity physical  activity is considered a vital component  of  a healthy  lifestyle  for people of  all  ages  and  abilities,  being more  readily  adopted and maintained than vigorous  physical activity [2].  Teachers, in particular schoolteach- ers, reported significantly higher physical  activity in the current survey compared  with  the  support  staff. This  could  be  due  to  the clerical desk-bound nature  of work  for many  support  staff. Many  teachers mentioned  that  they walked  several hours while teaching. This agrees  with  the finding  that  individuals with  longer  average  sitting  times  per  day  reported significantly less physical activ- ity than those with shorter sitting times.  Table 2 Distribution of the study population according to age and physical factors, by sex Variable Total (n = 539) Male (n = 269) Female (n = 270) No. % % % Age (years) 15–29 241 44.7 31.7 57.7 30–44 208 38.6 43.5 33.7 45–64 90 16.7 24.8 8.6 Level of physical activitya High 213 39.5 37.5 41.5 Moderate 186 34.5 35.3 33.7 Low 140 26.0 27.3 24.8 Sitting time (hours per day) 0.5–4.5 178 33.0 29.7 36.3 5.0–9.5 289 53.6 58.3 48.9 ≥ 10.0 72 13.4 12.0 14.8 BMI (kg/m2) < 18.5 16 3.0 2.6 3.4 18.5–24.9 248 46.0 44.9 47.1 25.0–29.9 195 36.2 38.7 33.7 ≥ 30.0 80 14.8 13.6 16.0 aInternational physical activity questionnaire short form cutoffs [6]. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1282 The desk-bound nature of support staff  work  could  have  contributed  to  this  inverse relation. The problem of seden- tary working populations has been well  recognized  and desk-based  exercises  and on-site physical activities have been  recommended as useful solutions [27].  Support  staff,  including administrators  and engineers, need  to be  involved  in  physical  activity programmes  for  the  sake of  their own health,  and  in order  to be convinced of  the  importance of  promoting and  sustaining a  safe envi- ronment  for physical  activity  for  chil- dren and adolescents. With  increased  opportunities  for physical  activity,  e.g.  playgrounds  and  playtime,  students  may opt  to  selectively engage  in  these  activities  instead of more  inactive be- haviours [28].  Weather or  the  time of year appar- ently impacts all socioeconomic groups  as a barrier to physical activity [29]. Cold  weather has been found to have modest  impeding  effects  on physical  activity  [30]. Another  study which used  self- reports of physical activity found no asso- ciations with weather [31]. While these  studies done in industrialized countries  have  taken  into  account  the  effect of  low temperature, rain, snow or wind, the  current study  found significantly  fewer  people were physically active during hot  weather. Environmental  temperatures  up  to 45 ºC during summer  in Dohuk  usually prompt an increase in the use of  private cars and a decrease  in physical  activity. This is especially the case when  fuel  becomes  available  and  cheap,  as  occurred in June 2006 when a subsam- ple of  the  study population was being  surveyed. Environmentally conditioned  playgrounds and sport  facilities  should  be made available in schools and univer- sities in our country. Contrary  to  several  reports  of  less  physical  activity  among women  [17,32–34], our study found women to  be more active  than men,  though  this  Table 3 Association of physical activity level with demographic and physical factors Variable Total No. Physical activity levela P-value Low % Moderate % High % Place of work < 0.001Office of directorate of education 128 28.1 39.8 32.0 Office of university president 118 32.2 39.0 28.8 School 155 11.6 31.6 56.8 University 138 34.8 29.0 36.2 Type of work < 0.001Nonteaching 256 30.1 39.4 30.5 Teaching 293 22.5 30.4 47.1 Sex 0.634Male 269 27.1 35.3 37.5 Female 270 24.8 33.7 41.5 Age (years) 0.578 15–29 241 23.7 34.0 42.3 30–44 208 26.4 36.5 37.0 45–64 90 31.1 31.1 37.8 Sitting time (hours per day) < 0.001 0.5–4.5 178 16.3 34.3 49.4 5.0–9.5 289 26.6 34.3 39.1 ≥ 10.0 72 47.2 36.1 16.7 BMI (kg/m2) 0.750 < 18.0 16 31.3 31.3 37.5 18.0–24.9 248 25.0 35.9 39.1 25.0–29.9 195 24.6 36.4 39.0 ≥ 30.0 80 31.3 26.2 42.5 Season of survey Spring 472 23.3 35.8 40.9 < 0.001 Summer 67 44.8 25.3 29.9 aInternational physical activity questionnaire short form cutoffs [6]. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1283 References Health and development through physical activity and sport1. . Geneva, World Health Organization, 2003:1–3 (WHO/NMH/ NPH/PAH/03.2). Physical activity and health: a report of the Surgeon General2. . At- lanta, Georgia, US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control, 1996:4–8. World health day 2002. Move for health.3. Report. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2002:8 (WHO/NMH/NPH/ WHD/02.13). World health report 2002: reducing risks, promoting healthy life.4. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2002:8–10. Physical activity resources for health professionals: data and 5. surveillance. Atlanta, Georgia, US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control, 2006. Guidelines for data processing and analysis of the International 6. Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ) – short and long forms. IPAQ Research Committee (http://www.ipaq.ki.se/scoring. pdf, accessed 12 October 2010). Obesity: preventing and managing the global epidemic7. . Report of a WHO consultation. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2000:8–9 (WHO Technical Report Series No. 894). US Census Bureau. 8. Global population profile: 2002. Washing- ton DC, US Government Printing Office, 2004:A20 (Interna- tional Population Reports WP/02). Committee on Physical Activity. Health, Transportation, and 9. Land Use of the Transportation Research Board and the In- stitute of Medicine of the National Academies. Does the built environment influence physical activity? Examining the evidence. Washington DC, National Academy of Sciences, 2005:59 (Transportation Research Board Special Report No. 282). Khaw KT et al. Work and leisure time physical activity assessed 10. using a simple, pragmatic, validated questionnaire and inci- dent cardiovascular disease and all-cause mortality in men and women: The European Prospective Investigation into Cancer in Norfolk prospective population study. International Journal of Epidemiology, 2006, 35:1034–1043. Craig CL et al. International physical activity questionnaire: 12-11. country reliability and validity. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 2003, 35:1381–1395. Qu NN, Li KJ. [Study on the reliability and validity of interna-12. tional physical activity questionnaire (Chinese vision, IPAQ)]. Zhonghua Liu Xing Bing Xue Za Zhi, 2004, 25:265–268 [in Chinese]. Ekelund U et al. Criterion-related validity of the last 7-day, 13. short form of the International Physical Activity Questionnaire in Swedish adults. Public Health Nutrition, 2006, 9:258–265. Speck BJ, Looney SW. Self-reported physical activity validated 14. by pedometer: a pilot study. Public Health Nursing (Boston, Mass), 2006, 23:88–94. Booth ML. Assessment of physical activity: an international 15. perspective. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 2000, 71(Suppl):S114–S120. Al-Hazzaa HM. Prevalence of physical inactivity in Saudi Ara-16. bia: a brief review. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 2004, 10:663–670. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Adult par-17. ticipation in recommended levels of physical activity–United States, 2001 and 2003. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 2005, 54:1208–1212. Armstrong T, Bauman A, Davies J. 18. Physical activity patterns of Australian adults: results of the 1999 national physical activity survey. Canberra, Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, 2000:22–31. Martin B et al. Physical activity in the Swiss population: preva-19. lence data and associations with health. Sportmedizin und Sporttraumatologie, 2000, 48(2):87–88. Al-Shahri M, Al-Almaei S. Promotion of physical exercise by 20. primary health care physicians in Riyadh city. Saudi Medical Journal, 1998, 19:67–69. Al-Refaee S, Al-Hazzaa HM. Physical activity profile of adult 21. males in Riyadh City. Saudi Medical Journal, 2001, 22:784–789. Cho MH. The strength of motivation and physical activity level 22. during leisure time among youth in South Korea. Youth and Society, 2004, 35:480–494. Ku PW et al. Prevalence of leisure-time physical activity in 23. Taiwanese adults: results of four national surveys, 2000–2004. Preventive Medicine, 2006, 43:454–457. Monteiro CA et al. A descriptive epidemiology of leisure-time 24. physical activity in Brazil, 1996–1997. Revista Panamericana de Salud Pública, 2003, 14:246–254. Rzewnicki R, Auweele YV, De Bourdeaudhuij I. Addressing 25. overreporting on the International Physical Activity Question- was not statistically significant. Working  women  also  appeared  to  have  fewer  sitting  hours  than men. This may  be  explained by the younger age of women  in the current study, and the customs of  the local society, where women carry out  most of the household requirements of  the  family.  A major  improvement  in  questionnaire  assessment of physical  activity  in  IPAQ was  the  inclusion of  household  sources  of  activity, which  may be the primary context for physical  activity among women  in our culture.  A study in a rural county in the United  States  also  found women  to be more  active than men [35].  We  found  young  people  to  be  more active  than  the older age groups.  The  difference  was  statistically  not  significant,  but  it  does  follow  the  worldwide  pattern  [2].  Irwin  et  al.  found  that  the  trend  for overestimat- ing energy expenditure  increases with  ageing and obesity and  that  the  trend  for  underestimating  energy  expendi- ture  increases as physical activity  level  increases  [36]. This might  have  ob- scured a  significant  association  in  the  current study between physical activity  on the one hand, and age and low BMI  on the other.  Half of our respondents were either  overweight or obese. Overweight  and  obesity  levels were  similar  to  those of  developed  countries  [17,18,37],  sup- porting  the  idea  that Dohuk  city  is  advanced  in  the  spectrum of  epide- miological transition [38]. Differences  among  various BMI  categories were  not  statistically  significant  in  the  cur- rent  study;  it  is  possible  that  obese  individuals who  reported high  activ- ity  had  overestimated  their  activity,  which agrees with Irwin et al.’s findings  [36]. Maintaining  ideal  body weight  is  important in preventing a decline in  overall health and physical functioning.  Regular exercise can reduce the risk of  health decline even among individuals  who cannot achieve ideal weight [39].  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1284 Physical inactivity is the fourth leading risk factor for global mortality Globally, 6% of deaths are attributed to physical inactivity. This follows high blood pressure (13%), tobacco use (9%)  and is equal to high blood glucose (6%).  Moreover, physical inactivity is the main cause for approximately 21–25% of  breast and colon cancers, 27% of diabetes and 30% of ischaemic heart disease burden.  WHO developed the Global Recommendations on Physical Activity for Health with the overall aim of providing  national and regional level policy makers with guidance on the dose-response relationship between the frequency,  duration, intensity, type and total amount of physical activity needed for the prevention of noncommunicable diseases.  The recommendations address 3 age groups: 5–17 years old; 18–64 years old; and 65 years old and above. The  recommendations for each age group can be downloaded at: http://www.who.int/dietphysicalactivity/factsheet_ recommendations/en/index.html naire (IPAQ) telephone survey with a population sample. Pub- lic Health Nutrition, 2003, 6:299–305. Fogelholm M et al. International Physical Activity Question-26. naire: validity against fitness. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 2006, 38:753–760. Schneider S, Becker S. Prevalence of physical activity among 27. the working population and correlation with work-related factors: results from the first German National Health Survey. Journal of Occupational Health, 2005, 47:414–423. Gordon-Larsen P, McMurray RG, Popkin BM. Determinants of 28. adolescent physical activity and inactivity patterns. Pediatrics, 2000, 105:e83. Burton NW, Turrell G, Oldenburg B. Participation in recrea-29. tional physical activity: why do socioeconomic groups differ? Health Education and Behavior, 2003, 30:225–244. Chan CB, Ryan DAJ, Tudor-Locke C. Relationship between 30. objective measures of physical activity and weather: a longi- tudinal study. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 2006, 3:21. King AC et al. Personal and environmental factors associated 31. with physical inactivity among different racial-ethnic groups of U.S. middle-aged and older-aged women. Health Psychology, 2000, 19:354–364. Gomes VB, Siqueira KS, Sichieri R. Atividade fisica em uma 32. amostra probabilística da população do Municipio do Rio de Janeiro [Physical activity in a probabilistic sample in the city of Rio de Janeiro]. Cadernos de Saude Pública, 2001, 17:969–976. Muntner P et al. Prevalence of physical activity among Chinese 33. adults: results from the International Collaborative Study of Cardiovascular Disease in Asia. American Journal of Public Health, 2005, 95:1631–1636. Belander O, Torstveit MK, Sundgot-Borgen J. Er unge norske 34. kvinner aktive nok? [Are young Norwegian women sufficiently physically active?]. Tidsskrift for Den Norske Laegeforening, 2004, 124:2488–2489. Eaton CB et al. Self-reported physical activity in a rural county: 35. a New York county health census. American Journal of Public Health, 1994, 84:29–32. Irwin ML, Ainsworth BE, Conway JM. Estimation of energy 36. expenditure from physical activity measures: determinants of accuracy. Obesity Research, 2001, 9:517–525. Colucciello M et al. Prevalenza dei fattori di rischio per le 37. malattie ischemiche del cuore in una popolazione adulta del Nord Italia [Prevalence of risk factors for ischemic heart disease in a northern Italian adult population]. Annali d’Igiene, 2006, 18:23–30. Agha SYA, Mohamad JB, Abdullah QH. Registered mortality 38. and cardiovascular mortality in Dohuk province. Zanco Journal for Medical Sciences, 2001, 5:1–13. He XZ, Baker DW. Body mass index, physical activity, and 39. the risk of decline in overall health and physical functioning in late middle age. American Journal of Public Health, 2004, 94:1567–1573. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1285 Report Primary health care in the Eastern Mediterranean Region: from Alma-Ata to Doha S. Shawky 1 ABSTRACT The celebration in Doha of the 30th anniversary of the Alma-Ata Declaration at the International Conference on Primary Health Care renewed the commitment of the Eastern Mediterranean Region to primary health care as the tool for better health. The principles agreed at Alma-Ata in 1978 apply as much now as they did before. The event provided an opportunity for the Eastern Mediterranean countries to define future directions to steer the health systems to integrate primary health care and harness the intersectoral approach. 1Social Research Center, American University in Cairo, Cairo, Egypt (Correspondence to S. Shawky: shshawky@aucegypt.edu). Received: 25/03/09; accepted: 03/06/09 ةحودلا لىإ اتآ المأ نم :طسوتلما قشر ميلقإ في ةيلولأا ةيحصلا ةياعرلا يقوش نييرش قشر ميلقإ مازتلا د َّدتج ،ةحودلا في ميقأ يذلا ةيلولأا ةيحصلا ةياعرلا لوح ليودلا رتمؤلما في اتآ المأ نلاعلإ ينثلاثلا ىركذلاب لافتحلاا في :ةـصلالخا ماك مويلا قبَطْنَت 1978 ماع اتآ المأ في اهيلع قافتلااب تيظح يتلا ئدابلما لازتلاو .لضفأ ةحص قيقحتل ةليسولا اهرابتعاب ةيحصلا ةياعرلاب طسوتلما ةيحصلا ةياعرلا جامدإ وحن ةيحصلا مظنلا هيجوتل ةيلبقتسلما تاه ُّجوتلا ديدحتل طسوتلما قشر ميلقإ نادلبل ةصرف رتمؤلما اذه م َّدق دقو .لبق نم تناك .تاعاطقلا ددعتلما لمعلا بولسأ عابتاو ،ةيلولأا Les soins de santé primaires dans la Région de la Méditerranée orientale : d’Alma-Ata à Doha RÉSUMÉ À l’occasion de la célébration à Doha du trentième anniversaire de la Déclaration d’Alma-Ata, lors de la Conférence internationale sur les soins de santé primaires, la Région de la Méditerranée orientale a renouvelé son engagement en faveur des soins de santé primaires en tant qu’outils pour l’amélioration de la santé. Les principes adoptés à Alma-Ata en 1978 restent, aujourd’hui comme hier, d’actualité. L’événement a fourni une occasion pour les pays de la Méditerranée orientale de convenir de nouvelles orientations pour guider les systèmes de santé, intégrer les soins de santé primaires et mettre en oeuvre l’approche intersectorielle. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1286 Introduction On  1–4  November  2008  in  Doha,  the  capital  of Qatar,  the  countries of  the  Eastern  Mediterranean  Region  (EMR) celebrated the 30th anniversary  of  the Alma-Ata Declaration with  the  International Conference on Primary  Health Care: The foundation for health and wellbeing  [1]. The  event  was  an  important occasion, assembling numer- ous health professionals  to  share  their  global  and  regional  experiences  and  plan future directions. The main goal of  the conference was  to develop action- oriented  recommendations  to harness  the potential of the primary health care  (PHC) approach in safeguarding health  and wellbeing. The Doha  conference  reaffirmed  the World Health Organi- zation’s  (WHO) definition of health  and  renewed  the health community’s  commitment to the Alma-Ata vision [2]  which shifted health care away  from a  focus on hospital care and the biomedi- cal model. The  event  underlined  the  importance of looking at regional needs  in order to steer health systems towards  better performance and greater equity  and ensuring the role of PHC as the tool  for achieving the goal of “health for all”. PHC was adopted as an ideal to strive  for  in most EMR countries  soon after  the Alma-Ata Declaration, with the aims  of  limiting health  sector  expenditure,  using  resources more  efficiently,  im- proving health care and reducing health  inequities. The past  few decades have  seen increasing political attention in the  Region on PHC, with an active  focus  on health sector  reforms  that  integrate  PHC within national health systems and  a push for broader economic structuring,  with countries implementing health sec- tor reforms and looking for mechanisms  to  increase their health system’s financ- ing and strategies  to mobilize financial  resources. The evidence, however, paints  a different picture of PHC in the Region:  as a vision that did not  fully achieve  its  goals. Recent  statistics  reveal  that  the  EMR countries are still  lagging behind  other countries  in achieving health eq- uity,  in  facing  the new health  threats  and  in  reducing expenditure on health  through  building  insurance  systems  [3,4]. Despite notable  improvements  in  the overall  health of  people  in  the  Region, the health indicators are skewed  towards  the most  favoured groups  in  the population. The Region suffers from  new health  threats, among which HIV  infection  is one of  the most  concern- ing [5]. The cost of health services are  mounting, health insurance systems are  in their  infancy and many people are at  risk of catastrophic payments. The regional and international com- mitment  to  revitalize  the  role of PHC  and  support  health  and wellbeing  in  EMR provide a unique opportunity  to  review the evolution of health concepts  and the Alma-Ata vision [1,6]. These aim  to highlight  the  issues  and challenges  facing  the development of PHC in  the  EMR in an attempt  to map out  future  directions  for  supporting population  health and well-being in the Region. Evolution of health concepts In  the  past,  “health”  referred  to  the  absence of disease. Progress  in health  since the early years of the 20th century  alerted the scientific community to the  idea that health needs to be thought of  as much broader  than  just  absence of  disease. WHO called  for  a  shift  from  this focus on curing disease towards the  concept of health balance through pre- serving health for the healthy and restor- ing health for the unhealthy. WHO has  defined 2 main dimensions to maintain- ing  the health balance: building health  potential and health protection. The  new  direction  liberated  the  concept of health from the narrow con- tinuum of disease and medicine  to  the  WHO broader definition of health  in  1946  as:  “a  state  of  complete,  physi- cal,  social  and mental well-being  and  not merely  the  absence of disease or  infirmity”. The definition was a  revolu- tion from earlier concepts that spelt out  health in a social context. However, this  new vision was  challenged by break- throughs  in health  technology during  the 1950s that produced an array of new  antibiotics,  vaccines  and other medi- cines,  instilling the belief among health  professionals and the general public that  technology held  the  answer  to  all  the  world’s health problems. This was cou- pled with a global trend towards the re- alization that the medical model was not  meeting  the most urgent needs of  the  poor  and disadvantaged populations.  It was clear  that  the advanced curative  technologies were distorting the health  systems  in many countries,  especially  those in the developing world. The  new  health  perspective  was  revitalized by the landmark WHO and  UNICEF  international  conference  in  Alma-Ata in 1978. The main goal was to  discuss the urgent problem of providing  people with the right to life and health.  The participants  stressed  the  respon- sibility  that governments have  for  the  health of  their people. The conference  underlined the importance of social and  economic development,  as well  as  the  political  independence  for completely  realizing the mission of health develop- ment. The triumph of the event was the  adoption of the Alma-Ata Declaration:  the 20th  century’s  key health  charter  [2]. The Alma-Ata Declaration had two  major achievements: defining  the goal  “Health  for All by  the year 2000” and  identifying PHC as its tool. The Health for All policy ushered in  a new era  in health and a new vision of  the disease panorama. The redefinition  of health removed the focus on hospitals  and the biomedical model of health care.  It called for a broader sociopolitical ori- entation for health policy, encompassing  a broad social  and economic develop- ment context. It gave prominence to the  need for action from many other social  and economic sectors in addition to the  health sector. The core idea of the Alma- Ata Declaration was  to administer  the  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1287 Health for All policy under the concept  of PHC. PHC was viewed as  a major  tool  in  implementing  the WHO strat- egy and  the key  for achieving  the goal  of Health  for All,  thus, contributing  to  health  development  in  an  integrated  comprehensive, intersectoral and partic- ipatory approach  through efficient and  equitable health systems. The Health for  All framework set the ground for reform  in the national public health policies of  WHO member states. The reference to  the year 2000 meant that, as of that date,  all  the countries would have developed  the appropriate political  strategies and  be enacting concrete measures towards  achieving the goal of Health for All. WHO saw clearly the value of PHC  and began  to promote  it  around  the  world. The 1990s saw increasing scien- tific advances  in understanding  the so- cial determinants of health. In 2000, the  United Nations Millennium Summit  set ambitious  targets  to  tackle  the root  causes of ill health and the Millennium  Development Goals were adopted by  the 189 member states [7]. In the same  context, the Commission on Social De- terminants of Health was  founded  in  2005 as an attempt to revive the founda- tion  for health equity,  the efficiency of  health systems and  intersectoral action  for health [8]. All these initiatives agreed  on the need for an integrated PHC sys- tem within a  comprehensive national  health system as  the best way to tackle  health problems  in  communities  and  for people to access health care. Primary health care concepts and mission The definition  of  PHC proposed  30  years ago  rests on 3 pillars (Figure 1).  First,  care must be  essential,  providing  comprehensive, continuous and quality  care that meets the actual health needs of  the community. Secondly, care should  be accessible  through geographical,  so- cial and functional accessibility. Thirdly,  care needs  to be affordable within  the  available resources. PHC aimed  to be context-specific  to meet  the actual priority community  needs,  the stage of  socioeconomic and  health development and the available re- sources in a community or a country. In  this context, 6 strategies and 8 elements  were defined to shape the PHC mission  (Figure 1). The strategies of PHC and  the delivery of its elements are organized  on  the basis of  equity  in distribution,  appropriate technology, intersectoral ap- proaches and community participation.  The mission of PHC is completed by its  instruments,  including community sur- veys and diagnosis, family health records,  plans of action,  the team approach and  health information systems. This emphasis on PHC has reshaped  health systems worldwide to cope with  their  new  broader  role. Within  any  health  system,  the PHC concept has  several  responsibilities  that  are  linked  to the medical and non-medical sectors.  Within PHC there is a responsibility to  provide individual diagnosis and health  care  services  through primary medi- cal care,  focusing on minor  illness and  prevention of diseases.  It has a  screen- ing  function  for  the  early  detection  of patients who need a higher  level of  medical  care,  thus  acting  as  a  referral  system.  PHC  involves  a  community  responsibility  to provide a diagnosis of  community needs and services through  surveillance systems,  surveys, outreach  programmes,  community  empower- ment programmes and building health  databases. PHC also includes a respon- sibility to mobilize intersectoral actions  and oversee  the  services provided by  other non-health sectors for promotion  of health and wellbeing. Primary health care issues in the EMR It  is  apparent  that  there  is  an  active  movement towards PHC in the EMR.  The Region  can  point  to many  suc- cess  stories.  However,  an  in-depth  look at  the Region  reveals  a  common  issue. While  the mission of PHC  is  to  target  health  and wellbeing,  PHC  in  the Region  is  still  skewed  towards  the  biomedical model. The  intersectoral  approach is lagging behind, with many  PHC instruments blocked and several  elements lacking. The PHC package in  this  case acts only as primary medical  care with  a patient–doctor  approach  and disease focus. This half-finished development of  PHC  is  illustrated  by  3 main  issues.  Firstly, most PHC settings are only ap- plying a  family health model.  It  is  true  that the family model has a broad health  vision that looks at an individual within  the family. Integration of a family health  model within a PHC setting is an asset  that can effectively and efficiently reduce  the need for, and relieve the burden on,  referral systems. Nevertheless,  the  fam- ily  approach does not  encompass  all  components of PHC. For example, the  family health approach is not applicable  to  initiatives  such as  surveillance  sys- tems, community surveys and diagno- sis, control of endemic diseases, health  information  systems  and community  empowerment,  all  of which  require  a  community approach with intersectoral  action.  Secondly, the role of PHC in moni- toring population health and controlling  emerging diseases  is hampered by  the  numerous disease-specific programmes  running independently outside of PHC  settings in the Region.  Thirdly,  recent years have seen  the  setting up of huge number of different  initiatives  in  the Region,  for  example  maternal and child health, reproductive  health, community-based, women’s em- powerment and poverty alleviation pro- grammes. Although these programmes  represent  important elements of PHC,  each  is working on  its own, detached  from  the PHC context. This  risks de- priving  the PHC system of  its  respon- sibilities  and  functions,  encouraging  weak and  fragmented health  systems,  and delays the initiation of intersectoral  actions. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1288 Health care challenges in the EMR The  3 major  challenges  concerning  PHC in the EMR countries are how to  stimulate an intersectoral approach, how  to utilize human capacities  and how  to  secure funding. A  common  feature  in  all  EMR  countries  is  the  lack of an  intersectoral  approach  to PHC. The blame  for  this  can be attributed  to both  the national  and  international  communities. On a  national  level,  government  sectors are  accustomed to working independently.  The ministries of health are still believed  to be uniquely  responsible  for popula- tion health. The other non-health sec- tors  rarely pay attention  to  the health  outcomes of their policies and interven- tions. NGOs and civil society are strug- gling  for population health; however,  they are  rarely engaged  in  intersectoral  actions. On the international level, each  international organization has links with  a  specific  sector, whether government  sector or civil society. The international  aid programmes are directed to a single  sector and there are no international aid  investments or programmes  that have  an  intersectoral model with a mecha- nism for budget sharing. The  countries  of  the Region  lack  the health professionals who can  lead  a health  system  integrated with PHC  [9–12].  Integrated PHC systems need  3 main  types  of  professional:  public  health professionals  to plan, manage  and organize  the health  system; com- munity health professionals to work on  community diagnosis and manage PHC  with a community-based approach; and  family health professionals  to provide  primary care. There are several  reasons  for this. First, education in public health  Definition: Primary health care  is “…essential health care based on practical,  scientifically  sound and socially acceptable  methods and technology made universally accessible to individuals and families in the community through their full  participation and at a cost that the community and the country can afford to maintain at every stage of their develop- ment in the spirit of self-reliance and self-determination. It forms an integral part both of a country’s health system, of  which it is the central and main focus, and of the overall social and economic development of the community. It is the  first level of contact of individuals, the family and community with the national health system, bringing health care as  close as possible to where people live and work, and constitutes the first element of a continuing health care process.” Strategies: Expansion of health services and ensuring efficiency;• Development of better relations with the community;• Progressive improvement towards comprehensive health care for all; • Integration of preventive and curative service;• Promotion of health awareness;• Coordination with academic institutes for primary health care• development;  Multi-sector approach and at-risk approach.• Elements:• Education concerning the prevailing health problems and the methods of preventing and controlling them; • Promotion of food supply and proper nutrition; • Provision of comprehensive maternal and child health care; • Immunization of children against major communicable diseases; • Prevention and control of locally endemic diseases; • Provision of adequate supply of safe water and basic sanitation; • Appropriate treatment of common diseases and injuries;• Provision of essential drugs. • Rehabilitative services could be included if decided on and when required. • Figure 1 Primary health care: definition, strategies and elements طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1289 References The foundation for health and wellbeing1. . International Confer- ence on Primary Health Care, Doha, Qatar, 1–4 November 2008. International Conference on Primary Health Care: Declaration of 2. Alma-Ata. Alma-Ata, USSR, 6–12 September 1978. WHO Statistical Information System3. (WHOSIS). Geneva, World Health Organization [website] (http://www.who.int/whosis/ en/index.html, accessed 29 August 2010). The state of the world’s children 2008: child survival4. . Geneva, United Nations Children’s Fund, 2008. AIDS epidemic update 2007. 5. Geneva, Joint United Nations Program on HIV/AIDS and the World Health Organization, 2007. The world health report 2008. Primary health care: now more 6. than ever. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2008. The millennium development goals report, 20077. . New York, United Nations, 2007. Commission on Social Determinants of Health, 2005–2008.8. Ge- neva, World Health Organization [website] http://www.who. int/social_determinants/thecommission/en/ The world health report 2006. Working together for health.9. Ge- neva, World Health Organization, 2006. A snapshot of the world’s public health schools. 10. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 2007, 85:910–911. Public health schools: six portraits. 11. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 2007, 85:907–909. Health professions education directory12. . Cairo, World Health Organization Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean [website] (http://www.emro.who.int/hped/, accessed 29 August 2010). is deficient in most countries of the Re- gion, and in countries where it does exist  the number of public health profession- als is inadequate for the size and health  needs of the population. Second, while  community health education  is availa- ble in most medical schools and schools  of health  sciences, PHC education  is  rarely  integrated  into  the  community  health curriculum. Even  though  there  are many community health profession- als, their role is ill-defined or is confused  with public health or  family health and  there  is a  limited  labour market. Third,  in several countries of the Region, family  health education does not exist. To solve  this problem in settings where the family  model leads PHC, some countries have  trained general practitioners on  family  health for a few months, although there  are many doubts about  the  success of  this experience. PHC funding is a function of govern- ment subsidies and beneficiary’s contri- butions. Government inputs to PHC in  the Region are  limited as ministries of  health give priority to hospital care and  curative  technology. The beneficiaries  pay  their share, either as service  fees or  through membership of a  family  fund,  or a package of both. The PHC out-of- pocket  cost  overburdens  the  people,  especially  the poor, who are  forced  to  seek health care  in public hospitals  at  lower cost. Although PHC  is  a global  responsibility,  international  aid  invest- ments are mainly allocated to detached,  disease-specific vertical programmes or  community programmes,  thus depriv- ing PHC of a likely funding source. Future directions in the EMR Integrated PHC health systems remain  a  key  goal  of  health policy.  It  is  time  that EMR countries steered their health  systems  towards  this  goal with well- planned  steps  that  build  on  positive  achievements and mitigate  the  short- comings  in  the  implementation  of  PHC. Three broad future directions are  recommended  to nurture  the  role of  PHC: defining an operational model for  intersectoral  action, generating human resources and securing financing for PHC. First, the EMR countries are invited  to  initiate  a  vigorous dialogue among  all  relevant  stakeholders  to  reach  a  consensus on strategies to support and  organize  intersectoral  action.  Strate- gies designed with the  focus on equity,  working within the framework of social  determinants of health and a budget- sharing mechanism will  provide  the  best base  for defining  an operational  intersectoral model. The Region can go  further and test the model on a country  level, identify success stories that can be  improved on and used on a wider scale  as a model for the Region. Second,  the EMR countries need  to  strengthen  their  health  education  programmes and direct  them towards  meeting community health needs. The  Region needs  to  set up more  schools  of  public  health  independent  from  the medical  schools. Schools of public  health are distinct from medical schools  in offering multidisciplinary education to  students from diverse disciplines. Coun- tries  need  to build  capacity  in  family  health  through enforcing  family health  education  in  schools of medicine and  allied health sciences. Countries need to  revisit the community health curriculum  in schools of medicine and allied health  sciences in order to integrate PHC as a  key component and define the true role  of community health education. Third, there is a need for stakehold- ers to take action towards institutional- izing  vertical  programmes,  outreach  activities and community-based  initia- tives within PHC. On the one hand this  will support the PHC system to fulfil its  responsibilities and on the other  it will  offer more  funding opportunities  for  PHC. This action is best complemented  by developing a workable social health  insurance structure that guarantees uni- versal coverage and risk pooling. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1290 Report Experience of cyclone Gonu in the Islamic Republic of Iran: lessons learned F. Panahi,1 R. Asadollahi,2 M. Asadollahi 3 and A. Hasani-Bafarani 4 ABSTRACT Gonu, the second tropical cyclone of the 2007 northern Indian ocean cyclone season, affected Oman, Pakistan, the United Arab Emirates and the Islamic Republic of Iran. This report examines the effects of cyclone Gonu in the Islamic Republic of Iran where it approached on its path on 6 June 2007 and reviews the actions taken before, during and after the cyclone. The incident highlighted the need for a special protocol to be prepared for all types of natural disasters. Responsible organizations should train their personnel according to the prepared protocols and service packages. Among the important lessons learned were the need for early warning, proper community involvement, access to essential data for risk analysis, special attention to safety of infrastructures, coordination and command integrity. 1Emergency Management Centre; 4Secretariat for Health Risk Management in Disasters, Ministry of Health and Medical Education, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran (Correspondence to F. Panahi: farzadpanahi@yahoo.com). 2Iran Helal Institute of Applied Science and Technology, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran. 3Shahid Beheshti University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran. Received: 27/02/09; accepted: 18/06/09 ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم في ونوغ راصعإ نم ةدافتسلما سوردلاو تابرلخا نيارفاب ينسح هدازآ ،يهللا دسأ ىفطصم ،يهللا دسأ اضر ،يهانب دازرف ناتسكابو نماُع لىإ هيرثأت دتما دق ،2007 ماع يدنلها طيحلما لماش في يرصاعلأا مسوم في نياثلا يرادلما راصعلإا وهو ونوغ راصعإ ناك :ةـصلالخا يتلا ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم لىع راصعلإا اذه راثآ ةقرولا هذه في نوثحابلا سَرَد دقو .ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجمو ةدحتلما ةيبرعلا تاراملإاو ةثدالحا هذه تحضوأ دقو .هدعبو هءانثأو راصعلإا لبق ةذخَّتلما تاءارجلإا اوضرعتساو ،2007 وينوي/ناريزح نم سداسلا في هراسم اهنم برـتقا تلاوكوتوبرلل ًاقفو اهيف ينلماعلا بيردتب ةلوؤسلما تماظنلما موقت نأ لىإو ،ةيعيبطلا ثراوكلا طمانأ عيمجب صاخ لوكوتورب دادعإ لىإ ةجالحا ىدم تايطعلما ةحاتإو ،عمتجلما لَبِق نم ةبسانم ةكراشمو ،ركبم راذنإ لىإ ةجالحا ةمالها ةدافتسلما سوردلا نم نأ نوثحابلا دجوو .تامدلخا مَز َُحو ة َّدعلما لماكتلا نماضو ،قيسنتلاو ،ةيساسلأا ةينبلاو ،ةيحصلا ةياعرلا زكارمو ،تايفشتسلما ةملاسب صاخ مماتها ءلايإ عم ،رطاخلما ليلتح لجأ نم ةيساسلأا .رماولأا ذيفنتو ءاطعإ ةيلمع في طابضنلااو Passage du cyclone Gonu dans la République islamique d’Iran : enseignements tirés de cette expérience RÉSUMÉ Gonu, le deuxième cyclone tropical de la saison des cyclones de l’année 2007 du nord de l’océan Indien, a frappé les Émirats arabes unis, la République islamique d’Iran, le Pakistan, et le Sultanat d’Oman. Le présent rapport étudie les effets du cyclone Gonu en République islamique d’Iran, qu’il approcha dans sa course le 6 juin 2007, et analyse les actions entreprises avant, pendant et après le passage du cyclone. L’incident a mis en lumière le besoin d’un protocole spécial pour la préparation à tous les types de catastrophes naturelles. Les organisations concernées devraient former leur personnel en suivant les protocoles et les ensembles de services préparés. Parmi les enseignements importants tirés de cette expérience, nous pouvons citer les suivants : le besoin d’une alerte précoce, d’un engagement adéquat de la communauté, d’un accès aux données essentielles pour l’analyse des risques, d’une attention particulière à la sécurité des hôpitaux et des centres de soins de santé, mais aussi le besoin d’infrastructures, de coordination des niveaux hiérarchiques et d’intégrité à ces niveaux. طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1291 Introduction Cyclones, hurricanes and typhoons are  intense  low-pressure weather  systems  arising in the tropics that produce strong  winds and heavy rain. These storms are  the most damaging  large-scale weather  systems in the world and cause massive  destruction and loss of life [1]. Tropical  cyclones  occur  in  the  south-west Pacific,  south-east  Indian,  north  Indian,  south Pacific  or  South  Atlantic oceans [1]. Gonu,  the second  named  tropical  cyclone  of  the  2007  northern  Indian Ocean  cyclone  sea- son, developed from a persistent area of  convection  in  the eastern Arabian Sea  on 1  June before  rapidly  intensifying  to reach peak winds of 240 km/h (150  mph) on 3  June according  to  the  In- dian meteorological department. Late  on 5  June,  it  crossed  the  land on  the  easternmost  tip of Oman [2]. Reports  say cyclone Gonu was the strongest  to  hit the Arabian Peninsula since records  started in 1945 [3]. The cyclone caused  about US$ 4 billion damage and about  50 deaths with 14 people missing  in  Oman, where  the cyclone was consid- ered the nation’s worst natural disaster.  Gonu dropped heavy  rainfall near  the  eastern  coastline,  reaching up  to 610  mm (24 inches), which caused flooding  and heavy damage [4,5]. After affecting  Oman (especially Muscat), the United  Arab Emirates and Pakistan (Sindh and  Baluchistan)  [6], Gonu was  the  first  cyclone to affect the Islamic Republic of  Iran in almost 100 years [7]. Cyclone Gonu in the Islamic Republic of Iran Cyclone Gonu hit the Islamic Republic  of Iran on 6 June 2007, causing sea waves  up to 5.8 metres and moderate to heavy  rain. Gonu affected 3 provinces, Sistan  va Baluchestan  (especially Chabahar  and Konarak), Hormozgan (Bandar Ab- bas, Jask, Bashagard) and southern parts  of Kerman. Winds  reached 111 km/h  (69 mph) and heavy monsoon rainfall  (part of the seasonal pattern in the area)  caused some of  the  rivers  to overflow.  The cyclone and the consequent heavy  rain continued until 8 June [8,9]. The cyclone affected an estimated  560 000 people  in 28 cities  and 2900  villages. Throughout  the  affected  ar- eas  the cyclone caused 23 deaths (20  from drowning) and more than 20 000  houses were flooded. The death  toll of  domesticated animals was estimated to  be about 6500. The total damage in the  Islamic Republic of Iran was estimated  at  2  billion  Iranian  riyals  (US$  216  million)  [10]. Other major  effects of  cyclone Gonu  included disconnection  of electricity, piped water and telecom- munications to more than 2200 popu- lation units,  destruction of  transport  routes  to more  than 2000 population  units, destruction of  several dams [11]  and  damage  to  the  shrimp-breeding  industry,  one  of  the most  important  industries of Chabahar  and Konarak,  at  an  estimated  cost  of  about US$ 6  million [12].  Climate change and increases in the  incidence of storms and floods through- out  the world highlights  the need  for a  comprehensive  emergency  planning  system capable of  responding  to  such  events. This report examines the effects  of cyclone Gonu in the Islamic Republic  of  Iran and  the measures which were  taken before, during and after  the cy- clone. Review of the emergency response During  the  emergency  response  to  cyclone Gonu  in  the  Islamic Republic  of  Iran written  logs documenting  the  initial actions that were taken were kept  by  the Natural Disaster Management  Task Force of  the Ministry of  Interior,  the Secretariat for Health Risk Manage- ment  in Disasters  of  the Ministry  of  Health and Medical Education, the Sec- retariat of  the Task Force on Meteoric  Disasters and the Iran Red Crescent So- ciety. These  log entries were  reviewed  for this report.  Rosters of staff who initially assisted  or were  deployed  in  the  field  opera- tion were obtained. Team leaders who  managed or  coordinated  these  teams  were  interviewed using structured and  unstructured questions.  Copies of correspondence,  includ- ing health alerts, messages and situation  reports were  collected  and  reviewed  for  relevant  content. The first  author  was the coordinator between the health  authorities of the 3 affected provinces in  charge of the health sector response and  his notes and reports were also used. A Google search was conducted for  reports of different news agencies and  newspapers. Additional  anecdotal  in- formation or experiences were obtained  from presentations at the “International  meeting  on  Gonu  cyclone:  lessons  learned” held on 18–19 February 2008  in Chabahar,  Islamic Republic of  Iran  by the Secretariat for Health Risk Man- agement  in Disasters  in collaboration  with  the World Health Organization  Regional Office  for  the Eastern Medi- terranean. Pre- and post- incident measures for management The experiences of the Bam earthquake,  which  struck  the  Islamic Republic of  Iran  in 2003, highlighted  the need  to  improve  disaster  preparedness  and  disaster management  in  the  country.  This prompted  the preparation of pre- disaster guidelines, some of which were  utilized  in  the next event,  the Lorestan  earthquake  in 2006. Thus  there was a  better level of preparedness for respond- ing  to upcoming emergencies (includ- ing cyclone Gonu). Actions  taken  for  the management of cyclone Gonu can  be reviewed in 2 parts: pre-incident and  post-incident measures.  EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1292 Pre-incident measures In view of the fact that Oman and Paki- stan were affected by cyclone Gonu be- fore it passed over the Islamic Republic  of Iran, the relevant organizations were  in  a  state of  alert  after  receiving writ- ten warnings  from the  Iranian weather  bureau on 5 June. The recipient organi- zations of  this alert  included: Ministry  of Health and Medical Education,  the  governorships of Sistan va Baluchestan,  Hormozgan  and Kerman  provinces;  Iran Red Crescent Society; general staff  of the Iranian armed forces; civil aviation  department;  fire department; naviga- tion and ports authorities; Ministry of  Foreign Affairs; and all related agencies  of the United Nations.  The first  stage—the evacuation of  people from the coastlines to higher and  safer places—started quickly. Mosques,  sports clubs and schools were prepared  to  accommodate  local  residents who  had been evacuated or lost their homes.  The other major measures comprised: Obtaining  updated  information • minute-by-minute  about  the  storm  conditions through Internet websites  and satellite images. Dissemination of early warning mes-• sages  through  the media  and  local  information networks. Transfer of passenger boats, tugboats • and light and heavy rafts to safe places  as well as a halt to any kind of fishing. Ensuring readiness of fire  trucks and • provincial ambulances. Announcing  the  alert  phase  for  all • reinforcement  agents  such  as Red  Crescent volunteers. Ensuring  readiness of  all  hospitals, • health centres and health posts in the  high-risk provinces. Preparation of  food, water and  food • rations for those already evacuated or  those who may be in need later. Evacuation of Chabahar hospital (in • the high-risk zone) and provision of  some essential medical  and general  equipment in nearby safe places. Post-incident measures Due  to proper preparation  and good  coordination with  the general  staff of  the  armed  forces,  several  flights were  dispatched to the region soon after the  incident based on an initial assessment  of personnel  shortages  in distributing  the necessary equipment. Food, medi- cine and tent packages were sent to the  region by the Red Crescent Society and  other relevant organizations.  Reconstruction and repair of water  systems,  electricity,  telecommunica- tions and roads began immediately. All  the main roads were opened 3 days after  the  incident and during  this  time elec- tricity, water  and  telecommunication  networks were reconstructed in 80% of  the damaged regions.  About 2500  families were accom- modated  in  the prepared areas and  in  emergency  tents.  Injured people were  treated  in  the hospitals, health centres  and mobile hospitals provided [11,13].  Necessary policies were considered  by  the Iranian Center of Disease Con- trol  for prevention of  the waterborne  diseases  (cholera,  non-specific  diar- rhoea,  rotavirus,  typhoid  and paraty- phoid)  and  the  vectorborne diseases  (leptospirosis and malaria).  Disease control and prevention prior to the cyclone Attention  to weather bureau warn-• ings  to  predict  the  features  of  the  storm and  to design an appropriate,  comprehensive disease control plan. Recruitment of all human resources • relevant to disease control and appli- cation of service guidelines. Evaluation of the regional equipment • stores required for disease control. Assessing  the  training  requirements • and availability of health sector staff. Risk assessment of public health  is-• sues, considering local conditions. Predicting potential  risks due  to  loss • of  facilities and resources (e.g.  spoil- ing of biological products such as vac- cines due to electricity loss). Disease control and prevention during and after the cyclone Establishment  of  an  active  disease • surveillance  and  data  collection  system  for daily  assessment of dis- eases. Implementation of a  specific surveil-• lance system for cholera. Supplying safe (bottled) water in the • early days after  the storm to control  waterborne diseases. Constructing hygienic toilets.• Drying superficial ponds and swamps • to prevent outbreaks of cholera and  malaria. Face-to-face  education of  the pub-• lic  and  distribution  of  educational  pamphlets. Starting larval eradication 2–3 weeks • after the flood. Hygienic burial of animal carcasses.• Disinfection of  the environment via • debris  removal  and  insecticide  fog- ging. Identification of patients with diar-• rhoea [14]. Lessons learned Appropriate and timely early warning Appropriate and timely warnings before  the occurrence of a disaster can reduce  human and financial  losses. Both civil- ians  and  responsible  government or- ganizations  should be warned. During  cyclone Gonu,  the warnings  resulted  in  the  vacuation of  the population of  Chabahar and Konarak areas,  and  the  preparation of local authorities. Managing what really happens in the field In the immediate aftermath of a disaster,  the  severity  of  its  impact  and  extent  of  the damage should be evaluated by  طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1293 teams  of  experts. This  assessment  is  essential  for  the prediction of  needs.  During the cyclone, the extent of the af- fected areas and inaccessibility of many  villages and human settlements  led  to  lack of accurate  information about  the  damages and resulted in the wrong type  and  incorrect amount of  resources be- ing mobilized to the affected areas. Training of personnel A specific protocol should be prepared  for all known types of natural disaster.  Responsible  organizations  should  train  their personnel  according  to  the  prepared protocols  and  service pack- ages. Each  responsible person  should  be given a description of his/her own  duties.  The  role  of  volunteers  should  be  defined  too.  During  cyclone  Gonu,  confusion over duties and incorrect ac- tions by personnel were the result of the  lack of a clear written protocol. Regular  training,  annual  exercises  and public  education are necessary  in  the disaster  preparedness phase. Staying operational so that you can help In disaster conditions, there is always the  possibility of damage  to and malfunc- tion of  important  infrastructures  such  as water  supplies,  electricity,  telecom- munication and transport  routes. Thus  provision of backup systems for energy  and communications is a must. Cylone  Gonu again highlighted  the need  for  electricity generators,  communication  devices, water  tanks and mobile health  facilities following a natural disaster. A rescuer should not be in need of rescue Many  health  centres  in  the  affected  areas were not  resilient  enough  to be  completely  operational  after  the  cy- clone. The price we pay for the failure of  hospitals or health facilities in a disaster  is  too high;  in comparison,  the cost of  making  hospitals  safe  from disasters  is  small.  Disaster  damage  to  health  systems  is  a human  tragedy,  resulting  in huge  economic  losses,  devastating  blows  to development goals and dam- age  to social confidence. Ensuring  that  hospitals  and health  facilities  are  safe  from disasters is not only an economic  requirement, but also a social, moral and  ethical necessity.  Integrated disaster management: a repetitive experience Multiple  lines of  command  that  lack  coordination and command  integrity  and  limited resources are  typical prob- lems of disaster management. Ensuring  the integration of disaster management  systems  increases  their  efficiency and  prevents waste of  time and of human  and financial resources. Strengthening the health network A unique  feature of  the health  system  of  the  Islamic  Republic  of  Iran  that  facilitates an efficient response to emer- gencies  is  the network of health posts  and health centres. They act as censors at  the community level and help gather in- formation and provide early warning and  surveillance [15]. The efficiency of  this  network in accessing affected people, fast  response to health  issues and providing  services was a key factor in the response  to cyclone Gonu, especially at the areas  where access was initially a problem.  Conclusions Every country  should have a national  policy  for the management of disasters  and emergencies. This policy should be  documented by  the  government  and  mandated  to  all organizations having  responsibilities in disaster management  to  enable  them  to develop  their own  disaster management plan as a part of  the national disaster management plan.  Key points which  should be high- lighted in these plans include the duties  and responsibilities of the organization,  human resources and logistics, prepara- tion of  suitable guidelines,  secretariat  or  coordination  unit,  coordination  mechanisms  between  key ministries  and special attention to  improvements  in communications,  transport and  the  health infrastructure.  Public  education  for  appropriate  community  involvement  in  different  phases of disaster management should  not be forgotten. References Coenraads R. 1. Natural disasters and how we cope. Elanora Heights, Australia, Millennium House, 2006:179–217. Tropical cyclone Gonu. 2. Earth observatory, NASA [website] https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/NaturalHazards/quar- terly.php?cat_id=10&y=2007&q=2, accessed 20 September 2010). Cyclone hits Gulf state of Oman3. . BBC news [website] (http:// news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/6722749.stm Cyclone Gonu4. . Wikipedia [website] (http://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/Cyclone_Gonu, accessed 20 September 2010). Azhar Haroun A. L-Kindi. Gonu: lessons learnt. 5. Presentation to the International meeting on Gonu Cyclone: lessons learned, 18–19 February 2008, Chabahar, Islamic Republic of Iran. Federal Ministry of Health, Government of the Islamic Repub-6. lic of Pakistan. Warning phase activities and lessons learned. Presentation to the International meeting on Gonu Cyclone: Lessons Learned, 18–19 February 2008, Chabahar, Islamic Re- public of Iran. Gonu cyclone reached Iran coasts7. [in Farsi]. Roshangari [website] (www.roshangari.net/as/ds.cgi?art=20070715032601.html, accessed 20 September 2010). Cyclone Gonu kills 158. . Gulfnews.com [website] (http://archive. gulfnews.com/region/oman/10130666.html, accessed 20 September 2010). Iran evacuates thousands as cyclone strikes9. . ABC news online [web- site] (http://www.abc.net.au/news/newsitems/200706/ s1944500.htm, accessed 20 September 2010). EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1294 Death toll in Iran from cyclone climbs to 2310. . Reuters [website] (http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/L10319787. htm, accessed 20 September 2010). Iran Weather Bureau.11. [Super cyclonic storm Gonu]. Final report of the Secretariat of the Task Force on Meteoric Disasters, July 2007 [in Farsi]. [12. Gonu cyclone damage to shrimp breeding]. Farmiran [website] (www.farmiran.ir/news/?id=3415, accessed 20 October 2010) [in Farsi]. [13. Comprehensive report of the Secretariat for Health Risk Manage- ment in Disasters about the Gonu cyclone]. Tehran, Ministry of Health and Medical Education, 2007 [in Farsi]. Soroush M. A report of the learnt lessons from Gonu flood 14. regarding disease control and prevention aspects. Presentation to the International meeting on Gonu Cyclone: Lessons Learned, 18–19 February 2008, Chabahar, Islamic Republic of Iran. Bristol N. US region to model health service on Iranian system. 15. Lancet, 2010, 375(9715):625. Natural Hazards, UnNatural Disasters: The Economics of Effective Prevention According to this joint report from the World Bank and the United Nations, annual global losses from natural disasters  could triple to $185 billion by the end of this century, even without calculating the impact of climate change. Climate  change could then add $28-$68 billion more in damages each year from tropical cyclones alone. The report also says  that the number of people exposed to storms and earthquakes in large cities could double to 1.5 billion by 2050. The report outlines a number of measures to prevent death and destruction from natural hazards such as earthquakes,  hurricanes, and flooding. For example, governments can make information about hazards and risks easily accessible.  Providing land titles reduces the possibility of eviction or demolition, and encourages individuals to invest in safer  structures; removing rent controls restores incentives for landlords to maintain buildings; and reorienting existing public  spending to prioritize day-to-day operations and maintenance  would increase prevention. Undertaking these measures  does not necessarily require governments to spend more, says the report, but to spend better. The report emphasizes that it is the vulnerable, not the rich, who face the brunt of natural hazards There were 3.3 million  deaths from natural hazards in the 40 years to 2010. Damages are disproportionally high in middle-income countries.  One area where the report calls for more spending is on early warning systems, particularly weather forecasting. There  have been many advances in predicting weather, with three-day accuracy now over 95 per cent and more than half the  seven-day forecasts correct. Few countries, however, have taken full advantage of this progress since many governments  do not fund their hydro-meteorological services adequately.  The report can be accessed at: http://www.gfdrr.org/gfdrr/sites/gfdrr.org/files/nhud/files/NHUD-Report_Full.pdf طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلماشرع سداسلا دلجلما شرع نياثلا ددعلا 1295 Rapport de cas Abcès du psoas chez une femme enceinte : une observation à Bamako A. Togo,1 M. Traoré,2 B. Togo,1 G. Diallo -1 et M. Keita 2 1CHU Gabriel Touré, Bamako (Mali) (Correspondance à adresser à A. Togo : ap.togo@yahoo.fr ; pierretogo@yahoo.fr). 2Centre de santé de référence de la commune V, Bamako (Mali). Reçu : 30/03/09 ; accepté : 16/06/09 Introduction L’abcès du psoas est une suppuration profonde du muscle psoas-iliaque. Ce- tte pathologie est rare et de diagnostic clinique difficile, surtout au cours de la grossesse [1]. Nous rapportons un cas d’abcès de psoas traité au cours d’une grossesse menée à terme au centre de santé de référence de la commune V à Bamako. Observation Mme C. M., âgée de 28 ans, sans antécédent médical a été admise à la ma- ternité du centre de santé de référence de la commune V le 26 avril 2007 pour douleur du flanc droit irradiant dans la fosse iliaque droite et évoluant depuis 12 jours. L’examen physique a retrouvé une température à 38,9 °C, une tension artérielle à 120/70 mmHg et un pouls à 95 battements par minute. L’examen de l’abdomen a retrouvé une douleur provoquée dans le flanc droit et dans la fosse lombaire droite. L’utérus à 29 cm de hauteur était souple sans contraction, les bruits du cœur fœtal étaient réguliers au stéthoscope de Pinard à 136 battements par minute. Au toucher vaginal, le col long postérieur était fermé. Le reste de l’examen retrouve une tuméfaction du membre inférieur droit avec impotence fonctionnelle et un psoïtis. L’échographie abdominopelvienne a objectivé un abcès du psoas droit dont le volume a été estimé à 679,7 cc sur une grossesse de 26 semaines d ’ a m é n o r r h é e ( S A ) é v o l u t i v e . L’hémogramme a révélé une hyperleu- cocytose à 28 000 éléments/mm3 et un taux d’hémoglobine à 9 g/dL. Nous avons retenu le diagnostic d’abcès du psoas droit sur grossesse évolutive de 26 SA. La culture du pus a montré le sta- phylocoque doré sensible à l’association amoxicilline + acide clavulanique. Le traitement a consisté en un drainage chirurgical de l’abcès par voie lom- baire associé à l’administration per os d’amoxicilline + acide clavulanique à raison de 2 grammes par jour pen- dant 21 jours. Les suites opératoires ont été simples et le séjour hospitalier a été de 12 jours. Trois mois plus tard, Mme C. M. a accouché par voie basse d’un nouveau-né normal. Discussion L’abcès du psoas en général est rare. Sa fréquence varierait entre 1,5 à 3 cas/ an [2,3], sa survenue au cours de la grossesse est encore plus rare. Gezer et al. [1] rapportaient 1 cas traité. Pour nous, en 5 ans d’activité, il s’agit de notre premier cas. Le diagnostic reste difficile. Les signes retrouvés par les auteurs [2-4] ont été : fièvre, douleur du flanc irradiant au membre inférieur avec impotence fonctionnelle, psoïtis. Notre unique ob- servation non représentative a présenté ces signes. La localisation plus fréquente de l’abcès à droite a été rapportée par les auteurs [3,5], et le siège était le psoas droit dans notre cas. Le diagnostic est facilité par le scanner et l’échographie abdominale. Comme plusieurs auteurs [2-5], nous n’avons pas effectué de scanner car l’échographie a permis de poser le di- agnostic, de quantifier l’abcès et de pré- ciser l’évolutivité de la grossesse. Dans les abcès non tuberculeux, le germe le plus fréquemment retrouvé dans la lit- térature a été Staphylococcus aureus [2-4]. Ce germe a été retrouvé dans notre observation avec une sensibilité à l’association amoxicilline + acide clavu- lanique. Le traitement de l’abcès repose sur le drainage chirurgical associé a une antibiothérapie adaptée [3-5]. Pour la prise en charge de la grossesse, certains auteurs ont effectué une césarienne associée au drainage de l’abcès en un temps [1]. Compte tenu de l’âge de la grossesse de notre patiente et des moy- ens de réanimation de néonatologie limités dans notre pays, nous n’avons pas adopté cette attitude. Une surveil- lance prénatale nous a permis de mener la grossesse à terme. Conclusion L’abcès du psoas associé à la grossesse est une entité rare. L’échographie ab- dominopelvienne est importante pour le diagnostic de l’abcès et l’évolutivité de la grossesse. Cette observation nous permet d’espérer qu’un drainage chirur- gical de l’abcès avec une antibiothérapie adaptée suivi d’une surveillance préna- tale amélioreraient le pronostic mater- nel et fœtal. EMHJ  •  Vol. 16  No.12  •  2010 Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal La Revue de Santé de la Méditerranée orientale 1296 Références Gezer A et al. Primary psoas muscle abscess diagnosed and 1. treated during pregnancy: case report and literature review. Infectious Diseases in Obstetrics and Gynecology, 2004, 12(3–4): 147–149. Echarrab M 2. et al. Les abcès du psoas à pyogènes. À propos de 21 cas. Médecine du Maghreb, 2000, 79: 1–4. Diakité I. 3. Abcès du psoas au CHU Gabriel Touré, Bamako (Mali) : à propos de 11 cas [Mémoire]. Bamako, Université de Bamako, 2006 (M 34). Dahami Z 4. et al. Traitement de l’abcès primitif à pyogène du muscle psoas : étude rétrospective à propos de 18 cas. Annales d’Urologie, 2001, 35(6):329–334. Mounkoro M. 5. Étude de l’abcès du psoas dans le service de chirurgie A du CHU du Point G [Thèse]. Bamako, Université de Bamako, 2007. Statistiques sanitaires mondiales 2010 Les Statistiques sanitaires mondiales 2010 présentent les statistiques sanitaires les plus récentes disponibles des 193 États Membres de l’OMS et un résumé des progrès accomplis vers les objectifs et les cibles du Millénaire pour le développement (OMD) liés à la santé. Cette édition comprend également une nouvelle partie consacrée aux cas notifiés de maladies infectieuses sélectionnées. Téléchargez le rapport à l’adresse : http://www.who.int/whosis/whostat/2010/fr/index.html طسوتلما قشرل ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنلم ةيميلقلإا ةنجللا ءاضعأ نادلبلا ةيملاسلإا ناريإ ةيروهجم . ةيبيللا ةيبرعلا ةييرهمالجا . سنوت . نيرحبلا . ناتسكاب . ةدحتلما ةيبرعلا تاراملإا . ناتسناغفأ . ندرلأا صرم . نانبل . تيوكلا . رطق . ينطسلف . نماُع . قارعلا . لاموصلا . نادوسلا . تيوبيج . ةينميلا ةيروهملجا . ةيروسلا ةيبرعلا ةيروهملجا ةيدوعسلا ةيبرعلا ةكلملما . برغلما Subscriptions and Distribution Enquiries regarding subscriptions and distribution of the print edition of EMHJ should be addressed to: Printing and Marketing of Publications at: email: pam@emro.who.int; tel: (+202) 2276 5000; fax: (+202) 2670 2492 or 2670 2494 Permissions Requests for permission to reproduce or translate articles, whether for sale or non-commercial distribution should be addressed to EMHJ at: emhj@emro.who.int Members of the WHO Regional Committee for the Eastern Mediterranean Afghanistan . Bahrain . Djibouti . Egypt . Islamic Republic of Iran . Iraq . Jordan . Kuwait . Lebanon Libyan Arab Jamahiriya . Morocco . Oman . Pakistan . Palestine . Qatar . Saudi Arabia . Somalia Sudan . Syrian Arab Republic . Tunisia . United Arab Emirates . Republic of Yemen Membres du Comité régional de l’OMS pour la Méditerranée orientale Afghanistan . Arabie saoudite . Bahreïn . Djibouti . Égypte . Émirats arabes unis . République islamique d’Iran Iraq . Jamahiriya arabe libyenne . Jordanie . Koweït . Liban . Maroc . Oman . Pakistan . Palestine . Qatar République arabe syrienne . Somalie . Soudan . Tunisie . République du Yémen Correspondence Editor-in-chief EMHJ WHO Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean P.O. Box 7608 Nasr City, Cairo 11371 Egypt Tel: (+202) 2276 5000 Fax: (+202) 2670 2492/(+202) 2670 2494 Email: sabrib@emro.who.int/emhj@emro.who.int EASTERN MEDITERRANEAN HEALTH JOURNAL IS the official health journal published by the Eastern Mediterranean Regional Office of the World Health Organization. It is a forum for the presentation and promotion of new policies and initiatives in health services; and for the exchange of ideas, con- cepts, epidemiological data, research findings and other information, with special reference to the Eastern Mediterranean Region. It addresses all members of the health profession, medical and other health educational institutes, interested NGOs, WHO Col- laborating Centres and individuals within and outside the Region. LA REVUE DE SANTÉ DE LA MÉDITERRANÉE ORIENTALE EST une revue de santé officielle publiée par le Bureau régional de l’Organisation mondiale de la Santé pour la Méditerranée orientale. Elle offre une tribune pour la présentation et la promotion de nouvelles politiques et initiatives dans le domaine des ser-vices de santé ainsi qu’à l’échange d’idées, de concepts, de données épidémiologiques, de résultats de recherches et d’autres informations, se rapportant plus particulièrement à la Région de la Méditerranée orientale. Elle s’adresse à tous les professionnels de la santé, aux membres des instituts médicaux et autres instituts de formation médico-sanitaire, aux ONG, Centres collabora- teurs de l’OMS et personnes concernés au sein et hors de la Région. EMHJ is a trilingual, peer reviewed, open access journal and the full contents are freely available at its website: http://www/emro.who.int/emhj.htm EMHJ is abstracted/indexed in the Index Medicus and MEDLINE (Medical Literature Analysis and Retrieval Systems on Line) and the ExtraMed-Full text on CD-ROM, the Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL), CAB International, Lexis Nexis, Scopus and the Index Medicus for the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region (IMEMR). ©World Health Organization 2010 All rights reserved Disclaimer The designations employed and the presentation of the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the World Health Organization concerning the legal status of any country, territory, city or area or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. Dotted lines on maps represent approximate border lines for which there may not yet be full agreement. The mention of specific companies or of certain manufacturers’ products does not imply that they are endorsed or recommended by the World Health Organization in preference to others of a similar nature that are not mentioned. All reasonable precautions have been taken by the World Health Organization to verify the information contained in this publication. However, the published material is being distributed without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. The responsibility for the interpretation and use of the material lies with the reader. In no event shall the World Health Organization be liable for damages arising from its use. The named authors alone are responsible for the views expressed in this publication. ISSN 1020-3397 Cover designed by Diana Tawadros Internal layout designed by Emad Marji and Diana Tawadros Printed by WHO Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean ميدقتل برنم ىهو .ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنمب طسوتلما قشرل ىميلقلإا بتكلما نع ردصت ىتلا ةيمسرلا ةلجلما ىه ةيئابولا تايطعلماو ميهافلماو ءارلآا لدابتلو ،اله جيوترلاو ةيحصلا تامدلخا فى ةديدلجا تاردابلماو تاسايسلا لك لىإ ةهجوم ىهو .طسوتلما قشر ميلقإب اهنم قلعتي ام ةصاخو ،تامولعلما نم كلذ يرغو ثاحبلأا جئاتنو زكارلماو ،ةينعلما ةيموكلحا يرغ تماظنلما اذكو ،ةيميلعتلا دهاعلما رئاسو ةيبطلا تايلكلاو ،ةيحصلا نهلما ءاضعأ .هجراخو ميلقلإا فى ةحصلاب ينمتهلما دارفلأاو ةيلماعلا ةحصلا ةمظنم عم ةنواعتلما طسوتلما قشرل ةيحصلا ةلجلما Cover 6.indd 2 5/24/2010 11:46:47 AM

Основные сведения
Тип документа Journal articles
Дата принятия
Источник Всемирная организация здравоохранения